Constantin Paidos English Grammar 1 PDF PDF

Constantin Paidos Gramatica limbii engleze Teorie si exercitii I. Verbul ‘Copena: Catitin Soidan (© Toate dropkurile asupra preventei cdi apartin Institulului European pentru Cooperars ‘Caltura-$inyiicd agi ISBN 973-95528-8-9 Constantin Paidos English Grammar Theory and Practice I. The Verb Institutul European lagiARGUMENT It goes without saying that the learner who wants to speak and write English s rightly concerned with grammatical correciness. So, the aim of this book Is (o present the English grammar systematically, simply enough for the student to get a clear-cut, over-all picture of it, ‘The book. which is the first part of a projected two-volume grammar, contains a fair amount of theoretical information about the English verb, and also a wide range of exercises of different degrees of difficulty —a key to the most difficult exercises wil be supplied in a separate brochure. Therefore, this gram- ‘mar will be useful for classroom activities and, especially, for those students: who intend lo participate in various language competitions or to sit far entrance ‘examinations to the English faculties in Ramania, Students in the firet academic year ae well as those teachers who will take refresher courses or degrees may also find this book helpful. 1am deeply indebted to the teachers and scholars who have taught me. 1am also grateful to Katie Shoreland and especially to Cressida Evans, Rebecca Smith and Matthew Hanranhan for their careful reading of the manuscript of this book and for their valuable suggestions, My gratitude ts also extended to Dr. Anca Dumilrescu and Dr. Sorin Parvu for their dedication in the editing and production of the book. ‘The author 2.1, THE SIMPLE PRESENT 2.1.1, FORM 2.1.2, USE. 2.1.3. EXERCISES 2.2, THE PRESENT CONTINUOUS: 2. 2. 2. 2.3, THE PAST TENSE SIMPLE... 2.3.1. FORM 2.3.2 USE: 2.3.3. EXERCISES ... 2.4. THE PAST TENSE CONTINUOUS 2.4.1, FORM 2.4.2. USE... 2.4.3, EXERCISES ... 2.5, THE PRESENT PERFECT SIMPLE .... 2.5.1. FORM ... 2.5.2. USE. 2.6. THE PRESENT PERFECT CONTINUOUS. 2.6.1. FORM .. BNQBB AMEE BSEs See 8 o2.9,11.1, USE ose 2.9.11.2, EXERCISES 2.9.12. THE PAST PERFECT... 2.9.12.1, USE «0 2.9.12.2. EXERCISES 2.9.13. T0 BETO... 2.9.13.1. USE ... 2.9.19.2. EXERCISE 2.9.14, TO BE ABOUT TO 2.9.14.1. USE... 2.9.14.2. EXERCISE 2.9.15. GENERAL EXERCISES, 3, MODAL VERBS 3.1, CHARACTERISTICS 8,2. SHALL / WILL ssc 3.2.1. USE... 3.2.2, EXERCISES .. 3.3. CAN /COULD .. 2.9.3. TO BE GOING TO (“THE NEAR FUTURE" } 2.93.1. USE. 2.9.6, THE FUTURE-IN-THE-PAST SIMPLE, 2.9.6.1. USE sesorcsenssniee 2.9.6.2. EXERCISES os... 2.9.7, THE FUTURE-IN-THE-PAST CONTINUOUS .....s 2.9.7.1. USE... 2.9.7.2. EXERCISES 2.9.8. THE PRESENT CONTINUOUS. 2.9.8.1. USE. sass 2.9.8.2. EXERCISES ... 2.9.9. THE SIMPLE PRESENT 2.9.9.1, USE essere 2.9.9.2, EXERCISES 2.9.10. THE PRESENT PERFECT .. 2.9,10.1, USE 2.9.10.2. EXERCISES 2.9.11, THE PAST TENSE 3.4.2. EXERCISES: 3.5, MUST... 3.5.1. USE. 3.8.1. USE 3.8.2. EXERCISES 3.9. WOULD. 3.9.1. USE 3: 63.10.1. USE 3.10.2, EXERCISES . 3.11. DARE... 3.11.1. USE... 3.11.2, EXERCISES .. 3.12. GENERAL EXERCISE THE SUBJUNCTIVE... 4.2, EXERCISES ..... 6.2. EXERCISES «1... 7. THE PASSIVE VOICE... 7.1, FORM AND USE. 10.1. THE PRESENT PARTICIPLE 6... 10.1.1. USE. 10.2. THE PAST PARTICIPLE 1 TIME-TENSE-ASPECT1 te generally accepted that the word TIME stands for the concept with which all mankind is famillar, divided into past, present and future. And, one Thust also underline that it is something independent of language. ‘By TENSE we understand that correspondence between the form of the verb and our concept of time. "ASPECT is the manner in which a verbal action Is experienced or regarded. Ifthe action is complete, the simple/common/indefinite aspect is used. Ifit 4s in progress at a given mament, the continuous /progressive /expanded aa- pect is used. ‘Some grammarians hold that, in English. there is also a third aspect of the ‘verb showing that an action is repeated. They call this aspect the frequentative form. It is made up of wil, for the present: Children will be children. ‘When the cat is away, the mice wall ploy. ‘and of would/used to. for the past: ‘When my brothers were on holiday, they would/used toget up at nine o'clock. A must be shown that TIME is not the only conorpt rendered by the tense of the verb. TENSE may also express the completeness or incompleteness of an action which 1s or was suill on its way: ‘We are spending next week-end in the mountains. (well spend) ry2 THE INDICATIVE2.1. THE SIMPLE PRESENT 2.1.1, FORM ‘Alienate nueregate: yew) ope Do you/or they open? Unga ope Boca he/abs/M apni? egotte: Negatbe heregate you wel ey do ot speak Do youve yt ape? Vyou/we/they dont speak Dont /yourwe they spel? Hefobe/it doce not spenk. Does hefahe/t nat sale? hei doean'® speak. ean he/ahe/'t speak? 2.1.2, USE 1, to express "eternal’/“general” truths, or to make statements of general Ice metis in the sun. ‘The sun rises in the East and sets in the West. 2, to express repeated /habitual/permanent actions, Such actions are Usually accompanied by the adverbs: every (day/week/month/year/, etc). ever, occasionally, often, sometimes, seldom, twice a week, usually, etc. We goto school every morning, (repeated) Father smokes too much. (habitual Jane works in a big factory. (permanent) 3. in Direct Speech, to introduce quotations: ‘Shakespeare says: "Not marble, nor the glided monuments Of princes shail outlive this powerful rhyme. (Sonnet 55)4, sometimes in giving the summary of a story. being called "Narrative" "Historie" Present: I went into the dark room and, suddenly. I hear a strange noise. But , in telling stories, both Simple Present and Present Conlinuous can’ ‘be employed, allhough there is a difference between their uses. While the Sim- ple Present Is used for the events that happen one after another (sees, mee(s, Says. goes, ec) the Present Continuous occurs with "background situations ", thal is with the things that are already happening when the story starts or at a! certain moment of the story: “The Prince enters the cave and there he sees a witch, ‘The witeh fs boiling something and is talking to a huge black cat that ts looking at itself in a mirror. 5. in step-by-step instructions or demonstrations: Furst, I lake the potatoes and slice them. Then, I slice the tomatoes, fry the onion and parsley in a little fat until the onions are translucent... 6. in sports commentaries. In {his case the Simple Present refers ( ‘quicker actions (which are finished before the sentences that described them). ‘The Present Continuous is used for longer activities: ‘The goal-keeper passes to Maradona, bul Hagi inter- cepts, Hag {o Lacdtug and he shoois and i's a goal! ‘The Romanians are leading by three goals to nil in the second half, Nistase serves! ( this very moment) ‘Naslase Js serving in (he game we are watching now. (the service is a continuing activity) 7.10 express an offictally planned action or an action belonging to a set- ted prograname: ‘The championship sfarts next Salurday. (will start) ‘The tourists visit the Brilish Museum on Friday morn Ang, (will visi) 8. Lo express a future action a) in a conditional clause: Ifyour cousin comes here tomorrow. we'l 40 10 ” ‘the cinema, tb} ina time clause whose action is simultaneous with another fu- ‘ture action: 16 ‘Tom will like English grammar when he understands it. 9, in proverbs, sayings: - ‘Despair gives courage to a coward. 10. in certain contexts, especially in inlerrogative sentences, to render a modal hint: ‘Why do you move so slowly? (reproach) 1. in exclamatory sentences beginning with here or there: Here they comet “There goes the train! But, ifthese statements are not exclamalory, the progressive aspect must bbe used: ‘They're coming. ‘The train is going now. 12. with the verb to continue and its equivalents (to go on. to keep on, ete.) as they contain in themselves the idea of continuity, and so, itis nol necessary to use a continuous form: “The children continue to write. ‘The pupils go on reading. ‘But, when (ogo on means (o happen, the continuous aspect must be used: What fs going on there? 2.1.3, EXERCISES 1, Fillin the blanks with -s or -es if they are necessary: 1. 1ike- Jam, 2. My brother like- honey. 3. We go- to school in (he morn- Ing, 4. The girl go- {o the cinema on Saturday. 5. The teacher read- the lesson every day. 6. The pupils read- the lesson, too. 7. The bus stop- at the traffic lights. 8. Tom watch- TV in the evening. 9. We stop- in front of this house. 10. 1 dress- quickly every morning. 11. My sister want- to ead that book. 12. Alice wear- this blouse every Sunday. 13, You want- to see a good film, 14. We watch- TV every aflemoon. 2. Work on the model: You are singing now. ‘You aing cvery day /evory cvening/ofien/acklom, c+. 71. Tam learning a long poem now. 2, Jane is running in the street now. 3. ‘You are drinking (ea now. 4, We are walling for your friend now. are dreaming now. 6. The girl is writing with her left hand now. 7- Tare Teaving home now. 8. You are cutting the bread now. 9. Father !s opening the door now. 10. You are sthoking now. 11, We are visiting @ museum today. 12. The children are playing in the garden al the moment. 13, Ann ig making a new dress now. 14. Grannie is telling us an interesting story how. 18.The rabbits are eating carrots now. 16. The gil is hurrying. 3, Work on the model: Is the eat sleeping under the table? ‘Yes, tefien/usually/generally sleeps there. _Tet neien/uu ee 1. Are the children listening to a record? 2, Are you having a party next week? 3, Am } eating a cake? 4. {s Tom crossing the street? 5. Are you Wearing a sweater today? 6. Are the boys drinking milk now? 7. Ismother Taking the bed? 8. Am I wriling a letter? 9. Are the girls talking? 10. Are ‘you looking out of the window? 4. Complete the following sentences using the Simple Present: 1. You always... 2. We only... occasionally. 3. Whenever she comes to ‘ever... nowadays, 5. Those girls never... 6. You 8. These birds alwaye... +45. Filin with do or does: 1. wu. you speak English.? 2. ...Lucy elean the blackboard? 3...father work ina factory? 4. .. Igo there every morning 7°. ..we help mother at home? 6. .. you read French books ? 7; ...children like fruit? 6. .. you live tna vilage? 9, ... the gil eat in the dining-room?20. ... we wall in the park? 6. Tur the following sentences into the interrogalive: 1. We lve in a big house. 2° Albert jumps high. 3. Iwork hard at my office, 4 You go to bed late, 5. This boy greets me in the morning, 6. We Uke Slory books. 7. You cook in the evening. 8. 1know very many jokes. 9. We help her in the garden. 10. Susan dresses beautifully on Sundays. 7. Work on the model: . ‘Are you reading now? ‘Do you read every day /overy evening/ete:? _bruradcey cio —— 11s Ann working now? 2. Am I doing an exercise now? 3. Are you singing 18 an English song now? 4. Is it ratning heavily now? 5. Are the children Saving 10 us? 6. Is father smoking now? 7, Am I walldng in the park now? 9. lsJune cutting the bread now? 9. Are you carrying a sultcase now’? 10. ‘ive the tourisis lying on the beach now? 11, Am itravelling by train now? 4p. Is the car making a strange noise now? 13. Are you leaving the house now? 14, Am I borrowing a book now? 8. Complete the following sentences by supplying the correct form of the verb given in brackets, Use the Simple Present: 1. athe doctor... to see his patient every evening? ( to come! 2, ... these iis. playing tennis? (Wolke) 3, ... Mr. Smith ... that house? {to own) 4. Where ... your friends... when they go to Paris? (io stay} 6. ... you ... milk or tea? (Wo prefer). 6. ... the museums ... on Monday in your town? (to open). 7. How often... Mary .. the theatre? ((0 go). 8... the children ... in that room? (to sleep) 9. ...anyone... when the manager left? (to know), 10. ... You .,.how far it is? (to imagine) ‘9, Work on the model: ————— ‘ane sleeps fn a large bedroom. (Where) ‘Where does she sleep? eee 1. [drink a glass of water. (What) 2. You wash your hands in the morning. (When) 3, Lucy lives in # new house. (Where) 4, We work in a hospital. (Where) 5. Mrs. Smith likes spring. (Wha) 6. We read stories in the evening, (Whal;When) 7. The children run in the fields (Where) 8. You want a new car. (Whal) 9. We eat oranges in winter. (What; When) 10. Jack plays tennis well on Saturday. (What: How; When) 10. Auswer these questions referring to Thomas using the words given brackets, Then ask and answer the same questions about his sisters: 1. When does he get up? (usually) 2. What does he do on Sunday mom- Ings? (often) 3. Where does he spend his sumer holidays? (usually: occasionally) 4. What sorts of radio programmes does he listen to? (usually; always; never) 5. How does he get to school? (always) 6, What does he take if he has a headache? (usually; never) 7. What sort of books docs ‘he read? (generally) 8. What kind of films does he enjoy? (nearly; always) ‘9. What does he keep in his handbag? (usually) 10. What time does he go to bed? (almost always; never). 11, Fill in the blanks with don't or doesnt: 1. We... live ina village. 2, Mother ... cook in the bedroom. 3. You ... go 10 School in the evening. 4.1... speak French. 5. Jack... go to the theatre on Monday. 6. We ... plant trees in winter. 7, You ... write many letters. 8. In 19‘They ... draw the map of England. 9, Father ... come home late. 10.1... want to go there now. 12, Durn the following sentences into the negative: 1. You dig potatoes in the garden. 2. 1 rains heavily in the mountains. 3. Tieave home very late. 4, We read Oliver Twist. 5. The girls walk in the forest, 6, The sun rises early. 7. You quarrel with them every day. 8. 1 repair tape recorders. 9, We do a lot of exercises at school. 10. Harris plays chess very well. 13, Work on the model: jhlineneea as 1 get up at scven./You You dont getup it seven. onder getup tS 1. They speak English well./We 2. We know this street./Mary 3. You wash your hands,/1 4. [live in a large town, /Our friends 5, Nick catches Tish every week, /1 6. The boys fly a te. /The gil 7. You read a newspaper every day./We. 8. I tell jokes every evening. /You 9. Mother cooks in (he ‘afiernoon. /Jane 10, We see good films on Sunday. /They 14, Work on the model: eee Tam not speaking Spanish now. {don't spook Spanish every day/every week/, ete 1. You are not watering the flowers now. 2, The teacher is not pointing to the map now. 3, Jane is not helping her brother now. 4. We are not climbing the mountain now. 5. { am not writing an exercise now, 6. You {are not explaining the problem now. 7. The people are not shouting in the ‘street now. 8, The student Is not taking notes now. 9. I am not coming home now. 10. We are not travelling by plane now. 11, You are not dancing now, 12. Thomas is not looking for his hat now. 13. My uncle Is not repairing the roof of his house now. 14. 'm not signing the cheques now, 15. The curlain is not rising now. 15, Work on the model: ‘They go to schoo! inthe morning. /you . ‘They ge to school in the moming, but you dont, _They goto school the moming Dut you deve 1, Ldrink much anille /Masy 2. We help mother./you 3. You lke this song,/1 4. Tom speaks English well. (we 5. You come home early. /father & duck works in this factory. /his friends 7. We open the windows every Sicmning./the boy 8, You play the plane./my sister 16, Give short answers to the following questions: 41, Does London le on a river? (Yes) 2. Do i speak English? (Yes) 3, Do you Judy Chemistry ?1No) 4. Do the Browns watch TV inthe evening? (Yes) 5. ‘your father teach Maths? (No) 6. Do! know thisman? (No) 7. Doyou tat lunch at home? [Yes). 8. Do the girls draw many cars? (No) 9. Do Jane Sia Fred love music? (yes). 10. Does your mother mke good cakes? (Yes) 17, Work on the model: heii Uke coffec/you/yea Do you lke coffee? Yor Ido. ee 1. play in the garden every day/Tom/yes 2. ride the bicycle/you/no 3. help mother every morning/I/no 4. plant trees in spring/the children/ yes 5. edt apples/we/yes 6. know this girl/you/yes 7. visit London/ Mary/no 8. catch fish /we/no 9. cross the road/the bays/yes 10. watch Tv./l yes 212.2, THE PRESENT CONTINUOUS 2.2.1. FORM 5 ‘Affirmative amit speaking ‘Am! speaking? You are You're speaking ‘Are youywe/they speaking? We are/Were speaking Is he/she) opealing? ‘They are/They'e apeaking Ale n/le's speaking She s/She's speaking Wis/its speaking Negattue Negative euerogave 1am not/tm not spenking ‘Ara not peaking? You /We/They are not /areat ‘Are you/wo/they not speaking? speaking ie/She/It 12 not/tent speaking Jahe/she/n not speaking? Isn't he/she/tt speaking? 2.2.2. USE 1. to express an action which started before the present moment. which is in progress at the moment of speaking, and which will terminate in the future. This form of the verb indicates that the duration of the action fs limited. The feeling of immediate present is often emphasized by Just and now: ‘The sun ts shining in the sky now. ‘The pupil is just writing the exercise. ‘The words Just and now are no longer mentioned when thelr meaning is ‘understood: Look, the children are sleeping! 2. 10 express a temporary action: We usually go to work by bus. but today we are going bycab. 3. lo express a definite arrangement in the near future. Its, perhaps, the most usual way 10 present somebody's immediate plans: What are you doing tomorrow? ‘The time of the action must be given in this case in order to avoid confusion, 4, 10 express fulurily, especially with verbs of movement like: to come, to arrive, to go, to leave: (Our friends are arriving tomorrow. Re fs going to London on Friday. 5, lo express a frequent repelition of an activity which has a distinct meaning of annoyance, irritation, sarcasm. In this case the verbs are usually com- bined with such adverbs as: always, constantly. continually, for ever: He 4s always borrowing money from his friends but never gives it back. Why are the children being so noisy today? Its to be noted that with the verbs expressing physical feelings (lo ache, to feel, to hurt, ete.) and the construction to look forward fo there is no great difference between simple and continuous torms: How do you feel /How are you feeling day? My finger aches/is aching. We look forward are looking forward to thelr arrival. 6, sometimes. in subordinate clauses of time or condition: ‘The boy will play in the park while his mother is mak- inga cake. Iwill not disturb her if she is watching TV. 7. with the verbs fo get or fo grow to express a transition from one state to another: 1s getting dark. Our parents are getting older and older. Verbs not used in the continuous aspect 1. Verbs of perception: to feet, to hear, fo notice, to see, to smell, to taste:“The hay smelis nice today. Doyou see the birds now? “The soup tastes delicious. fone means to emphasize the idea of continuity of these words, can/could ‘must be used: can see the plane now. ‘We can hear the waves at last. However, the verbs to smell, to taste and to feel may be found in the con ‘tinuous aspect when they imply a voluntary action on the part of the subject: ‘The cat is smelting the bush now. ‘Mother Js tasting the soup (o see if it is warm enough for the baby. ‘When verbs of perception are used with meanings which are different from thetr “basic” ones, they may be used in the continuous aspect: TOSEE a} Lo meet by appointment, to interview: 1 am seeing my dentist on Friday. Jane fs seeing her manager now. 1) to wiolt (generally used in connection with tourists): Mary ts seetng the sights so she will be a litle late. 0) to see about (lo make arrangements or inquirements} Our form master ts seeing about the trip to the mountains, ) to see to {to put right, to deal with): ‘The mechanic (s just seeing tothe engine of our car. ¢) to see somebody off/ up/down/out: ‘Tom ts seeing his grandfather offat the rallway station now. 0 to see hallucinations: I'm seeing things. TO HEAR Tm heartng interesting things about our new neigh- our. (you are just telling me) p) when referring to legal cases, meaning to tng. “Tue judge isjust hearng the witnesses, TO FEEL 11s usually employed in the simple aspect. Its continuous form suggests that the state is temporary: Mary felt well yesterday but she ts not feeling well today. By way of, conclusion to the verbs to feel. to smell and to taste we shall say thal they are generally used in three diferent ways, with three slightly different meanings: al to experience a particular sensation. In this case the simple aspect is to be found. The idea of continuity may be given by the verbs can/couid: Jane feels/can feel a pain in her shoulder. T(can) smelt a perfume in here. ‘The children (can) taste something strarge in the cake, b) to cause somebody to have a particular sensation. The simple aspect must be used under such circumstances: ‘We know that silk feels soft, ‘The mountain air smells fresh, ‘This pear tastes sweet. ©) lo try to get a particular sensation, In this case both the simple and the continuous aspect may be employed according to the meaning of the context: ‘The doctor fs feeling the patient's foot. Father feels the edge of his penknife belore starting to sharpen his pencils. ‘The girl smells the flowers in the garden at this time ‘every morning. That is why she is smelling them now. ‘Mother tastes the milk before giving it to the baby. As she wants to feed the baby now, she 4s lasting it again, , 2. Verbs expressing mental activities: ioagree, to believe, todistrust, (odoubt, {0 find. to foresee, to forget. to guess, to tnagine, oknaw, to mean, to mind, 0 remember, to recognize, lo recollect, to regard, io suppose, fo think (Wiad, to trust, to understand, ete.: She knows what you mean. : Do you mind if give her this book? Does she think that he will be able to came? 25Ym sure she understands the lesson now. 1 doubt whether they will arrive here on time, He is always doubling his friend's words, We distrust our new classmate. Juliet is always distrusting her own judgement. 3, Verbs expressing wish: to desire, to intend, to want, to wish, ele. 1 want that book now. But, some of these verbs may appear in the continuous aspect, having different meaning: TOFORGET 1 forget her address now. (I don't remember/fail to remember i) esses a gradi 4, Verbs expressing attitudes, feelings, emollonal states: to abhor, to adore, Tne as tars) wow # wach Joss of to detest. 10 dislike, o displease, to like, to love, to hate. to please, to prefer, etc. ‘Are you forgetting your manners? (usually said to a ‘child who has falled to perform a conventional act of politeness) TOTHINK ‘When it means (o imagine, or an opinion ts asked for, the common aspect. used: I think she loves you very much now. 5. Verbs expressing possession: to belong (o, to have, to hold, to keep, toowe, to. oun. to possess: How many friends have you (god here? Bul to have may be used in the continuous aspect when it belongs to dilfer- ent constructions: dane is having breakfast. ‘We are having a bath now, 1 think (imagine) they have already arrived. ‘What do you think of the new prices? (What is your ‘opinion about these prices?) But, when no opinion is given or asked for, the continuous form is used: 6. Verbs expressing a state, a condition: to appear, to be, to consist (a), to ‘What are you doing? contain, to differ, (0 deserve, to equal, to exist, (o resemble, to seer, to su, ete. Ym thinking. Bul, (9 be may turn up th {Ire coulinuous aspect: on a) in passive constructions, A 7 areyou about? new block of flats is being built near our house. I'ma thinking about our new teachers. 1) to imply that the subject is temporarily exhibiting some quality: 70 MIND Look, how kind our aunt is being to us today! ‘When meaning to object to or to dislike, tt 1s (o be found in the common as-| pect: . ©) sometimes to express reproach: doesn't mind if her husband comes home late. It's rather cold today, but I don't mind it. ‘This verb may be used in the continuous aspect when it means (0 look Why are you being so mean ? «d} with adjectives such as: absurd, careless, clumsy, lazy, rude, sentimental, sly, stupid, ete.. 0 express a temporary behaviour. “At the moment Ann is minding her sick mother. Ym not being sentimental, whatever you may think. thas already been shown that some verbs which are not normally used 7. miscellaneous verbs: to compare, (o expect. to mailer, to result (For), to the ounlinuous aspect. may occur in the progressive form whenever irritation, ‘tice, (0 sui, ete.: ‘sarcasm, annoyance. reproach are implied: We foresee no difficulty in solving that problem. (neutral) ‘She ts always foreseeing difficulties which never occur, (Gerttation) I expect (suppose) you know him, But: I'm expecting (wailing for) an important guest now.‘8, modal verbs. 2.2.3. EXERCISES 1. Flin the blanks with am. are or és: 1. You.,. tallding toa stranger. 2.1... reading a good book. 3. Qur teacher os the new words. 4. We ... running to the bus stop. 5. The ‘boys... playing football. 6. it... snowing, 7.1... drinking a cup of milk. 8. ‘The litle gir... clapping her hands. 9. We ... listening to the radio. 10. ‘You .., learning a poem. 2. Fill in the blanks with the Present Continuous forms of the verbs brackets: 1.Tom and John ... in the garden. (to work) 2, The little git... (to cry}. 3.1... 6 gp there. (to plan) 4. 'm sure he ... tome now. (lolle) 5. Why... you... this ld hat? (to put on) 6. Our friends ... to New Yorke now. (to travell 7. Jane letter to her sister, (to wate) 8. Mary ... just ... dae flowers on the table. (to ‘pui) 9.1... my favourite dog. (Lo pat) 10. The boys ... the carpets in the (fo shake) 11. The gir... in the sun, (to lie). 12. You ... your shoes. {fo take off) 13. A young man ... far you. (to wait) 14. Why ... you ... 30 pessimistic today? (to be) 15. What .. her friends ... this afternaan? (to do} 8. Work on the model: eee ‘You are playing football /He ets playing football, oo. _iteis playing Wrote 1, She Is reading a book /1 2. The girls are making a cake./We 3. 1 am coming from school./Tom 4. We are listening to the teacher. /You 5. Mother is dusting the furniture,/Her daughter 6. The cat is sleeping./ “The dog 7. You ate opening the window./1 8. She is studying French./ ‘You 9. We are ealing grapes./Your sister 10. You are watching TV./I 4, Work on the model: linens wash every morning. Ym washing now. _Tevashing now, 1. Father comes home in the evening, 2. We go to the theatre on Sunday, 3. You clean your shoes every day. 4. 1 speak English at school. 5. The 3 elses in tie morning. 6. The pupils read the lesson. 7. You sing Eng- fun song. 8, Lwrilelelters every Saturday. 9. The children learn a poem. 10. We open the book. . 5, Work on the model: eee Peter Maing to the iver? ‘No, he is fishing tn the lake, Thebes Boning in Dee 1. Js Tom drinking a glass of water? 2. Are you eating an apple? 9. Am I opening the door? 4. 1s father smoking a cigar? 8. Are the boys running in tee street? 6. Are you driving slowly? 7. Am sitting on a bench? 8. 1s the ign going to the window? 9, Are we writing a composition? 10. Am 1 ead- ing a newspaper? 6. Work on the model: linac os Please, apeakt/1/you Tm speaking and you are speaking, too. eee Ee eee 1, Please, read the new lessont/I/Tom 2. Please, drink the colfeet/we/you 3, Please, wash your hands!/we/they 4. Please, write this exercise!/I/my friend 5, Buy some bananas, please!/we/they 6. Drive faster, pleaset/1/they 7, Sweep the floor, please!/I/Alice 8, Play in the garden, picase!/we/the other children. 9. Horry to school, please!/I/you 10. Please, sing an English songi/we/the teacher 7. Work on the models: ‘Si downt/ (0 to the doort/we Tm ating down! We are ping to the door ‘ook, he testing down! Look iy are doing to the doott lek reso OOO 1. Speak more slowly!/we 2. Read this passage again!/we 3. Open the door/1 4, Drink this glass of milki/I 5, Eat some sweets!/we 6. Help Jane with her homework!/I 7. Cut some flowers!/we. 8, Shut the doors!/ we 9. Clean the blackboard!/1 10, Take this medicine!/we 8. Turn the following sentences into the interrogalive: 1. The dog is running aller the cat. 2. | am crossing the street, 3. The children are playing happlly. 4. We are walkirg in the park. 5. My friend is listening 10 a new record. 6, I am having supper. 7. We are talking about the film. 8. It is raining now. 9, You are working hard today. 10. ‘The gris are sitting under a tree, 9. Work on the model: ee ‘Arthur ts sopoking. Ss he smoking a cigarette? 261, Jack is learning. 2. The boys are drinking, 3. The cat is rmanurig. 4, You are singing, 5. am speaking. 6, We are wring. 7. The girl is ecekinag 8. ‘You are reading. 9. The child is ealing. 10. I am drawing, 10. Work on the model: ee ‘Do you go to achoo! by tram every day? ‘Are you going lo school now? a haa 1. Does father buy bread every day? 2. Do we clean our clothes every week? 3. Do I do difficult exercises every day? 4. Do the children brush their teeth every morning? 5. Does George get up early every morning? 6. Do you goto bed at ten oclock al night? 7. Do Learn at Maths every day? 8. Does the cat play with the dog every day? 9. Do the pupils listen to the teacher every day? 10. Do we wall in the park every Sunday? 11. Work on the model: — ane is welting another letter, (What ‘What is Jane/she writing? TT 1, We are singing happily tn the garden. (How; Where) 2. The cal ts sleeping under the table. (What,; Where) 3. | am washing my hands now. (What; When) 4. You are watching TV. (What) 5. We are playing in the Park today. (Where: When) 6. Mary 1s helping us these days. (Whom; When) 7. You are working in a factory this year (When; Where) 8. 1am. driving the new car carefully. (What; How] 9. The boys are drinking juice in the park, ( What; Where) 10, The child is giving mother three red flow. rs. (Whom; What; How many; What kind of) 12. Tum the following sentences info the negative: 1. Tm speaking to you now, 2. You are opening that window. 3, The ship 4s sinking, 4. We are going abroad lomorrow. 5. The teacher is writing an. the blackboard. 6. You are having breakfast. 7. I am making the bed. 8. ‘We are planting trees, 9, All the children are listening carefully. 10. The wind is blowing. 13. Work on the model: 1 don't go to school every day. Fm not going to school now. inet eine sched 1.1 dont listen {6 the radio. 2. The girls don't sing in thé street. 3. Jane 4,2 dom tn os rae, 2, Te ge dnt eng he tre, 3 year. 5. 1dont lear a new song every day. 6. The chikdren dont sleor e, ihe classroom. 7. You dont look at NE MEP every morning. &. dont ers mother every afternoon. 9, You don’t drink coffee every moming. 10, ‘Wiliam doesn't play tennis every Sunday. 14, Work on the model: Have you got a cake? Yes, bu Fm not eating ee 1, Has Jane got a new dress? 2. Have you got a big ball? 3. Has this man got good cigarettes? 4. Has Mary got a new bieycle? 5, Have I got a good ‘book? 6. Has the gir! got a ted apple? 7. Have you got a new zadio set? 8. Have I got a good TV set? 9, Has Tom got a new pen? 10. Have you got a good cake? 18, Give short answers: 1, Is it snowing? (Yes) 2. Is Mrs. Brown walking? (No) 3. Is the cat sleep- ng? (No) 4. Are you opening the door? (Yes) 5. Am I sitLing on the grass? (No) 6. Is Helen watching TV? (Yes) 7. Are the boys repatring their toys? (So) 8. Are you eating an icecream? (No] 9. Am I cutting the grass? (Yes) 10. Is the sun rising? (Yes) *16, Fill in the blanks with the appropriate forms of the verbs given brackets: : 1. Lock, the child... now. (lo swim) 2. ..,the dog ...after a rabbit now? lo Tin) 3. You ...these words correclly. (not {o pronounce) 4. Listen, some- ody... at the front door. {to knock) 5. Look, that girl... just ... the street now. (lo cross) 6. The pupils... a new sang .(to sing) 7. The student..., he -. near the window, (not to sit; to stand) 8, ...you... another foreign lan- Buage? {lo study) 9, ...we... the soup? (to taste! 10. 1 ...now. (not to joke) 17, Answer the following questions using the Present Continuous to express plans for the near future. Work on he model: Oe Where are you apcoding this week end? Trspending tt —<—= ee 1. Whom are you meeting here tomorrow? 2. Which dress are you wear ng tonight? 8. When is your son writing to the mayor? 4. What time is Mary ging the party tomorrow? 5. What are you buying next week? 6, What are you doing this aftemoon? 7. Where is Mr. Romford making his next speech? 8. What muscums are you visiting this week? 9. Where is Your sister singing tomorrow? 10. What are we discussing at our next meeting? 28, Use the Present Continuous tn Lime clauses for actions in progress. 31N ‘Work on the model: Jane/to sing/to ook. ‘Jane wal sing whtle she's cooking. 1. You/to admire the scenery/to drive 2. 1/to watch TV/to speak 3. We/ to enter the classroom/the pupits/to read_ 4. The boys/to listen/the birds/to sing 5. Father/to open the door/the children/to sleep 6. 1/10 learn a new lesson/my brother/to play the plano 7. The girls/to fall asleep/Grannie/to tell a story 8. You/to help mother/father/to repalr the car 9. Our frtends/to talk/lo drink coffee 10. We/to remember the pleasant days in the camp/you/to show us the photos 19, Use the Present Continuous + always/continually/for ever to express] reproach, annoyance. Work on the model: ‘Does Nick talk during your class? Yer, he ts always talking. 1, Does Tom often lose his pen? 2. Do your parents often ask you about your marks? 3, Do these boys ever break that window? 4. Docs this man often ring you up late at night? 5. Do your neighbours often quarrel? 6. Does your sister often tease you? 7, Do these men oflen drink whisky? 8, Does your brother often come home late? 9, Does your car usually make ‘so much noise? 10. Do your children often eat sweets? ‘The Simple Present and Present Continuous 1. Choose the right form of the verbs given in brackets; 1. [(speak: am speaking) English at school, 2. You (understand; are understanding) me well now. 3. The children (drink: are drinking) milk in the morning, 4. Grannie (tells: is telling) us a nice story now. 5. You (say: are saying) "“Good-night" now. 6. 1 (buy; am buying) flowers at this moment. 7. The boy ( greets: is greeting) me every morning. 8. We (see: are seeing) the birds now. 9, You (drive; are driving) too fast. 10. We (listen; are listening) to the news now. 2. Supply the correct present tense of the verb and then change the sen: tences inlo the interrogative and negative: 1. They flo learn) English now. 2. The girl (lo make) cake at the moment. 3.1 {to get up) at 6.30. 4. 1 (to read) a new chapler now. 5. We {{o live) In a big house, 6. You (lo write) to Mary now. 7. My sister (to kiss) her son every morning, 8. We (to translate) the lesson now. 9. I (to fly) a kite Just now, 10. You (to remember) my address. - 3. Complete the following sentences with the given alternativets): 1, Lam going to the theatre. 5 a) on Friday ) seldom Di now Aotten 9, She asks you many questions. a) now often b) at the moment dat present 3. We watch TV. a) seldom ¢) al this moment bi now ) tn the evening 4, The boy is opening the window. a) often ©) usually b) in the moming a) now 5, You are sweeping the floor. a) at this moment now b) never 4) seldom 6. You knock at this door. a) at present oJ once in a while b) every day now 7. We are typing very fast. a) never ©) seldom >) often ©) today 8. You cook cabbage. a) every week o) often b) now A} at his very moment 9. 1am selling fresh fish, a)now ©) when Leatch b) at this moment @ usually 10. The telephone is ringing, a} every morning ¢) on Sundays b) now @) alweys 4, Make up sentences of your own with the following words using the Present Tense Simple or the Present Tense Continuous: today, at presentat the mo ment, now, (his week, this monlh, this year, usually, often, never, every daly every week, every month, every year, S. Supply the correct present tense and explain your choice: 1. My cousins (to work) very hard: Thomas (to study) for an exam and Lucy (to practise) the piano for her first concert, 2. "What your father (to Tead) when he is on holiday?" "He ((o read) detective stories, but now he (to read) a science-fiction book." 3. The pupils (to understand) now the use of the two present tenses? @) As soon 2s Mary (to find) Michael's address, she will write a long letter to him. 5. Everybody {to know) that ‘the Danube (to flav) into the Black Sea. @)¥ou can't tall to Jimmy now.He Just (to see) some spectoliss at the moment. 7, Grandmother (9 He Ji the Idiehen now. she always (to cook) in the afternoons. & Four times twenty (lo equal) eighty. 9. Look out! ‘Something {to burn) Fo ome) 10, The teacher generally (to sing) in English. but today she {to sing) in French. 11, That Bille boy who (lo wal) past our gate (lo live) next door. (13: We (to spend) this week-end 19 the mountains. We {lo ga) to the mbuntalns nearly every week. 18. You always Uo forget) Wo ee) Wear keys are! 14. My aunt (lo wea) that large hat becauoe the whet /anine) brightly today. 15. Trains (to trave) from Jassy to Butt: rest in about five hours. & eat A a chudren who (io hurry) to school 17. 1 (not to know) why Tims you just (to be) silly. 18. t (lo see) that you (to wear) your best ro er Yi to g0) toa party?" "No, Ilo go) loa wedding” “And we cones nappy man who (to throw) away his freedom? You must ich is ane to eed carry for him!" "He (to speak) to you now! (Stange ae ous English Siructurd 19. "What rmusic the gr (o sind new?” an eeerngy ain old Scottish song, She (to sing it very well" 20. Mower {{p tng this meat has gone bad. 21."This rule (to apply) (o any Peer oem apply) for this Job? 22. Teli me af the coffee (to taste) swett we. 25.1 lo weigh) your sotlease again since you say it (not n 28. {han 10 idlos. 24. Mary {not to be) here because she Just tte gave) a bath, 25, As you see. nothing else can be done, So. ft Wt to matte) you {to hurry) or not. 26. Call the doctor quickdy! This patient matien 1 ie child just (Wo taste) some plums, He (to know) ‘hat Gums (to taste) sweeter than apples. 28. Alice just (to sex 00) of other Rizsomates and then she will be able to talk to you. 29, Mike (to leave) csaatchop at Uaree otlock in the aftemnoof. but this week fe (lo ae ater 90, Whenever Catiy (to go) to London, she (to stay) with her ‘cousin who (to be) married to an. |. 31. We (not to like) onion cousin wito smell I, but we (Wo Jove) it when we (to taste) t. 32: Wale® Tecansis) af Hydrogen and Oxygen. 93. That student (to wild Very esaly because tne boltle which he (0 carr) (lo contain) nitrosiyger ag Earanrd) to Christmas, 35. They say that Richard (to lay) Se iy well now,G8>We usually (o get up) at 6.30. but this week we ‘20 we (to get up) later. 37, 1 (to smoke) a jot these days because I {lo study) for my final exams. ‘always (to smoke) much Dur house (o smel} pleasant now because we have Just hag ft 1) rors Pathe (to want) to speak to my brothers at once. You fo Paar eacnere they (lo be) now?" “Yes, ‘Tom {lo cut) some flowers te vearey and tte Gini that Richard stl (lo repa his eyes” A dren, But look at that! Now it (to be) friendly to them. roe ha once tian hs gey eto fo acm) tat oat new classmate (to see) only enemules all around. 47.1 (not to know) why 1 (to see) strange things, although my doctor continuously (to assuse) ‘me that I (to get) better. 48. My brother and I (to go) to the concert every Friday, but this Friday we (lo go) to some friends. 49. I (to be) sure they [ell Paris two hours ago. | (to wonder) whether they (to trave by air py car. 50. Margaret (not to come) here this afternoon becat cr father (to be) very ill and she (to mind) him, se ber 5, Answer the following questions using the appropriate present tense. Work on the model: What time does Martin get up? (usually: today) Well, he usually gets Up at 6, but today he is geting up much later, 1. Where do they spend their week-ends? (in the country: at home} ae vo wore ina factors in an ole! 3. Where doce aloe Seep? {alnome: ina big ote 4, Who helps yoor daughler with her homewos? {1 my husband) 3. How does your son go to the University? (by tram: oe ne ate. wha do your children dri i the meric? {mitk; tea) 7. What does your read? (history books; a thriller) Sen dese othe shoppin neering inthe lero 9, Where do your eilren play? (in the garden: ther room) 10. What prograinmes does your sister watch? (films; a play) 7, Translate into English: 1. Cresc pre{urile; carnea cost acum mat mult caertefnd. 2. Sint sigur 2. srt udecrare dope. © phn a cast apae eum. 4: Copa floes aac gre aur mie t. 8. Thomas ‘acum: ne face seame cu mina. 6, Ea tocmal umplirt toa cadour penta nepal tube a de ut 7. Mey elefon {imi pune intrebart stupid. 8. Acum cind are mustatd el seamiini foarte mult cu tatal siu. 9. “Uite, vine tramvatul! Ite sau agtepl. Suiobuzul?” “Cred of am se nu. Dac nu vel oa aces raat va tte In ical, St dad ol nia, ms mi ea perme sn 10 Suse tacoma mie timbre dar daorlaciiaconme atc Butut gs, 11, Copit par foarte chostin seca diminesth 12, Cee oui fet dar preting i sin preteen east el ws, 19, MA Ducur ct plac cadoul me, 14, "Deranea ranchetea mea? "Cred eid. Ort de indo pice Inedenina sudo pee sinceri.” & stall in oragul nostru?" "Cred eA inca doud-tret ale. Flee Boimtine noape. Md alla pli mel." 16. Mini decent bet Be Ft dorm a aceasta or, De biel se cule ull mal etree, ¥. ‘meu ti place sa flulere ceva vesc! in timp ce conduce magina 3 ncerel sa verihcl caiculatorut?” "Nu, calculatorul nu are nevole de 35‘niet un control” “51 dac’ face vreo gregeala?” “Calculatorul nu face nniclodaté gregell 19. Inchfpullj-va ca sintem in tren acum sl cAlatorim, spre Londra, Unul din céRitori se uitd pe fereastra, altul citeste o carte, all! dot discut’. Deodatd se aude un zgomot teribd. Trenul se opreste ‘ruse far bagajele cad unul dupa atul, 20. “Ce eau? “imi caut stiloul.” "“Mereu cau} ceva! MA Intreb cind vei fl ma! grijuliu cu hucrurile tale.” 21. “De ce este aga de mult praf aici?" “Se demolear casele vechi din jurul nostru.” 22. Jane ¢i Mary il conduc pe fratele lor la gard, De ce nu mergt ‘94 tu? Stl cd fratele lor spune o mul{ime de glume aga ci vell petrece cieva momente plicute," 29."Sora ta aratd foarte ingindurati. La ce se ndesie?" " Sint sigur cA se gindegte la vacanta de vari. 24. "Mergl undeva in seara asta, Robert?" "Nu, stau acas&. Vecinis nagtri vin sa se ulle la televizor.” “It inviti des la tine?’ “Nu, se invild singurt orf de cite ort este un film bun." 25, Este simbata seara, Familia Smith este acasi. Doamna Smith asculld un concert la radio, damnul Smuth citeste zlarul, far fica lor, Juliet, se joach cu papusile. Et igi petrec aproape flecare simbatd seara in acest fel. 26. Tata se scoati foarte devreme, dar el se ‘spala. se barblereste $1 ig! 1a micul dejun aga de incet (sulenjos) incit nu auzim nimic, dar il auzim cind pleacd de acasa fiinde’ magind noastra este veche gl face un zgomot groamic. 27, Ai nevole de caiet chiar in aceasti stiplmina? 28. Toll ghizil nostri vorbese trel-patru limbi strdine deoarece foarte multi turigtt vin alci vara sé-gl petreacd 0 parte din ‘vacantA. 2.9, THE PAST TENSE SIMPLE ‘According to the way in which they form the Pasi Tense and the Past Partl- ciple, English verbs are divided into regular and irregular. ‘Regular verbs are all those verbs thal make the Past Tense and the Past participle by adding the suffix -ed to their Short Infinttives. This ending may be pronounced either /d/after vowels and /b/, /a/. VU. /md, dnt, /v?, fet and /dg/or /t/after /1/, /k/, (pl, sf, 1S7, [17 0 fid/atter /t/or /d/. ‘Some spelling rules concerning the Past Tense of the regular verbs should be observed as follows: 1, When the Short Infinitive of the verb ends in -e, only -dis added (toclance -daneed: to recite ‘recited: etc.). 2. When a one-syllable verb ends in a single consonant {with the exception of ¢,wor 3) preceded by a singe vowel, the final consonant is doubled and -ed is added (10 drop - dropped; to pat - patted: etc.). ‘3, Those verbs ending in 4c, add kafter cand then the suffix -ed is added (to panic - panicked: (o ptonic - picnicked: etc.). 4. When a verb of more than one syllable ends in a single consonant pre- cecied by a single vowel, the final consonant is doubled if the final syllable 1s ‘stressed (to omit - omitted: to occur = occurred). But the final consonant is not doubled when the final syltable is not stressed (to visit - vistted: to listen - Uistened. Exceptions: io kidnap - kidnapped: to handicap - handicapped. 5, When the Short Infinitive of a verb ends in -y preceeded by a vowel, the y does not change. But, ifthe y is preceded by a consonant, it is changed into and then -ed is added (to play - played; to ty - tried). - irregular verbs are all those verbs that do not make the Past Tense and the Past Participle by adding the suffix -ed, but have their own forms: to begin ~ ‘began - begun: to give - gave - giver: to see - saw - seen: etc. 2.3.1, FORM TO HAVE‘Airave: Inderogatos: 2.3.2 USE: youre abe Awe hey tind /youfefobe/ ef ta they 1. to express an action or state wholly completed at some moment or during youre /abe wc ey saa peal some period in the past. In fact, the Simple Past Tense is a narrative tense. In eels they wo this case. a past tense adverbial such as when, then, yesterday, last week, last Too e/ shee they ada Uyou/he/she/st/we/ monuh, last year, that day, the other day, once, in 1969, on Sunday, aga, etc. hadit they? decurs in the sentence: Yesterday 1 met my old friend Jack. TOBE When did the train arrive? eee ine cepa Sometimes, the time becomes definite as the result of a quéstion and an ‘ces a Present Periecte Safely were Beecher key? answer in the Present Perfect: Where has Tim been? Negate Negative trtergtive \nefahe/itwes not was he/she nate He has been to the cinema. ‘e/sbe/i wasn Warn ifbershesi? ‘What film did he see? Your/we/they were not Were you/swe/hey not? . . You/we/they werent Wren you/we/they? ‘Although the ttme of the action in the last sentence is not given, it is under- oO stood that it eccupled a period of time now terminated. robo ‘Some proper names, by reason of thelr definite meaning. may provide the conditions for the Past Tense: ‘Aienaitve Taterogatbe Uyou/he/ahe A wef ey ai payyornele tw Shakespeare wrote thirty-seven plays. (04s hus tmuplied hal Shakespeare fs dead oF is no longer writing plays.) 2. to express a past habit, or a repeated action in the past: Grandmother drank three cups of coffee a day. (habit) In this case used to or would may also be employed. Negative Negaitve Interrogative Uyou/he/shefit/wefthey did not Dsl I/you/he/she/it/we/they ° sot? Hyou/he/ebe/it/we/they did't Didn't I/he/she/it/we/they? TOPLAY/TO GO ‘We went to the theatre every Friday evening, (repeated action) ‘Afiatie Thteregatie Yoea/efseliecoe ayes Dab yuh eine 3. in Indirect Speech to express a Present Tense from Direct Speech: Vyoo/efsbeftjwe/ ey went Bik /yourhe/she/t/we/ thay “We live in a big house,” the gir said. o ‘The girl sald they lived in a big house. Negative eget interrogating . Tyou/he/she/t/we/they did not Did swale we ey 4, to introduce somebody's words in Direct Speech: pot Fyeurhe/sher twee dt aunt Vyouste/abe/t/wct "Where are the children?" mother asked. Ueahe/se/t/oe/they did not Did you he/she it wer they 5. in conditional clauses, to express a Present Conditional: not go? youshe/she//we/they did 6 Bue ‘Vyou/ne/she/iwcf My friend would help me if she were here. oF SS 6. aller the verb wish or alter as f/as though; if only: would rather (when the ‘Subjects are different): it's (high) time:wish I were om holiday now. He is speaking as if he knew everything about the accident. It’s (high) lime my son Jearnt English, too. ‘The construction would rather holds a special place. It is followed by a Past ‘Tense if the subjects, as already shown, are different: (Our neighbours would rather we didn't make so much noise in the afternoon. But, if the two subjects are not different, the Short Infinitive must be used: Paul would rather stay here now than go there. ‘Mention must be made of the fact that in eases 5 and 6 the Past Tense form of the verbs 1s not used to indicate tense, but rather supposition, implying non-’ fulfilment or desirability, They are actually subjunclives. . 7. to express a future action, in a time clause, which fs simultaneous with} ‘another one expressed by Future-in-the-Past: He promised me that he would tell me the truth when he knew it. ‘The Translation of the Simple Past Tense into Romanian 1. Perfect simplu; Perfect compus: ‘when he opened the door, he saw the dog. Cind a deschis usa, vazu ciinele. 2, Imperfect: “The little boy was very tired. Baletelul era foarte obostt 8. Conjunctiv perfect: Helen said she felt lonely before she met him. Elena a spus cd se simtea singura inainte si-1 {intilnit. 4, Conditjonal present: [would read that book if he gave it to me. A$ citi cartea aceea daci el mi-ar da-o. 5. Prezent: I didn't know she loved music. Nu stiam c&-1 place muzica. 6. Vittor: The wi said that she would come here when she was ree, Fata a spus ei va veni aici cind va filibera. 2.3.3. EXERCISES 1, Fill in the blanks with was or were: 1. You .., late yesterday. 2.1... happy last week, 3. The children ... tired in the evening. 4. We ... absent on Monday, 5. You ... ll last Thursday. 6. in the park in the moming. 7. The boys ... early yesterday. 8, You .. at the party on Saturday. 9. Katie .., in the classroom at eight o'clock. 10. We... sleepy last night. 2, Work on the model: Iwas absent yesterday. ‘Was [absent yesterday? 1 She was il last werk. 2. We were at home. 3. You were busy in the morning, 4. They were in front of the gate. 5. [was very surprised. 6. Lucy and Jack were sad on Sunday. 7. Pamela was in the garden. 8. Father was lired in the evening. 9. We were hungry at noon. 10. You were very proud of your father. 3. Work on the model: ‘She was here. (there) ‘She wasn't there. 1. You were thirsty. (hungry) 2. Iwas at home. fat the cinema) 3, We were {in the garden. (in the street) 4. The milk was hot, (cold) 5. You were busy. (ree) 6. Your hands were dirty. (clean) 7. { was ill. (well) 8. We wert Present, fabseni) 9. The children were happy. (sad) 10. The book was on the desk. (In the schootbag) 4. Work on the model: We/hungy/thirty Were we hungry of thirty? ‘We were hungry. We weren't thirsty. 1. 1/in the park/at home 2. You /dirty/clean 3. The book/new/old 4. The Probiems/easy/difficult 5. It/cold/hot 6. Mother/in the kitchen/in the at‘bedroom 7. 1/present/absent 8. You/here/there 9. We/at the cinema/at the theatre 10. The children/in the garden/in the street 5. Work on the model: 9, Work on the model: opened the door. (the window) Tepened the door, but Idide't open the window. ‘We have five classes today. (Yesterday) ‘We had five clasacs yesterday, 100 1. Thave a new car now, (last year) 2. You have a toy-horse now. (lwo days ago) 3. Jane has many friends now. (a year ago} 4. We have English (his Friday. (last Friday} 5. The Browns have a big house now. (len years ago) 6. [have a large garden now, (two years ago) 7. We have a small cat now. ast year) 8. You have three free days this week. (last week) 9. Danie! has awhile shirt today. [yesterday) 10, We have ripe apples this autumn. (last autumn) ‘8. Work on the model: Thad three books. hree pencils) hadn't three pencils. 1, We had a dog, fa cat) 2. 1 had a red pen. la brown peneill 3. You had many flowers. {many pictures) 4. They had much sugar. (much coffee) 5, ‘The boy had a big bal (a small ball} 6, ! had a new car. {a new bicycle) 7. ‘We had yellow apples. (yellow pears) 8. You had ripe grapes. (ripe cher- res} 9, had a large dining-room. (a small dining-room) 10, You had a cake. (an icecream) 7. Tum the following sentences into the Past Tense and read them aloud: 1. Lask many questions. 2. You recite many poems. 3. We remember her address, 4, They travel a lot. 5. You watch TV. 6. I want to help you. 7. ” She loves her daughter. 8. We skate on the skating-rink. 9. Somebody nocks at the door. 10. It snows in the morning. 8. Work on the model: oT im watching TV now. es/No) Did you watch TV yesterday, too? Yes. Tdi. No, didnt 1, Tm playing the piano now. Yes) 2. They are studying a new lesson. today. (No) 3. Tom is doing an exercise now. (Ves) 4. Wé are cleaning the ‘windows today. (Yes) 5. I'm repeating that song today. (No) 6. The girls are aking pies today. (Yes) 7. Jane is working hard this week. (Yes). 8. I'm opening this door now. (No) 9. We are skiing this winter. (Yes) 10. The children are playing games this afternoon. {No} 1. Learnt the lesson. {the poem. 2, You helped mother. (father) 3. We finished the exercise. (the composition) 4. He played tennis. (football) 5. ‘They lived in London. (New York) 6. I posted the postcard. (the letter) 7. ‘You missed the bus, (the train} 8. Mother liked the book. (the film) 9. Tora studied English. (French) 10, We skated in the morning. (in the aflernoon 10. Fill in (he blanks with the right form of the verbs given in brackets; 1. 1... English last week, (Lo speak) 2. We ... our parents yesterday. (to help) 3. The boys ... rugby last Saturday. (to play) 4. You ... a Jong letter last week. (to write] 5. I. a good cake yesterday (toeat) 6. The children .. atthe cinema last Friday. (to laugh) 7. We ... at eight o'clock last Sunday. (Go get up) 8. 1... in the sea last summer. {to swim) 9. You ... your new dress yesterday afternoon. (to wear) 10. The teacher ...us a Tew song yesterday. (to teach) 11. ‘The girls ... all the questions last lime. (to an- ‘swer) 12. I... my old friend last Tuesday. (Lo meet) 13. You ... the name of this man at last (lo remember) 14. The pupils ... this museum last month. {tovisil) 15. We ... our dog in the forest last Sunday. {Lo lose) 16. The bey on duly... the blackboard yesterday. (to clean) 17, The kid ... another toy. (ochoose) 18, 1... along poem last Wednesday. (Le recite) 18, You ... very ‘good apples then. (Wo buy} 20. Father ... a big fish last week. (Lo eatch) 11, Say what you did yesterday and at what limes. Use the following verbs: 1. to get up: 2. to wash; 3. to get dressed; 4. to have breakfast; 5:. to say ‘good-bye to your parents: 6. (o go to school; 7. to do exercises: 8. to play in the schoolyard: 9. to read a new lesson; 10. to draw a map: 11. towne ‘a composition: 12. to come back home; 13, to have lunch; 14. to have a Test; 15, to do your homework; 16. to help your parents; 17. to go for a walk 18, to waich TV; 19. to have dinner, 20. (o read a story; 21. to goto bed; 22. to say good-night. 12. Work on the model: taal ai ‘went tothe efnema. Did Igo the cinema? ale he dno? 1, Mother made a good cake. 2. The pupils did many exercises. 3. The children said good-bye. 4. Father left the house an hour ago. 5. The bell Yang at seven o'clock. 6. We bought a new car. 7. Jane sold her newdress. 8. Our friend began to study French, 9, The children drank much milk. 10. The boys sat down on a bench. 1. I/to eat/pears 2. You/to drink/coffee 3. Mother/to make/a cake 4. We td read/the newspaper 5. I/to write/a letter 6. The children/to break/some plates 7. The giri/to forget/her bag 8. You/to do/an exercise 9. 1/to buy/a big house 10. The boys/to take/the ball 14, Work on the modet: c/o write the letter/ yesterday last week Did fe write the letter yesterday? No, be didnt write the eter yeaterday Me wrote i lant week 1. You/to see the film/on Monday/on Tuesday 2, The children/to run/ in the street /in the garden 3. The pupll/to do/two exercises/five excr- cises 4, I/to drink/the milk/the coffee 5. You/to shut the door /the window 6. We/to speak/to the schoolmaster/to the form teacher 7. The girls/to make/a cake/a pie 8. This man/to drive/fast/slowly 9. 1/to take/the bus/the train 10, You/to show her/the map/the picture 15, Work on the model: When did jou gp te school? At seven o'clack or at nine o'sock? 1 didn't go lo school at nine ovlock. Iwent to schoo! at aeven o'clock. 1. When did Tom read the letter? In the morning or in the afternoon? 2. ‘Where did grandfather live? In a village or in a town? 3. When did 1 arrive at the theatre? At 6 o'clock or at 7 o'clock? 4. What did you buy? Abook ora record? 5, Where did Jane see the cat? In the room or in the garden? 6. What did you tell her? A joke or a story? 7. When did the children swim in the sea? In summer or in winter? 8. Where did the boy ‘wash his hands? In the kitchen or in the bathroom? 9. What did I sing? An English song or a French song? 10. When did you plant this tree? In spring or in summer? 16, Work on the model: ‘John mlsved the tran, (to take a taxi) Didnt he take a tax? 1. Hob got a bad mark. (to study} 2. Tom was very thirsty. (to drink waler) 3. The boys played football. to watch TV) 4. Judith broke a glass. (tobe carefull 5, Martin lost his umbrella, tto leave it at school) 6. Her brother ‘coughed. (lo take the medicine) 7. The child was very Ured. (lo sleep dhe night before) 8. Catherine spent the week-end at home. (lo go to the mountains) 9. The dogs were very hungry. (to eat that morning) 10. Peter had a terrible accident, (Lo obey the traffic rules} 17, Work on the model: —_—— Has Jane taken off her coat? (a mote ago) ‘Yes, she took it off minute age. =aaee_s eee 1. Have your sisters laid the table? (ten minutes ago) 2. Has father come home? (an hour ago) 3. Have I repalred my car? (three days ago) 4. Have you sung this song? (lve minutes ago) 5. Have we visited the Art Gallery? {wvo years ago) 6. Have the students read a new text? (three minutes ago) 7, Have Thought a new shirt? (two days ago) 8. Has Arthur given you nice flowers? (half an hour ago) 9. Have you seen my brother? (an hour ago) 10, Have you hired a boat? (two weeks ago) 18, Work on the model: 1 haven't seen her for three days. ee three days since 1 das) aw her. 1. They haven't written to me for three months. 2, Father hasn't smoked {or five days. 3, We haven't been til for a long time, 4. 1 haven't visited my friends for a week. 5. You haven't played the plano for over a year. 6. The ‘Smiths haven't painted their house for years. 7. We haven't had sueh a ood time for months. 8. Martin hasn't gone on a trip for several months, 9. Thaven't spoken to this man for some weeks 10. You haven't bought Dread for three days. 19, Turn into Indirect Speech: 1. "am very tired today," said John. 2. "We have a large garden, * the children explained. 3. "We are good at English,’ the girls told me. 4. "My mother has a new blouse,” Tom said. 5. “live ina new flat," told her. 6. “We don't work on a farm.” the women explained. 7. "She doesn't speak English very well," Peter let me know. 8 "I am not fond of tennis," Paul told his friend. 20. Change the following sentences according to the model: oe ‘They visted their grandparents on Sundays. ‘They tned to vai thelr grandparents on Sundays,36 1. Mary wrote many leiters. 2. We got up early. 3. You watch TV every evening, 4. Mother made good cakes on Saturdays, 5. I climbed tees in my childhood. 6. My sister played the plano every day. 7. Maggie opened these windows every morning. 8. You rang me up every day. 9. We went shopping every Friday. 10. bought bread every morning. 21. Work on the model: ‘Do you often go to the theatre? [Not now, Butt used to go to the theatre every week. 1. Does your father smoke? 2. Do you often speak French? 3. Do Toflen play tennis? 4. Does your friend often ring you up? 5. Do these young people often dance? 6. Do you often meet Mary? 7. Dot often come home late? 8, Does your mother often ask you such questions? 9, Do the guts often drink orange julce? 10. Do you often drink coffee?’ 22. Work on the model: ‘You/to play the violin ‘You used to play the violin, but you don’t any more. 1, I/to go to the concerts 2. Our neighbours/to visit us 3. You/to write poems 4, Mike/to speak German 5. We/to meet our frtends 6. 1/to get up late 7. It/to rain every day 8. You/to eat icecream 9. My father/to leave home early 10. [/to read adventure hooks. 23, Put the verbs in brackets in the correct tense: 1. IF (to meet) her, 'd give her the dictionary. 2. We'd translate the text if we (lo know) the new words. 3. You'd buy that book if you (to have} money. 4. My cousin would go to the doctor if he {to be) ill. 5. If she (lo understand) you, she would answer your questions. 6. What would Alison. do if she (to dose) her keys? 7. Ifyou (to read) this letter, you would find ‘out the truth. 8, Ifthe rain (to stop), we would walk in the park. 10, You would see a good film if you (to go) to the cinema. 24. Work on the model: You,/to speak German/Spanioh 28 De you peak German? Bs No, tdont. {speak Spanish. ‘8: What w pity! T wish you spoke German, =_—_—_———ev—vervrem 1. You/to play tennis/volleyball 2. She/to live in a village/in a town 3. ‘They/to listen to folk music/light music 4, You/to go to school by bus/ ‘on foot 5. Your sister/to be healthy/ill 6. The boys/lo come here every day/on Friday 7. You/to remember him/her 8. Jack/to know Helen/ Lacy 9. The children/to eat oranges/plums 10, You/to understand me/ her 25, Translate into English: 1. Am cunoscut-o pe verigoara ta in 1988, 2. Cind Peter era tindr, alerga timp de o jumatate de ora in fiecare dimineata. 3, Cind I-ai vazut ultima dala? 4. Am inteles atuncl cit de mull igf tubea fratele. 5. E timpul ca e: si ‘cunoasca adevarul. 6, Ag fl de piirere s8 te duct acolo cit mai curnd posibll. 7. Mary recit& poezit ca $1 cum ar fo mare arlist. 8, Ce oras al vyiizital anul trecut? 9, De-ag gti adresa lui acum! 10. Ag dori sa intelegeti aceasta situalle. 472.4. THE PAST TENSE CONTINUOUS 2.4.1, FORM ‘Airmauve Interrogaive Yhe/she/it was paying Was Phe sei playing? You/we/they were playing ‘Were we/yau/they playing? Negatte Nepali Interrogalive Ume/she/ wae not playing ‘Was i/he/abe ot playing? he/she/it wan't paying ‘Wasn't i/heabe/t playing? ‘You/we/they were not Playing Were you /we/ they not playing? ‘You/we/they weren't playing ‘Weren't you/we/ they playing? 2.4.2, USE 1. to express an action in progress at a certain moment in the past: Lremember that at 8 o'clock my brother was watching NW. 2. to indicate that an action was going on (like a “background’) at a time} when something else, more important or more dramatic (the “foreground” tion) took place: While Mary was crossing (the “background” action) the road yesterday, she saw (the “foreground” action) a flying saucer In the sky. to show that two or more actions were going on at the same time in ‘While mother was cooking, father was readinga newspaper and the kittens were playing on the carpet. 4. in Indirect Speech, to express a Present Continuous form fram Direc Speech: “my doll fs sleeping now, "litle Kate explained, Little Kate explained that her doll was sleeping then. 5. to signify a future arrangement scen from a past moment: Our neighbours did not come to ourplace that evening because they were taking the night :rain to Landon. 6, with ahoays to express a repeated action in the past which annoys th speaker The two pupils were always laughing during my classes. 7. in conditional clauses. to express a Present Conditional in progress: ‘What would you say if the boys were sleeping now? 2.4.3. EXERCISES 1, Put in was or were: U1. having dinner at 7 o'clock. 2. We... skating happily at ihis time last, winter, 3. You ... wriling an exercise al Us time yesterday. 4. She .. ‘cooking al eleven o'elock on Saturday. 5. The children ... drinking mile a this lime yesterday. 6 We ... swimming in the sea at (his (ime kast summer. 7. You ... doing your homework at five o'clock. 8. The gir. telling Jokes at this time last Friday. 9. You ... working hard at (en o'clock. 10, He... travelling to London at this (ime last Wednesday. 2, Turn the following sentences into the Past Tense Continuous: 1. Lam reading a book now. 2. We are doingan exercise now. 3. You are ealing an icecream now. 4. 1Lis snowing now. 5. The children are making a snowman, 6, We are carrying some heavy bags. 7. Mother is shopping now, 8. You are swimming now. 9, The cat fs running after a mouse. 10. ‘The girls are laughing now. 3, Tur the following sentences into the mlerrogative: 1. Mother was singing. 2. You were driving the car. 3. ! was helping father. 4. We were crossing the street. 5. The gir! was watching TV. 6. You were listening to a record. 7. The pupils were asking many questions. 8. Twas shopping, 9. You were speaking English, 10, The boy was sleeping.4. Turn the following sentences into the negalive: 1. The children were laughing. 2. The man was walling. 3. I was translating the lesson. 4. You were looking at the picture. 5. The girl was coming home. 6. I was learning a poem. 7. The boys were drawing red cars. 8. Mother was malking the bed. 9. You were leaving the office. 10, We were baying fresh frutt. 5. Explain what was going on when mother came home, Work on model: ‘Allce/to sweep the Noor ‘alice wou sweeping the floor when mother eame home. ——_— 1. Father/to read a newspaper 2. Tom and Jack/to watch TV 3. I/ to listen to the radio 4. My sisters/to play in the garden 5. You/to speak on the phone 6. It/to rain 7. My brothers/to repair the bicycle 8. The cat/to sleep under the table 9. Grandparents/to walk in the garden 10. Our neighbour/to plant some trees. 6. Tum into Indirect Speech: 1, "The dog is barking," Tim told me. 2, “I am writing a letter.” Jane explained. 3. "We are going on a long trip,” the children said. 4. “lam lis- {ening to an English lesson,” John said. 5. "Mother is sleeping,” Jane let me knaw. 6. "The wind is blowing.” the git] noticed. 7. "My brother ts having breakfast.” June told me. 8. "Susan is knitting,” the boy said. 9. "Paul ts just opening the door,” Mary explained, 10. "My friends are talking now," Kate told her mother. 7. Work on the model: anaemia Did Paul make any mistakes? Oh, he was always malcing mistakes! 1. Did your friend complain? 2, Did my daughter look out of the window? 3. Did the boy contradict her? 4. Did Lucy eat cecream? 5. Did I tease you? 6. Did the cat break any cup? 7, Did Martha sleep during your Jesson? 8. Did these girls quarrel? 9. Did June lose her pen? 10. Did Tint Uetoyou? - ‘The Past Tense Simple and the Past Tense Continuous 1, Use the Past Tense Stmple or the Past Tense Continuous of the given in brackets according to the meaning: 50 (lo watch). 4. I (lo tel him he should not read while he (to eal). 5. He to run) in the street when he (to fall) and {to break) his leg. 6. She (not to Iike} to play while others (Lo world. 1 (to get up} this morning 1t {to be) $0 late that the sun (to shint n the sky. 8. I (to fee!) ill when you (lo come) to see me, but I (to feel) better when you (to leave) 9. He {hot to see) me as he (to read) a book when (to came) into the room. 10. 1 (o shout) to him to stop, but at the moment he (io too fast to hear, @Q) She {not to go oul) because the rain {to fall.((2) Ag I (to ge) to the Thhseum yesterday, a man (to refuse} to pay his ticket on the tram; so the conductor (to refuse) to go on, and (to wait) until the inspector (to come), 13, Mike (to read) a letter when father (to open) the door, 14. We (to have lunch) when the telephone rang. 15. Asthe sun {to set), we {to get) to the chalet. {6)What she (to wear) when you {to see) her? (71 (to ‘pe) very surprised Because nobody {to wait) for me. 18. We (to our conversation while we (to look} at that painting. 19. What they (to do) when they (to hear) that noise. 20. My friends (to arrive just as the (rain: to leave) the station. 2, Translate into English: ‘A: 1. Cind am plecat de la politfe, Albert 1 solja lu! mai vorbeau inc cu tun polilist. 2. Cc se intimpla in casa ta cind am trecut pe fa tine tert ceara? Am sunat la ugi dar nu mi-a rispuns nimeni desi se atwzea tmuvied induntru, 3. El dormea dus cind fu trea de un zgomot. Cobort searile si vada ce se intimpli.A infeles c& ceva nu este in reguld deoarece ciinele latra furios. 4. [-am pus aceasti intrebare de citeva ort dar ei nu m-a aut fling citea ziarul, 5, Pe cind imi cdutam ochelarti, a sunat (clefonnl; in timp ce mergeam s@ raspund, cineva a batut la ugai telefonul ined maf suna cind am deschis uga dar cind m-am intors, el s-a oprit. 6. Intentionam sf te rog s4 ma ajull, dar dormeat cind am Intrat in camera ta aga cA am renuntat s{ am Eicut totul singur. 7. Malilda cobora strada Gnd vizu un om imbricat cludat¥El purla 0 hain neagri, pantalon! rogii, un pantof gri sf altul verde. In mind is! {inea cravata §{ cioraplt. 8. E inc viel Se ineca dar acest tinar a siirtt in pA gi a salvat-o tocmai la timp;9, Eu mat dormeam inca atunc! cind stewardesa a venit s4 ne spuna ca trecem peste Himalaya, M-am witat De fereastra gl am fost surprins sa vad cA zburam deasupra unor munt) alit de inalil, 10. Nune-am dus la teatru ierl deoarece nigte prictent de-ai nostri veneau pe la nol la ora 7 seara. 1}. Mi-amamintit de unde il cunose pe acest om: am Impar{it camera cu el cind eram student. Mereu deschides fereastra, Indiferent cit de frig era afara! B. “Bolerul se scula de pe divan, pag prin vipata tremuratoare a luminarilor, pe covoarele inflorite turcestl, spre fereastra care da spre Rimnic. Ridicd in sus jumtatea de jos a ferestrel gl scoase afar capul. 51Noaptea era calda gi pe cerul albastru inehis ardeau stropit de aur: padurea tdicea. Dinspre Rimnic, venca un murmur de coarde; o melodie falnicd parca impresura cu o mreaji de descintece cet{uia boierulu. St ondluca raldcea pe malurile apel, purtalé pared de durerea cinteculut, Boierul ig| intoarse privinle spre cealalld aripa a curtll, I s-a parut, ort a vizul o umbra alba la fereasira jupinese!?” (M. Sadoveanu, Cintecul de dragoste) ©." Se agezari la masii 1 incepura si-gi tate fiecare buct{{ mart din cet doi purcei de fapte rument pe care cele doud femei tocmal il adusera pe {vi Stefan minca, dar o urmiirea fara s& se ulte pe Luchl gi nu ema atent la conversalia care incepuse si devind insulleiité, Nu intelegea de ce chipul el exprima o fericire atit de vie, fiinded la mijloe nu puteau fi cel dot care dideau semne c& 0 cumose $1 sint familiart cu ea, De cileva ort observase ca se uila la ef fr s4- vada tif asculla fara si dea seme c& ecel puljn atentd la ceca ce t se spune... La ce era ea atune! alenti? La ce se gindea? Chipul ci lumina din interior atit de intens! Ce era in sufletul ef? Deodatii Stefan ridicd paharul sf fu pe punctul de a- face o urare de tunul singur, ‘din stmpalie, si-si exprime acest bruse sentiment care ti npdice intra.” (Marin Preda, Delia) _ 1D, "Vazind el cum se stinge, incetul cu ineetul $1 eum nimnie n-0 nial poate abate din visarea ei, se ofilea gi el, visind cum ar putea si gaseasca floarea nevazuta...” (Dimitrie Anghel, JJertfa) 2.8, THE PRESENT PERFECT SIMPLE 2.5.1, FORM — “Affirmative Interagatve youswerthey have played/scen have {/you/we/they played / seen? 1e/she/s hos played aces, Has he/she ft played seen? Negative Negateeloierragatioe s/yoafwe/tney have not played/seen, ave Y/you/we/they net played / seen? Hyurwe/they haven't pysd/onen, Haven't I/ynfue/they played / Seon? e/she/it has not played/scen. Tas he/she t not played/scen? He/she/t hast played/scen, Hasn't he/she/it played /scen? —————E—e——e—JSS—rvV)O 2.5.2. USE, Anaction or state prior to the moment of speaking may be expressed both by ‘the Past Tense and by the Present Perfect, But, while the Past Tense presents the action without referring to the present moment, the Present Perfect links that past action with the present. This means that when we have the Past Tense, we think of the time when something happened or we narrate a sequence of events at a given time. So, the Present Perfect is used: 1. when we are no longer interested in the time when the past action took place, but in its result into the present: 1 have visited an tnteresting museum, (I still remember ‘the things seen there) 2, when the past action continues in the present and, perhaps, it will goon into the future, too : 33Many pupils have teat tn this school. (In the past, ‘some children learnt here, in the present others are earning and, of course, in the future, other pupils will Jearn here, tool 3 to express completed activities in the immediate past. In this case, In this case ever and never mean “at any (no) time up to the present”. But, when ever means “at any time during a period of time completely past” or “at any time in the future," it can be used with other tenses, too: Did you ever meet his sister? (When you spent your holiday in that town, ete.) ‘When always covers a certain period of time in the past, the Past Tense1s to these twenty minutes, etc.: be found here: ‘The train has just Jeft (left a Wttle time ago) She always loved him. (as long as he lived. ete.) We have not seen Jack lately. Ever may also be an intensive adver’ approaching the meaning “whatever” oat all’. Under such circumstances the Past Tense Is employed: Nobody ever helped David Copperfield when he worked in London. Rhetorical questions referring back to the past often contain ever Did you ever see. more beautiful landscape? 7. with the adverbs alrecely and yet. Both of them may appear in interrogative sentences with one difference though: while yet indicates that the question issupposed to find out whether the action is finished or not, already shows that ‘we are surprised that the action is over: Tom usually gets up at seven o'clock in the morning. ‘One should not confuse this use of just with the use of the adverb J meaning “barely” or “nearly’. When having these meanings, it can occur different tenses: Mike Just wanted to help us. + 4. with words denoting'an incomplete period of time: today, this week, month, Us year, all day, all night, this morning, ete.: ° f Last week we wrote three letters, but this week we have upitien only one. ‘Mention must be made of the fact that this maming, alf night, all come with the Past Tense if they express a complete period of time. Thus, shall say: a) IL 8 7 oclock, Mother gets into Tom's bedroom and asks: T have seer a good film this morning. (We are before 12 oicock senna (Weareinthe afte wn 126.90 in ie meting, Mother sees that the light ‘or in the evening) ‘son'n Tom's bedroom, Sle opens the door and asks 5. How long, when concerned with a period of time extending into Have you got up already? presexff Teqfitres the Present Perfect: . How long have you been ill? (You are sull ill) But, when it refers only to a past period. the Past Tense or the Past Perf are to be employed: ‘Already may also occur in affirmative sentences: ‘The student has already translated the lesson. In negalive sentences yet has the meaning of (nu) ined: Albert has inot learnt the poem yet, 8. with since and for, & Since denotes the beginning point of a period of time that extends up to the Present. It is translated into Romanian by din, de la, de cinc: How long didyou stay in London last year? How long had you known him when he died? 6. with adverbs of indefinite time or expressing frequency: ever, never, seldom, always, several times: ‘We have never visited New York. Have you ever been to the North Pole? ‘They have not seen Alice since 1989/Christmas/she went to London,‘When the action of the time clause introduced by since (s parallel to die on expressed Ly the Present Perfect, the Present Perfect occurs in the time clause, Thave known Maggte since she has heen working in our factory, For refers to a period of time that continues up to the present. Its meaning of de atita...timp. The Present Perfect in a sentence containing for may translated into Romanian either by Prezent (Present) : ‘These boys have been here for half an hour, (Acestt biie(t sint aici de jumatate de or3.) or by Perfectul compus (The Compound Perfect): My neighbour has not repaired the roof of his house for a long time, (Vecinul meu nu st-a reparat acoperigul casei de mult lump) ‘When for concems a terminated period of (ime, the verb must be in the Tense: My uncle lived in London for five years and then he moved to Paris, 9. for past actions whose time 16 nol mentinned: Has Peter had lunch? 10. in newspapers and broadeasts to introduce an action which will be seribed in the Simple Past Tense. The time in the second sentence is given: . A terible accident has happened: a car ran into a group of children and kaitled three of them. 12. to express a future action, ina time clause, prior (o another one repr sented by a future tense, The Present Prefect is usually accompanied in t) context by: afer, when after), as soon as, Uill/undd, by the time (tha), the ment (thea): I shall ring you up as soon as/after mother has come back. 12. sn conditional clauses: Lilie Paul will come here at once if Grannie has made a cake. Mary will not be permitted (0 go for a walk in the park unless she has done her homework, 13. to desertbe a past action that has present consequences: Jane bas not eaten anything and so she is hungry now. 2.5.3. EXERCISES 1. Fill in the blanks with have or has: 1, We ... seen an interesting film, 2. My sister... finished school this month. 3. You... finally understood him. 4. George... not driven his car for (uree months. 5. 1... wrilten all the exercises. 6. We... drunica lot of coffee this morning, 7. You... just tokd me a good joke. 8. Our friend ... never visited New York, 9, T... travelled by ear. 16. We ... picked all the ripe apples. 2, Build up sentences with the following words using the Present Perfect according to the model: CChrtstine/to spcak/English, Christine has spoken English, 1. Mr. Parker/to buy/a new hat: 2. We/t6 open /the window; 3. The children/to wash/their hands; 4. You/to say/good morning: 5. 1/to sucel/tny former deskmate: 6, the teacher /io explain/another problem; 7. You /to understand/this rule at last: 8. The Browns/to plant/a lot of ees; 9. You /to play/crickct very well: 10, The children/to drink/a lot of ‘orange julee; 11, We/to swim/to the shore; 12. I/to ring up/my friend: 13. Liltle Tom/te eat/all the cakes: 14. Our grandparents/to arrive; 15, ‘You/to have/your lunch: 16. I/to hear/that noise again: 17. We/to show/you our reports; 18. The giri/to lend/me an interesting book; 19. The farmers /to plek/thefrult in the orchard; 20. The pupl/oclean/the ickboard. 3. Tum the following sentences into the Present Perfect Simple: 1. 1 go to school. 2. We draw some red flowers. 3. Jane spends three ‘weeks in the mountains. 4. You find many mistakes. 5, She changes her Slothes. 6. The sun rises, 7, You sweep the floor. 8 We work hard at ‘school. 9. leat some grapes. 10. We help our mother. 11. All the children are present. 12. I try to understand him. 13. You have breakfast. 14. Peter does a lot of exercises. 15. We cross the sireet. 16. The children come home. 17. The teacher repeats the sentence. 18. I give her some flowers, 19. You wash your face, 20. We make our beds, 4. Work on the model: \ 37‘Are you having dinner? No, [bare fut hae 1. Is John writing the exercise? 2. Are you reading this book? 3. Am 1 drinking a cup of tea now? 4. Are the pupils singing the new song? 5. Is, Mary making a new dress? 6. Are you explaining a problem to your: brother? 7. Amn I opening the English book now? 8. Are we playing volleyball now? 9, Are you ironing the shirts now? 10. Is your friend crossing the street now? 5. Work on the model: ‘John lives in a vilage now. He . here for one year. ‘John lives in avilage now. He has ved here for one year. 1. We skate in winter. We... several times this winter. 2. Lrepalr cars. 1... thetr car three times this year. 3. You write good poems. You... just ... @ new one, 4. They publish many books every year. They ... the tenth one’ this year. 5. Alice sings beautifully. She ... in many performances. 6. You often cut lowers. You... beautiful ones today. 7. Teateh fish in summer. 1 ...several big ones, 8. Mike often meets us in the moming. He... us severa} times lately. 9. My sister often breaks things. She ...two glasses this week, 10. You eat many cakes. You... mine. too. 6. Work on the model: ‘Another ship sank on the ref lat werk. A lot of ships on that reef ‘Alot of ships have sunk on that reef 1, The dog bit the mullsman yesterday. It ...my friend, too. 2. I took a pleture of my little son in the park last week. I... a picture of him today, too. 3. We felt the cold yesterday. We... the cold a lot this winter. 4. The teacher drew the pupils’ attention to those mistakes. He... Just... their attention to another one: 5. The thieves stole Mr. Brown's car on Friday night. They ... a lot of ears this summer. 6. You gave the children sweets in the morning. Now, you... them some chocolate, {oo. 7. Martin woke up Jate yesterday morning. He... late this moming, too. 8. We heard strange ‘noises last night. We... just... them again. 9. The farmer grew a lot of vegetables last year. He... many vegetables this year, too. 10. The giris ‘wove a beautiful carpet in the school workshop last year. They... another ‘one this year, (06. 7. Work on the model: {am going to speak to her. Have you ever apolen to her before? ‘Yes, Uhave/No, Thaven't 1. Jane ts going to play tennis. Yes. she. 2. They visit inany museums. walhey ...the Art Museum, too? No, they... 3.1 am going to write to the school master, to him before? 4. You often forget your book there, seed en today, 100? No, you... 8. My parents drink coffee every day. «athey .., coffee today, 100? ‘Yes, they... 6. [tell my daughter stories every evening. ..-YOu.... her a story this evening? Yes, > 7, We spend a lot of money on books. ‘you ... a Jol recently? fes, We. 8, You show 1s many good paintings. vol ever ... you bad paintings? No, you 9.1 know a lot of details about this accident. 6. Tum the following sentences into the interrogalive: 1. Lave remembered her address. 2. We have come in time. 3. You have old me a secret. 4. Lucy has worked hard today. 5. We have thought about that. 6, Uhave forgotten her name. 7. Tom has known her for a long, me. 8. You have had.a swim. 9. The children have bought many sweets. 10. 1 have wrilten a Jong composition. 11. You have discovered the mls lake, 12. They have met their friends, 13. We have asked the policeman about this address. 14. Robert has stopped in front of the gate. 15. Mary and Tom have laid the table. 16. You have opened all the windows. 17. Marlin has repaired the toy. 18. The children have laughed a lot. 19. 5 hhave noticed the change. 20. You have thanked them. 9. Make up questions with the following words using the Present Perfect. Seconding to the model:Grannte/to ave Has Grannie arrived? 1. You/to do/a difficult exereise; 2. 1/to say/such a thing: 3. The dog/to bite/the old woman; 4. The pupils /to write/the composition; 5. You/to Jook/at this picture; 6. We/to study/this lesson; 7 You/to visit /allthe museums; 8 The boy /to see/that film; 9. 1/to know /her before; 10. The workers/to work hard taday; 11, You/to hear/the rain: 12. Anyone/to find/my umbrella; 13, Father/to eateh/a bad cold; 14. You/to be/here for a long ‘ime; 10, Work on the model: Did you see her yesterday? No, Paige [ner for ages. No, didn't Uhaven't sea her forages. 1. Did your aunt speak to you? No, she didn't. She ...to me yet. 2, Did you shake the carpels last week? No, i didn't. 1... them for three weeks. 3, Did I tell you anything? No, you didnt, You ... us anything this time. 4, Did'the children drink (hetr milk? No, they didn't. They... ityet. 5. Did the sun shine yesterday? No. it didn't. It. since Sunday. 6, Did you break thetr window? No, I didn't, C... any windows lately. 7. Did we go to the circus last week? No, you didn't. You ... there yet. 8. Did you wear your new dress? No, i didn't. 1...tyet. 9. Did | forget the book? No, you didn't. You ...t this tune, 10. Did the tourists fly to Egypt? No, they didn't. They ...to Rome, 11, Turn the following sentences into the negative: 1, That man has left the house. 2. The litte children have crossed the road. « 3, You have known the answer. 4. [have had breakfast. 5. You have en- Jjoyed the play. 6. The woman has read the letter. 7. You have been il. 8.1 thave spent several days here, 9. We have been very busy. 10. The students ‘have entered the room. 11. You have gone to the cinema. 12. Ihave travelled by train, 13. The little boy has thought of Robin Hood. 14. The pupils have drawn many flowers. 15. You have ridden the new bicycle. 60 12, Answer the following questions using the Present Perfect Simple + already according to the models: ‘a Why don't you walle tbe excreises? But T have alreacly waftten then. 1. Why don't the children eat the cakes? 2. Why don’t you tell me the truth? 3, Why doesn't Jane help her brother? 4. Why don't you explain the problem to them? 5. Why don't we go to the cinema? 6. Why dosn't your father read this newspaper? 7. Why don't you write a letter to her? 8, Why dont the girts invite us there? 9. Why don't they see such a fm? 10, Why doesn't the old man take this medicine? | Why dont you read the story? ‘Asa malic of fet, Tve already read i, 1. Why don't you grow vegetables? 2, Why don't you make the beds? 3. Why don't you switch on the radio? 4. Why don't you open your book? 5. Why don't you sell your old car? 6. Why don’t you drink your colle? 7. Why don't you leam the new words? 8. Why don't you talk to her? 9. Why don't you give up smoking? 10. Why don't you buy that house? 1s Alice going lo make a cae? No, she has already mae it, 1. Is the boy going {o translate the text? 2. Am { going to read Unis novel? 8. Are you going lo laste the soup? 4, Are the children going to eat icecream? 5, Are they going to help the old woman? 6. Am I going to tell you a joke? 7. Are you going to sce this film? 8, Are we going to do a translation? 9. Am I going to show you a nice picture? 10. Are you going to swim in the river? 4) Mas the boy writen the exereise? Yes, he haw already written i No, he hasn't writen it yet 1. Has Nick left hospital yet? {No) 2. Have we had breakfast yet? (Ves) 3, Have you read the paper yet? (Yes) 4. Have ! finished my homework? (No) 5, Have your grandparents arrived? (No) 6,Has mother dusted the furniture? (Yes) 7. Have you done your homework yet? (No) 6, Have I shown you this shirt? (No) 9. Have we visited the Art Gallery? (Yes) 10. Have the guests finished all the wine? (No} 13. Work on the model: eee ye just made my bed. ‘Oh, have you? haven't made mine yet. 611. TveJust seen a beautiful bird. 2, Ivcjust read Oliver Twist. 3. We've just eaten a good cake. 4 've just bought a dictionary. 5. We've just translated the lesson. 6. We've just spoken to our form master. 7, I've just found the two mistakes. 8. I've just written a letter, 9. We've just drunk a cup of coffee. 10. Ive just sent the telegram, 14, Use the Present Perfect Simple + ever according to the models: 9) Mary has never swum before. Ws the Brat ne she has ever swurn. 1. We have never drunk whisky before. 2. You have never slept in that room before. 3. I have never spoken to him before. 4. The boys have never broken a window before. 5. We have never planted trees before. 6. Lucy hhas never made such a good cake before. 7. I have never gone to the ‘seaside before. 8. You have never smoked a cigar before. 9. [have never ‘wom a mask before. 10. The child has never cried before. | Bi ave you secn Julle’s new dress? I's beautiful, ss 1? ‘Yeo, it the moat beautifal dress Ive cver seen. 1, Has Chris really bought that house? It's big, isn’t il? 2. Have you read The Adventures of Huckleberry Fut? I's an interesting book, isn't 1? 3. Have the children eaten the cake? It's very good, isn't t? 4, Has Jane carried the suitcase by herself? I's very heavy, isn't it? 3, Have you seen Doris's dance? It is nice, isn't it? 6, Have they done this exercise? I’s very dificult, isn't it? 7. Have the boys played football? It's an exciting game, isnt ? 8. Have you heard Lucy's voice? It's sweet, isn't If? 9. Have we shown them our new car? IU very expensive, isn't it? 10. Have the giris, cooked this stew? I's hernible, isn't t? 18, Use the Present Perfect Simple + never according to the model: Drink some wine, please! have never drunk wine before. 1, Read the French book, please! 2. Help my litle sister, please! 3. Open. ‘that door, please! 4, Sing a Scottish song, please! 5. Work harder, please! 6. Go to bed before midnight, please! 7. Speak English to them, please! 8. ‘Wear a red dress tonight. please! 9. Draw a big house, please! 10. Plant an apple tree, please! 16. Work on the model: ‘Adrian/to see/grundmother/ April ‘Adrian hasn't seen grandmother since Apri, 1. 1/to drink/whisky/Christmas 2. We/to kmow/these boys/the year before last 3. Agnes/to visit /London/ 1987 4. You/to eat/oranges/Feb- ruary 5. I/to Work/in the garden/last spring 6, Our children/to be/il/ last year 7. We/to write/letters/Sunday 8. You/to play/tennis/July 9. ‘Nick/to have/a headache/last week 10. 1/to smoke/Wednesday 17, Make up questions beginning with since wien and answer them ae- cording to the model: ‘You not to meet /her/June ‘Since when haven't you met her? Thaven't met her ainee June. 1. Your brother/to be/tli/last wintet 2. [/not to drive/a car/Febnuary 3. ‘You/not to recelve/a letter from her/that day 4. The girls/not to dust/ the furniture/yesterday morning 5. I/not to disturb/her /she started to read 6. You/not to call/them up/Friday 7. Alice/not to play/the piano/ schoat | started 8. I/not lo go/fishing/July 9. Our flends/ not to vist/ uus/thetr child 10, Christine/not to smoke; fa any cigarettes/the 18; Make up sentences with the folowing words using for according o the We/to be/here/a long Ue ‘We have been here foF 3 ong Ue. 4, Grandfather/not to go/to the cinema/many years 2. You/to know/ Uhese boys/ten weeks 3. I/not to meet/the Browns/ages 4. George/not to read/an English book/three months 5, We/to hear/about this singer/ ‘one year 6. 1/to lose/my liltle dog/two weeks 7. The children/not to eat/ bananas/months 8. The dog/not to run/afler the cat/two days. 9 We/to ‘understand/this thing/a long time 20. You/to love/these people /ages 19, Make up questions with how long and answer them according to the ‘The child/not to drink/mulk/three days iow long haan the chila drunk male? He hasn't drunk milk for three days. 1. Mother /to be/in the kitchen /half an hour 2. Those pupils/to learn /this ‘song/a month 3, You/to have/this car/one year 4. Pam/to love /music/a Jong time 5, You/to hate/this man/two years 6. [/not to visit her/three ‘weeks 7, The girls/to finish /their homework/five minutes 8.Your friend/ to begin/the translation/four days 9. We/not to hear/from them/two Years 10. Tom/not to write/(o his parents/three months20. Complete the following sentences with the given alternative using or for: 1. My sister hasn't spoken French ... a) more than a year b) 1989 2. You haven't bought any shoes... a} spring ’) ten months 3, thas rained... a) May bb} several months Thaventt met my neighbour ... a} two weeks b) Monday 6. My daughter hasn't typed any letters... ab last Saturday b) aweek 6. Grannie hasn't visited us... a) Christmas ‘) along ume 7. We haven't heard anything from him... a} ten days b) last month 8, Nobody has opened this door ... a) at least two years ‘p) the beginning of August 9, You haven't eaten any fish... a) several days ) last November 10. [haven't ridden a bicycle... ‘a} my childhood by more than two years 21, Work on the models: ee (Can you skate? two years) ‘Yeu, Tan, but Lhaven' skated for two years Can you speak Russtan? (1990) ‘Yeu, Ycan, but | haven't spoken it since 1990. eee 1. Can you play tennis? (my holiday) 2. Can you drive a ear? (for a long time) 3. Can Matthew milk a cow? (he lived tn the country) 4. Can we make good cakes? (lwo weeks) 5. Can Margaret mend the socks? ther childhood) 6, Can the boys climb trees? (several months) 7. Can i repair ‘TV sets? (one year) 8. Can you help my daughter with her homework? (1 fell it) 9. Can the girls swim? (they were on holiday) 10. Can I play the plano? (you moved to this house) 22. Work on the model: ‘They speak English quite often. ‘They .» English today. 100. “They have spoken English todsy, too. 1, She often writes to me. She ... just ... an inleresting letter tome, 2. You {ell us many stortes. You ...a beautiful one this evening. 3. Aunt Martha makes cakes every week. She ... a delicious ane today. 4. My brothers often break windows. They ... another window this moming. 5. The l- ‘brarian lends me good books. He ... me a very Interesting one this week. 6. We see good films on Sunday. We ... a Western this Sunday. 7. Father cuts flowers in the garden every Saturday morning. He ... some red anes for mother this morning, 8. You go to the theatre every Wednesday, You _.. to the theatre this Wednesday, too. 9. The teacher reads a new lesson another one today, to0. 10, The boys buy big balls every 23, Join the following sentences according to the model: ‘Jane will do al the exercises. She will go for a walk. ‘Jane will go for a walk after she has done all the cxeretes. 1. The rain will stop. You will go to the park. 2. The pupils will learn the new words. They will translate the poem. 3. The child wall have dinner. He ‘will go to bed. 4, Father will repair the car. We will go on a trip. 5. Jack will read the poem ten times, He will know it by heart. 6. All my frends wall come. We will start our party. 7. The little girl will wash her hands, She will have lunch. 8. The traffic will stop. The old man will crose the street. 9. You will read his letter. You will find out the truth, 10, They will Feach an agreement, They will sign the contract.2.6. THE PRESENT PERFECT CONTINUOUS 2.6.1. FORM ee nn oe yt verirectennang thn et spurts te Tn srurcrmytenvenine Peete vecmenamengaoe [ci lnpettn e/sbe/it hasn't been playing Hasn't he/sbe/It been playing? 2.6.2. USE 1}. While the Present Perfect Simple implies that the attention is focused the repetition or on the completion of an action, the Present Perfect Contin ‘emphasizes the duration, the continuity of the action in the present: Mother has watered the flowers, (Her Job has just been. done) Mary has been watering the flowers for half an hour. (She is still doing the job) 2. The Present Perfect Continuous is also found in subordinate clauses ‘time, to show that an action which began in the past fs still under way: While Nick has been watching Judith. she has been drinking her glass of milk. 4g, Since the Present Perfect Continuous deseribes an action which is appar- enily uninterrupted, it will not be employed when we mention the number of Gmes a thing has been done or the numer af things that have been dene: Tve been drinking tea since 5 o'clock. But: I've drunk three cups of tea since 5 o'clock. However, sometimes, there is not a great difference between the Present perfect Simple and the Present Perfect Continuous, and either form can be used: Jack has lived in this house for wo years. Sack has been living in this house for two years. or How long have you studied German? How long have you been studying German? ‘But this 1s not possible with those verbs that are nol generally used in he continuous aspect. This is the case of examples like: have known Jim for five years. ‘She has loved you since that day. Here only the Present Perlect Simple is possibie. 2.6.3, EXERCISES 1. Put the verbs in brackets in the Present Perfect Continuous: 1. Johnny ((o live) here since 1986, 2. The dog {lo He) under the table for two hours. 3. You {lo watch) TV since you came home. 4. We (to tall) about this novel for an hour. 5. How long you (to wall) for her? 6. That man (to stand) in the rain since 9 o'clock, 7. I (to learn) English for two years, 8. You (to work) in this factory since your son was born. 9. My. daughter (to do} exercises since she finished herlunch. 10. I (to explain) this problem to them for half an hour, but they don't seem to have understood it yet. 2, Use the Present Perfect Continuous of the verb in the first sentence to complete the second sentence of each pair; 1. Jane is typiiig, She ... since 8 o'clock. 2. We are reading in the library. We ... for two hours. 3. You are painting a portrait. You ... portraits for ormany years, 4. 1am making a cake. I... it since mother left home. 5, The children are writing greeting cards. They ... for an hour. 6. You are working now. You ... since your brother arrived. 7. [live in a big house. T a here for ten years. 8, ‘Tom is driving his new car, He ... for three hours. 9. We are collecting stamps. We ... them for ten years, 10. Tam repealing the new words. [.,. them for ten’ minutes. 3. Work on the model: —_——— ‘Do you usually speak Engh? Wel, weve been peaking English a it lately. —————— eS 1. Does Agnes usually wrile many letters? 2. Dg you generally spend much money on books? 3. Do 1 usually answer ail your questions? 4. Does Nick usually paint flowers? 5. Do we usually do many exercises? 6. Does it generally snow much here? 7. Do! usually swim much? 8. Do you usually practise the plano? 9, Do we generally drive fast? 10. Does Alice collect many plants? 4, Add since ot for lo the following sentences containing Present Continuous: 1. We have been repairing our car .., Wednesday. 2. They have been dreaming of this trp ... a long time, 3. These {wo women have been walling for you ...nall an hour, 4. My brother has been (ranslating Shakespeare ... 1989, 5. His aunt has been lying in bed ... that day. 6. ‘The children have been drinking milk five minutes. 7. It has been snow- Ing... yesterday afternoon. 8. You have been explaining this problem ... a quarter of an hour. 9 . Mother has been dusting the furniture ... half an hour. 10. We have been watching TV ... 7 o'clock. * 5, Translate the following sentences into English using the Present Simple or Continuous: 1, Surorile mele tocmal au venit de la gcoabé, 2, De cit timp dorm copill? 3. Aterminat Jack deja exereitul? Au trecut doar zece minute de cind {arn ictat. 4. Ai incercat vreodaldi s4-] alu? 5. Arthur exerseazi la pian de la ‘ora 8. 6. Ce vor face fralJi (81 dupa ce vor termina scoala? 7. Nol muncim {in gradind de mat bine de ret ore gl nu am obosit incé. 8. Nu am auzlt nimic de et in ultima vreme. 9, Ai citit ultima poezie a colegulul meu de Danck? 10. Vol jucal} car} de vreo doud ore dar nu v-al{ terminat mcd temele: 11. Hany nu {-a oferit ort sou! de foarte mult timp. 12. De cind lie David adevirrul despre bunicul stu? 13. MA gindesc la cele spuse de ‘ade mai bine de dou ore si tot nu pot inlelege ce s-a Intimplat acolo, 14. ‘Am incereat adesea si-1 spun adevirul. 15. Ea nu Fa inteles niciodat. 16, Fi gl-au imbunatayt mult pronin(la anul acesta. 17. Ce muzee smportante ale lumif ai vizstat pind acum? 18, De cit timp n-a mat furat § Christine? 19. Supa fierbe de la ora zece dar nu este inc gata 20. Prietenli met vor pleca fn sirdindtate de indali ce tt vor cumpara mayind. ‘The Present Perfect and The Past Tense 1. Put the verbs in brackets in the Present Per‘ect or the Past Tense: 1.1 {not to play) football since 1 {to breald my leg. 2 Tein {to play) football when he (to be} at school. 3. We {not to see) them for agest. Where they (to bel? "1 Jusi (to hear) that Emally is in Spain.” "Oh, don't you know she (to eave) our town at the end of July? I (to receive) letter from her theother day.” 5. "My brother {not to start) work yet. He's stil at the University." "How tong he (to be) at the University?" "He (to be) there for three years; before that he (to spent) four years at the high school.” . @ "You ever {to eat) snails?" "No, I never to eat) snafls and, if {to be) you, I should not eat them either.” 7, When George (Le come] into the room, Lucy (1o sit) in an armchair ina comer of the room. George {not to see) Lucy and he {(o go) to the booiccase ‘and (ta choose) a book. Then, Lucy (to cough) and George {to turn) round ‘quickly and (lo say: "Excuse me. I (not to see) you." 8, This car (to be) in our family for more then eleven years. Father ito iive) iC for the first six years, my sister (to use) it for the next two years. and I (\o have) it for the lnet thres years. 8. "Mother (not to. come} back yet?" "Yes: she (to come) half an hour ago. She (to go) straight-to the kitchen." "Funny! I (not to hear) her. 10, "I hear that your secretary (lo leavel.” "Yes, she (to leave) two weeks ago." “Anybody {to be) appoirited to tale her place?’ "F think several wornen {to apply] to the Job, but so far nothing (1o be) decided.” 41. "You (to see) any good plays lately?” “Yes, I (to go) to the theatre last ‘week and I (to see) a French comedy.” "You (to ike) it?” "Yes, 1 (to love) it. But, of course, | (not to understand) very many words.” 12. “Harold (to book) the hotel room yet?” "Well, he (to write) to the hotel ten days ago, but they (not to answer) him yet.” 13. "Your frtend (to know) any English when she first (lo arrive)?" "No, she (not to know) a word, but she (to work) hard since then and so, she understands almost everything.” 14, At 6 o'clock p.m, Mr. Brown (to ring) me up and {to say): "Is Hob with, You?" . Hob is his son and he (to come) to my place almost every day last Week. “I (not to see) him today,” J (to answer) him. “But my sons {to go) to the cinema this afternoon and they {not to come) back yet. Perhaps Hob (to go) with them." 15. Peter (fo meet ) Robert at schoot yesterday morning and (to tell} him: “{not to see) you at the bus stop this morning. You (to fatss) the bus?” " {not to miss) it,” {to answer) Peter. “ {not to miss) the bus for months, But this morning my neighbour (to give) me a lif.”16. Mr, Williams, Peggy's employer, (to dictate) four letters and (to tell) Peggy to type them quickly. About an hour later he {to ring) Pegay's office. He {to say): "You (to finish) all the letters?” “I (to type) the letters to the Oil Company and to Mr. White. Now I'm typing the lelter to Mr, Sulllvan, but (mot to begin) the one to Mr. Jackson yel.' 17 "How long Lucy (to be) in her present job?" "Tthink she (to be} there for three years.” "And what she (to do) before that?” "She ((o work) in a shoe factory, I suppose.” 18, "How long Peter (lo work) tn that office?” "He (to work) there for two years.” "He (to enjoy) working there?” "No, he (not to enjoy} it at all, That is why he (to come) to our factory where he (to workd for more than a year now.” 19. "Where else Mr. James (to be) since he (to arrive) in Romania?" "Oh, hhe (1o be) to the monasteries in Northem Moldavia, but he (not to visit) Sassy yet.” 2. Worl on the model: ee Mictuel/to sing n song/five mines ogo ‘What has Michae! done? Te has sung.a cong. ‘When did he sing it? He nang te five minutes ag tomar ive minute ne 1, Lucy/to break a cup/half an hour ago 2. We/to find an umbrella/ yesterday 8 I/to cat a cake/in the morning 4. You/to draw a cal/two ays ago 5. The girls to play in the garden/on Sunday 6. Cathy/to meet her friend/; ‘afiernoon 7. I/to show the pupils a plcture/a few minutes ago 8. You/to speak English to him/last Monday 9. We/to tell funny jokes/ten minutes ago 10. The boy/to get up/at 7 o'clock 3, Fill in the blanks with the Present Perfect or the Past Tense form of verbs in brackets, according to the meaning: 1, They ...to.us several Limes Lil now. (o speald 2. We ...t0.a good concert fast evening, (to listen) 3. Their baby ... out of bed yesterday. (to fal 4. Our friends .., to London this week. (to go) 5. 1 ...several letters to her til now. (towrite) 6. We.... along lelter a minute ago. (to receive) 7. You .., us. anice song last week. ((o teach) 8. I..a funny joke today. (to heari 9. They in a village for a year during the war. (to live) 10. John Just .. to his ew house. (to move} 4. Make up sentences with the following time expressions, using either | Present Perfect or (he Past Tense according to the meaning: 1, the other day; 2, lately; 3. for five years; 4. so far: 5. in 1987: 6. last ‘summer; 7. often: 8, a8 soon as; 9. last January: 10. never; 11. once;12. ° 70 today; 13. this morning:14. when; 16. recently: 16. then; 17. Just: 18, this week: 19. on Sunday: 20, for ages: 8. Translate into English: 1. Peter a venit de la gcoalé la ora 2 p.m. tar acum vorbegie la telefon de yal bine de zece minute. 2, Nict unul din prielenif nogtri nu a auzit vreodald de un lucru atit de cludat. 3. E Umpul sd Infelege({ importania Ignbilor siraine. 4. Anul trecut al vizitat Londra lar anul acesta al vidtat Parisul, 5. Am dort 84 fim la mare acum. 6. Dup ce vor cumpara biletele, vor intra in sala de spectacole. 7.Mary nu ne-a telefonat de cind a plecat din oragul nostru, 8, Am afiat multe lucrurt interesante despre acest actor in ullima vreme. 9, Verisorul meu a locult in Canada Ump de opt ant jar apo! $-a mutat in Argentina. 10. De cit timp patineaza nepotelul tau? 11. De-ar gti Harry unde sintem, cu siguran(a ar vent aici. 12. Vecinul nostru ar fi,de parere sa nu plantém tol! acesi pom in gradina. 13. ‘Turistul tocmai ne-a explicat cd a luat trenul ‘eri dupa-amlazd gi ch a ajuns aicl in aceasta diminea(a. 14. L-al intrebat vreodata ce facultate a urmat cit timp a stat la Londra? 25. Al vazut ullimele picturt ale surorit ‘mele? 16. Cind au fost aici, ef ne-au promis omultime de casi, darnu am primit nimic pind acum. 17. mi spunea odata prietenul tdu'cd nu-{i giseal carnetul de conducere. Ce-ai ficut in cele din urmi? 18. Daca ag fi in locul tau, ag cumpara pe data apartamentul. 19, Cind vei fi cilit toata_ cartea, vel infelege mai bine intrebarile mele. 20. Asculta! El vorbeste_ englezeste ca si cum ar fi limba lui materna, n2.7, THE PAST FERFECT SIMPLE 2.7.1, FORM, eee ‘Affirmative interrogetive Uyoufbe/she ft fwe/ they hod Had {you /hefahe/\t/we/they ‘opened aeen ‘opened/s Negative Negatioe Interrogatise /you/to/ebe/itfene/they had nat Had Ifyouyhe/she/It/we/they ‘opened /seen ‘not opened/acen'? T/you/he/she/h/we/they hadert Hadn't 'you/he/she/tt/we/ they opened /scen ‘opened/eecn? . Ee 2.7.2. USE 1, to express a past action that took place before a past moment or another action in the past. In fact tt ts the past equivalent of the Present. Note the use of when, before. now that, as soon as, and after in some of sentences containing a Past Perfect: - ‘The boy explained that he had seen somebody in the garden, ‘When father came home, Dick had done his homework. Father came home after Dick had done his homework. ‘Dick had done his homework before father came home. 2. to express duration up to a certain moment in the past: By the time the rain started. we had dug the whole garden, 9. with just, already, hardy/barely/ scarcely and no sooner. to show that the post action was finished a ttle ume before another past action: Mary told us that her brother had just Jef. ‘We did not know that he had already repabed his car. 1 had hardly/scarcely entered the room when some- ‘body knocked at the door. inthe last case, another form may also occur, although it is considered tobe obsolete: Hardly/scarcely had 1 entered the room when some- ‘body knocked at the door. No sooner had she seen the photos than she remembered everything about the accident, 4, with since and for when the point of reference is past: In 1980 I had been a teacher for ten years. Timew she had not seen him since Christmas, 5, in Indirect Speech, to express a Past Tense or a Present Prefect from Direct Speech: "1 saw this film last week,” Nick said. Nick sald he had seen that film a week before. “Lhave never visited Madrid." the boy explained. ‘The boy explained he had never visited Madrid. 6. 10 express a Past Conditional in a conditional clause: ‘would have given her the book if] had met her. Ifonly you hadnt Hed to her! 7, to express an unfulfilled wish: T wish (wished) I had not missed the train, 8. after had/would rather (when the subjects are different) or as Y/as ough: . ‘Yesterday Td rather you had stayed here than gone there. She spoke about that play as if/though she had seen it. 8. to express a future action that takes place before another action expressed! by a Future-in-the-Past: I told my friend that { would lend him the book after 1 had read st. 73‘press past hope, intention, ete. which was not fulfilled: 2. 74 10. with such verbs aa: to expect, to hope, to bend. fo mean, to think to | had hoped/intended/meant to find Uckets for that performance but I wasn't able to. 7.3, EXERCISES 1, Turn the following sentences into the Past Perfect Simple: 1, Henry lives in London. 2, Albert takes private lessons in mathematics. 3. You pay for the book. 4. They do difficult exercises. 5, Isee the thief. 6. ‘We explain the nule to them. 7. You forget your bag. 8, l repair my bicycle, 9, Mary opens the window. 10. You help the old woman. 2. Work on the model: 1 bad looked at the picture. (sculpture) ad you looked at the sculpture, too? 1. You had visited them, (her) 2. Albert had finished his composition. (hls drawing 3, We had crossed the street. (the schoolyard) 4. I had remembered her address. {her age) 5. The boys had eaten icecream. (cakes} 6. ‘You had understood hin. (het) 7. Mad locked Ute door. (dhe gate) 8. We. had bought the book. (the pen) 9. You had missed the train. (the bus] 10, ‘The pupils had learnt the new words. (the new song) 3. Work on the model: ‘We had written the summary (the letter) We had tot watten the lelter. 2, Ihad lost my camera. (my watch) 2. Mike had listened to the record. (to the bird) 3. We had gone to the cinema. (theatre) 4. You had spoken to her. (them) 5, She had broken a plate. (vase) 6. I had worked hard that term. (the term before) 7. You had met our neighbour. {our aunt) 8. We had thought of that incident. (our trip) 9. I had sold My car. (my house) 10. ‘Those people had heard the latest news. (Lhe old story of Adam and Eve) 4. Work on the model: + Mary had already got up by 6.00. (Adrian) Mary had already got up by 6.90. but Adrian had not got up yet. 1, We had already seen that film by Friday.(our friend) 2, Peter had ak ready done his homework by 11 o'clock. John) 3. You had already’ anew car by last Christmas. () 4. By that time Judith had already left the oMfice. (Alfred) 5. By Sunday Jack had already learned that poem by heart {) 6. You had already finished your work by 6 o'clock. (we) 7. By the end of October we had already picked all the ripe fruit. (our neighbour) 8. By 2 o'clock p.m. the children had already had lunch. (their parents) 9. By ten o'clock at night Tom had already gone to bed. (his sister} 10. By & ‘clock mother had already arrived here. (father) 5. Work on the model: ain ‘didn't you clean the blackboard? (Mary} ‘rca Mary hae red leaned ae 3. Why didn't he water the flowers? (his sister) 2. Why didn't you repair the gate? (father) 3. Why didn't she buy tickets? ther friends) 4. Why didn't your brother correct your homework? (my sister) 5. Why didnt ‘Angela make a cake? (mother) 6. Why didn't the teacher translate that ‘senience? (the pup) 7. Why didn't Tom switch onthe TV set? (Helen) 8. Why didn't Elva cooks the lunch? (Dorothy) 9. Why didn't Peter open the window? (Laura) 10. Why didn't you wash your shirts? (mother) 6. Work on the model: . ——_— ‘We broke the window and then we told father about I. ‘We fold lather that we had broken the window. 1. They passed the exam and then they wrote to us about it. 2. Rebecea won the first prize and then let us know about it. 3. We did all the exercises and then told the teacher about it. 4. Jane cut the flowers and then told mother about it, 5. You bought a new hat and then tet your wife ‘know about it. 6.1 lost my umbrella and then I admitted i 7. Father repaired my bicycle and then told me about it. 8. We made a good cake and then told our parents about it. 9. The child took the medicine and then let the doctor know about it. 10. [had an accident and then let the police know about tt. 7. Use the Past Perfect Simple + never/ever heJore according to the model: ceeieecneneenisenainerin cena aR Mary aang beauty. stun Mary nd neve ting ao ea fe i Sheng more benutlly than abe hal ver sung before 1, We did many exercises. 2. I was busy yesterday. 3. You were very happy on Sunday. 4, The children ate many cakes. 5. The soup tasted delicious. 6, Little Kate looked very pretty yesterday. 7. The food smelt 00d, 8. We read a very interesting story. 9. You discussed an important problem. 10. Robert passed a difficult exam. 758. Replace the Past Tense alter unt by Past Perfect Simple in order to phasize the completion of the second action. Work on the model: 76 SO ‘The wounded man didn't neve unt! the dactor arrived ‘The wounded man dide't move unt the dector had arrived, rer —T—T———O 1. We didn't get frightened until we heard (hat noise. 2. The tourists didn't leave the hotel until the rain stopped... 3. Mother didn't shut the windows until she swept the floor. 4. The audience didn't applaud until the singer stopped singing. 5. You could not translate the new lesson ‘until you learnt all the new words, 6. The children didn't start eating unlil they washed their hands. 7. We didn't stop worrying unl William rang us up. 8. Mr. Brown didn't begin his speech until everybody was sealed, . Grandlather didn't go to bed until he took his medicine. 10, We didnt believe her until she showed us the photos.” - 9. Tum into Indirect Speech: 1. "Thave just finished my homework," Tom told his mother, 2. "What film’ did you see yesterday?’ Peter asked me. 3. "We visiled this museum two years ago.” the pupils explained, 4, "My friend has been on a sightseeing tour.” Peter sald. 5. "My son has not come yet,” Mrs. Keith told the gu. 6. “I have never believed (his man," Mary explained lo her sister. 7. "How Jong have you been here?’ the policeman wanted to know. 8. “Did you hear a terrible crush last night?" John asked me. 9. "I have lost miy pen. today," little Eliza told her mother. 10. "We did not expect you to come $0. soon.” they let me know. 10, Connect the following sentences according to the model: OO ‘erate the Fetter. 1 posted i, Aller J haat written the letter, # posted i eS Ss 1. You locked the door. You left the house, 2. Isat down. I opened my text book. 3. The children had dinner. They went to bed. 4, We bought the lickets, We got on the train. 5. [swept the floor. I dusted the furniture. 6, ‘The patient took the medicine. He felt much better. 7. The rain stopped. ‘We went for a walk. 8. You understood the rule. You did a difficult exer cise. 9. The old woman read the telegram, She burst into tears. 10. The train lefl. The boys went home. 11, Work on the model; —— ‘The ten-year-old boys ran a race in the afternoon. ‘The okicr boys thelr races tn the morning. ‘The okicr boys fad ran thelr races tn the morning, —_—_—cc eee 1. "She paid for the tickets just now", "But that's silly He ...for them already.” 2. They won this difficult match. They the other two matches before. 3. I studied geography for three years. 1... biology before. 4. The teacher read the poem in the tenth grade. He... 4 story in the filth grate. 5. The mayor opened the new theatre, Earlier in the day he ...a new museum, (00. 6. You bought a smart suit that day. You ...some handker- chiefs, (00. 7. dulla got a pretly doll on her tenth birthday, She ...anoter one {wo years before. 8. I taught the ninth grade from 10 to 11.1 ..he sixth grade before. 9. We painted a landscape. We ... some flowers beiore that, 10, Tom received a letter at noon. He ... a telegram before that. 12. Use the Past Pérfect Simple to explain what Matthew had done before a ceftain time on Monday. Work on the model: 620 -to wet up By 6.90 Matthew had got up. 1, -7 - lo wash: 2. 7.10 - to get dressed; 3. 7.30 - to have breakfast; 4. 7.40 - to leave for school: 5. 8 - to arrive at sciool; 6. 10 - to answer many questions; 7. 12 - to get a good mark; 8. 1 p.m. - to leave school: 9. 2.30 p.m. - to have uneh; 10. 6 p.m. - 10 do his homework; 13, Use the verbs in brackets in the Past Perfect Simple and then translate the sentences into Romanian: 2. His grandmother died aller she (to be) ill for Caree years. 2. 1 thanked her for what she (to say) about my painting. 3. Alter the guests {lo leave), we went to bed. 4. My cousin (not to see) me for a jong time when I met him three days ago. 5. She answered my questions after I (to repeal It three times. 6. He was so sorry that he (to hurt) her. 7, No sooner Jack (to remember) her phone number than he tried to call her up. 8. The beager ‘was looking at the loaf of bread as if he {not to eal) for along time, 9. I'we to know) her address, we would have certainly paid her-a visit. 10. Within a week she inew the fearful mistake she ito make). 11. About ten people already (to arrive) when she entered the room. 12. There was: something familiar about his face but she couldn't remember where she (to see) him before. 13. As soon as the doctor (te leave), the sick woman wanted to see him again. 14. The policeman wanted to know why she (to come) there. 15, Twished 1 {not to meet) that girl before. 16. I explained to ‘lm that I would help him with those exercises afler I (to finish) my homework. 17. She was looking at us as if she (not to recognize) us, 18. When stone axes were in use, metal (not to be) discovered yet. 19. The fire (to spread] to the other houses, too, before the firemen arrived. 20, The lights. ‘hardly (Lo go out) when a strange noise was heard. 14, Use the verbs in brackets in the Past Tense Simple or the Past Perfect Stmple according to the meaning, a1. Yesterday moriiing she (to leave} the house in a hurry, but she (not to. g0) far before she (to discover) that it (to be) going to rain and she (to leave) her umbrella at home, 2. She accordingly (to go) back to fetch it, but her ‘mother {to tell) her that her brother (to take) it a few minutes before. 3. ‘The discovery of the art of writing (lo enable) the ancient Egyptians to remember what their ancestors (to do) before them. 4. It (Lo be) difficult to ‘know an exact date in ancient times, becausé the calendar not yet (to be) fixed. 5. If his car (not to break) down, he would have caught the train. 6. ‘When William (to stamp) and (to seal} the envelope, he {to go) back to the 2.8, THE PAST PERFECT CONTINUOUS ‘window and (to draw) along breath. 7. The Browns (to finish) packing by’ 5 o'clock. 8. More than a year (lo pass} since he first (Lo think) of this idea. 9. They wished they {not {o be) met there by their neighbours, 10. Sheno sooner {to reach] the door when she (fo remember) about the book. 2.8.1. FORM ‘Alfomaioe ‘erga Uyoutre/shefifwe/they ed a yout ae bon opeaing een speaking hefty Lyset iy ba you shee yo hfe Nad tyoulbfs ane Lisette y rouTe/akc/ weft adit Hae geer ee HA - teen speaking becmapeanngh mehr 2.82, USE J. to undertine the contiraky of past action up to a past moment oF just ‘The pupils had been reading the lesson for five min- . tutes when the school master entered the classroom. 2. in Indirect Speech, to express a Past Tense Continuous or a Present Per- {ect Continuous from Direct Speech: "1 was watehing TV at seven o'clock,” 71 wae watch Harry explained Harty explained to his mother thet he had been . watching TV at 7 o'clock. “We have been learning English for two years,” the : children told me. = ‘The children told me that they had been iearning English for two years. me2.6.3. EXERCISES 1. Turn the following sentences into the Past Perfect Continuous: 1, The plane is flying in the sky. 2, They are waving from the altic. 3. Granny is feeding the chiken. 4. Tm is teaching Kate to ride. 5. You are coming down again. 6. I am having breakfast. 7. You are singing in the garden, 8. We are telling stories. 9. 1 am sweeping the floor. 10. Mary Is typing a long letter. 2. Use the verbs in brackets in Past Perfect Continuous: 1. Your friend (to wait) for half an hour when you came home. 2. By that time she (to play) the piano for two hours. 3. When the summer holiday began it (to rain) for a week. 4. None of us knew why they (to Ite) in bed since morning, 5. | would have told you the news if you (not to sleep) for half an hour. 6, He looked as if he (to work) for several hours. 7. We wondered what she (to do) all that time. 3. Use the Past Tense or the Past Perfect - Simple or Continuous - to the meaning: 1. Through the open window I (Lo see) the chair where Sue {to sit) the previous night. 2. I (to realize) that she (to come) with me in order to discuss once more what she already (lo discuss) for hours with her brother-in-law. 3. My daughter's birthday (to be) the only thing everybody {lo talk) about at home for the last two weeks. 4. Jane, who (to fan) herself with a turkey-tail fan, (to stop) abruply. 5. They again (lo come) to the village where they (to live) in their childhood. 6, When she (lo dress) she (to go) downstairs, (10 write) a long letter to her parents and another one to her brother. 7. Nick (to sit) af the table for only five minutes when a car (to come). 8, The fire in the oven (to die) but the room (to be) still hot. 9. How long Mrs. Brown (to knit) when the telephone (to ring)? 10. The farmers (not to harvest) thetr crops untill the rain {to stop). 4, Translate into English: A.1. Paul m-a intrebat de ce am ajuns acolo atit de tatu, 2. Cind polltia a gisit-o pe fetita ea se plimba singura pe strazi de ore tntregl. 3..A. vrut sd slic ce {rl stréine am vizitat, 4. Cind I-am intiinit pe Fred ef tsi agtepta Soli de mal bine deo or8. 5. Lucrau deja in laboratorul accela de citeva luni cind au facut descoperirea, 6. Magay se intreba unde s-a Hisat umbrela. 7. Cind profesoara a intrebat pe George de ce nu $!-a scris exercifiul, el i-a explicat c& a fost bolnav. .8. De-abla au ajuns la caban c4 sa §{ facut intunerte. 9, Se witau la not ca scum n-ar fi auzit ce ham. 80 tntrebat, 10. Daca i gtiam adresa, lf scriam o scrisoare amplé despre cle intimplate alc. B"Abia rosti Murgul vorba, abia fu Petru gata cu cununa, pind cet incepu un vint ugor din toate pariile..Din vint se ficu vifor...Viforal crescu, crescu pin& ce nu se view alta decit muunerie gi noaple...$f iar numal oaple §i intunerte... Lul Petru il prea acum ¢& a luat cineva yJumea in spate ¢1 @ Incéreat-o la fuga cu ea, aga se cutremura pamintul subel.” tioan Slavicl, Zina zorilor) C. “intr-un grup mai numeros, cineva povestea - $1 toll ceilally d ascullau cu atenje ~ cum intt-o ai, din gregealé, gl-a taiat degetul cu ‘oporul: cum s-a dus la spital, cum if fencanea degetul, cum in tmpul opera(iet doctorul @ tot pisa cu vorba, cum a injeles el cd anume il tinea de vorba doctorul ca si nu simla durerea.” (Marin Preda, Deli) D. "Cincizect de ani de cind imparatul purta rbot e-un.vecin al hit, Murise vecinul si Hisase de mogtenire flor 3f nepoiilor ura st vrajba de singe. Cineizeci de ant, 91 numai imparatul (raia singur, ca un leu — inbatrinit...— imparat ce-n viata lui nu risese niciodata, care nu zimbea thei fa cintecul nevinovat al copilultn...” (Mihai Eminescu, Fat-Frumos-din-lacrima) E, "N-auzisem pind atuncl legenda celor doud peeni gi nu gulam cine au {fast Gratle ¢{ Palamon." (Gala Galaction, Gratie $f Palaman) al2.9, FUTURITY ‘There are several different ways of expressing future actions in English the choice among them is on whether the action is planned, intended, uled, expected, imminent, cic. So, future actions can be expressed by: 2.9.1, THE SIMPLE FUTURE 2.9.1.1. FORM Agfrmative iruerogarine ow shall /wil go ‘Shali/wtl1/we go? M/s! gp ‘Will you/he/she/i/they go? You/he/she/it/they wit go YouT/he/shel/itl/they go Negative Negative intorrogative we shall net/shan't go ‘Shall I/we not #2? Uwe will not won't Shan't I/we go? You/he/she/it/they will not g> You/he/she/W/they won't so Will you/he/she/t/we/they ot go? Wort I/you/he/she/it/we/ they go? 2.9.1.2. USE Asa tule, shall is used with the first person (singular and plural) and with the second and the third person, this form being also called Pure Future Uncoloured Future. It usually occurs in formal style, although in speech, the forms [land We'll will probably be used. Due to the natural de for uniformity, in speech, willis used for all the three persons, The Pure Fut is sald lo express: a “neutra" future event, a prediction about the future. without any col- uring of volition, promise, etc.: 1 shall go on an interesting trip next week. My friend will see a good film in the aftemoon, )a future action in the main clause of conditional sentences: I shall read this book if she gives tt to me, Ifthe rain stops, the boys will play in the garden. In certain contexts, the interrogative forms Shall I/we,..? and Will you..? may have different meanings. So, Shall 1/we open this window? thas the meaning: ‘Would you like me/us to open this window? and: Will you help me with this translation? has the meaning: Are you willing (o /would you like to help me with this ‘translation? IC usually happens that in addition to futurity, the constructions with shalt and will may also express some other feeling of command, determination, promise, threat, willingness, etc. Here we speak about the so-called Coloured Future. In this case shall and will may have the following meanings: SHALL ) determination, resolution: ‘We shall speak when we think fit. ‘The enemy shall not passt } promise: If you repair this car, you shall have a three days’ holiday. ©) refusal: As you have not taken care of the book you borrowed, ‘you shall not have another one! threat:if Mary has done such a thing, she shalt pay dearly for it. ©) prophetic utterances: ‘But thy eternal summer shall not die.” (Shakespeare, Sonnet XVID f Constructions with shall may also oceur in that: clauses, as well as in: documents: Ihave decided that she shall go there at once. Payment shall be made in due time. WiLL a) willingness, determination: 1 wil pay you as much as you ask for. Lvl! do this problem even if Lhave to stay up the whole night 1) promise: I won't make such a mistake again. ©) possibility, assumption: hat girl under the tree wil be bis sister. «) estimation of capacity: ‘this school wil hold more than one thousand pupils. 6 something unavoidable or that recurs very often: Boys will be boys. Sometimes she will look out of the window for hours : without hearing anything around her. ‘A clear-cut distinction must be made between the construction with without will in conditional clauses, the former implying valtio the subject: ifyou will help us (=if you want (o help us), we shall be grateful to you. Ifyou help us, we shall finish our work in Umte 2.9.1.3. EXERCISES 1. Fill in the blanks with shall or will: a 1 He. play tennis tomorrow. 2. We... see a good film next weele.S. You 21 jerstand this soon. 4. The children... eat eecream at the party. 5 f Lutte them on Sunday. 6. You ... goon. trip next week 7. We - ask {asm a fot of questions. 8. They... be fifteen next month, 9.1... give era oor book to read. 10. {¢.. (0 rai in the alleroen. 2. Replace shallor witby ‘tt 4, They will arrive at 7 oclock. 2.1 hall translate the new lesson. 3, You 2esPhelp them, 4, We shall carry our luggage. 5, You will end her yar atlonary, 6 They will goto the theatre on Thursday. 7.1 shall read that on You will cook in the afternoon 9. They will wear white blouses. 0. T shall cross the rood. 3 Tum the following sentences into the interrogative: «He will leave tomorrow. 2. We shatl open all ne windows. 3. You will dint about this, 4. The dog will run alter the cat. I shall sing that song vain, 6, You wall paint another portralt, 7. They wall build a new hows eave shall meet him, 9, You will sell your car. 10, 1 shall write many letiess, ‘4 Tur the following sentences inlo the negative according to (he model: 7 aha goto Leeds tomorrow. Pats) 4 Shall ot gp Parts tomo. ——e—oeer. |. You will read a poem. {a play) 2. We shall go le sehool by tram. (by bus) 4. Ihmt show in ie mountains, (at the seasile) 4. The boys will Play 2 toni tennis) 5, shall wmite a eller. (an exercise) 6, You will speale Cchansh, (Stench) 7, The gh wal clean the blacboard. (Une window) 8 f Sinil open the Book. (Ure notebook) 9. You will see a monkey. (an el- ephani) 10, They will come here in the morning (in (he afternoon) 5. Work on the model: vork on the ee “Tey wil go to London. {Hore} Won't they 4p to Rome? _Momethey tote Rome? 1.1 hall sleep bv the bedroom. (inthe garden) 2. They will play the Plate: ithe violin) 3 You will spend the week-end at tre seaside. {in the mone: Hae ey ther onl drive the car fast. (slowly) 8. Y shall water the lowers. he eed 6 You vill drink water. (clk) 7. She will tell ws many Jokes. (Guariee) You mall goo the cinema, (ho the circus) 9. We shall save ne Hoon Cote guuths) 10, They will arrive sn the morning. (inthe evening) 856. Ask questions according to the model: 1 aluil read a book in the garden (what; where) ‘What shall I read tn the garden? ‘Where shall read the book? 1, They will move to a new house next month. (who: where: when) 2. ‘Mother will make a good cake. (what: what kind of 3. I shall go to school tomotrow. (where; when) 4, You will catch some fish. (who: what) 5. They ‘will come here on Sunday. (who: when) 6. f shall watch TV tonight. (what: + when) 7. Your sister will help you next week (whom, when} 8. {shail open. the red book (who: which) 9. The boys will translate a difficult text in the morning. (what; when; what kind of] 10. We shall go for a walk in (he ark in the afternoon. (who; where: when) 7. Work on the model: ‘You/tseatfan appic/a peat ‘What wall you cat? Theat an apple. 1 ohan't cata pear. 1. The boy/to drimk/milk/tea 2. We/to open/the book/the box 3. You/ to speak/English/Russian 4. I/to buy/a bag/a hat 5. The children/to eat/cakes /pears 6. Mother/to make/a pie/icecream 7. You/to give the teacher/five flowers/a piece of chalk 8. I/to take/the book/the pencil 9. ‘We/to catch the bus/the (rain 10. You/lo see/a play/a film 8, Respond to the statements according to the model: 1 ean't read in the dav. lo switch on the light) ‘Shall I switch on the light? 1. 1want (o go the cinema today. (Lo buy tickets) 2. 'm afraid we'll be late, {to take a taxi) 3. We like music. (lo listen to this new record) 4. T don't remember the way to the station. (to show you the way there) 5. There is no bread on the table. (to bring some) 6. Ive got no time to post my leliers today. (to do it for you) 7. We want to listen to the news, ((o turn on the radio) 8, It's very stuly in the room. (Lo open the window) 9. It has started to rain. (to open the umbrella) 10. I'm sure Fred is hungry. (to give him. some 2.9.2. THE FUTURE CONTINUOUS 2.9.2.1. FORM ‘Alinnaive Therepatve Iywe shale wading Shwil/vl we be walk? Yourhe/she/tt/itey willbe walking Will you/he/she/I/they be waikinge eoatbe Nepatve Ye sail not be walking Shall et we be waking? {we ahaa) be walking Sant /webe walking? Vyou/he/abe/Awe/tney will Wil i/you/be abe foe fs wate Uy not bo wang Tyoo/he/abey/we/ibey worst Wot youre) she /it/we/ bewalking Uy be ling? 29.2.2. USE 1. to express a future activity or state that will begin before and will con- Uinue afler a certain moment in the future: ‘This time temorrow we shall be waiching TV. 2. to indicate that an activity or state will extend over a whole future pertod: Lacy will be wring letters all day long. 3, to express fitture events that are planned: ‘We shall be spending our next holiday in the mountains,2.9.2.3, EXERCISES 1. Use the verbs in brackets in the Future Continuous: 1. This time next week we (to travel) 1o Los Angeles. 2. If she comes at one o'clock, you (to have) lunch. 3. It probably (to snow) when they come back. 4. This ime next wel] {to study) at the University. 5. At 5 o'clock they (to Usten) to music. 6, When we go to the Zoo, they flo feed) the animals, 7, Don't call him up now. He (10 take) his afternoon nap. 8. ‘Tomorrow afternoon at this time they (to fly! over the Rocky Mountains. 9. Iyou came before 7. we {to wark) in the garden. 10. I {lo walt) for you in the park at this time tomorrow. 2, Translale the following sentences into English using the Future tinuous: 2, Sint sigur ea la ora aceea frat tal vor dormi, 2, Probabil cd elevii vor | ‘scrie inca exercitile cind va suna clopo(elul. 3. Milne pe vremea asta sora mea va cinta la plan. 4. Vol vd vell juca in grBdind toaté dimineata. 5. Aproape cd nu-mi vine sa cred e4 vinerea viitoare ne vor plimba pe malul ‘Tamisel. 6. 1 vol anunja pe Tom de tnvitatia voastra deoarece fl vol vedea. Ja teatru tn seara aceasta. 2.9.8. TO BE GOING TO ( "THE NEAR FUTURE" ) 2.9.3.1. USE ‘Tue going to- construction is used to express: 1. intention (the future fulfilment of present intention): What isJane going to ell us? ‘There is a difference between (he intention expressed by will and the one expressed by be going ta. This is because the going io- construction expresses not only intention, but also premeditation. Therefore to be going tots not used where premeditation is not employed A: ‘Yohn cannot do this exercise." “1M help him.” (not : "I'm going to help him.") 2, prediction - when we know that something wil take piace in the future: My sister is going to graduate from the faculty in May. or when we sce that something {s about to happen: 1 is going torain in a few minutes. 3. planned actions: My uncle ts going (0 buy a boat next year. 2.9.3.2. EXERCISES mode Plae® the Simple Future by Ue going io construction. Work on the ‘Weil kave this afternoon, We are going to leave this fterncon, eee 1. TI speak English, 2, You will travel by plane. 3. Jane will eat an 69‘orange. 4. The pupfy will recite poems. 5. You will give her some good } advice. 6. We will repeat the new words. 7. Tom will draw a train. 8. They will do many exercises. 9. Il buy a white blouse. 10. You will finish your ‘homework today. 2. Work on the modet: ‘We are going to leave next week. Age we going to leave next week? 1. Jack is going to learn German. 2. You are going to write a letter. 3. 1 am going to help them. 4. They are going to look for the dog. 8. Its going, to rain. 6, We are going to sing that song again. 7. You are going to. decorate the room. 8. 'm going to wait for her. 9. Mary is going lo ask a question. 10. We are going to build a new house. 3. Work on the model: ‘She fs gping to choose a new dress. (a new blouse) ‘She font going to choose a new blouse. 1. We are going to speak to them, (lo her} 2. You are going to read a, story. (a poem) 3. I am going to buy a new hat. (a new coat) 4. They are going to visit a museum, (a church} 5, 1 am going to cut the grass in the afternoon, {in the morning) 6. He is going to spend two weeks in this village. (in the mountains) 7. We are going to get there before noon. (before the sunset) 8. You are going to sec them on Sunday. (on Monday) 9, The boys are going to play tennis. (rugby) 10. Tam going (o tell you the. truth, (a lle) 4, Put the verbs in brackets in the Simple Future or in the be going 10 fo according to the meaning: 1. "Why are you holding that pen in your hand?" "I (to write) a letter to my cousin."2, Ifyou take a Laxl, you (to get) to the station in less than ten minutes. 3, I wonder when this storm (to end). 4, "Why has mother gone to the kitchen?" "She {to make) a birthday cake for our sister.” 5. Tam. sure she (to recognize) you. 6. "Why ts Bob carrying that hammer?" "He (lo hammer) a nail." 7. What your mother (Lo say) when she sees you dressed like that? 8. I hope the train (Lo arrive) here on ume. 9. I (to wear) my new dress at the party tomorrow. 10. My sister (lo have) her hair cut this morning, * 2.9.4. THE FUTURE PERFECT SIMPLE (shall/will + have + Past Participle) 2.9.4.1, USE ‘The Future Perfect Simple is used to indicate: 1. an action which will be finished before a certain moment or another action inthe future. In this case it is usually associated with the preposition byin such constructions as by Monday/by that time/by the end af/, ete: IL is nine o'clock. Im sure my sister will have writien her composition by eleven o'clock. 2, the duration up toa cerlain Wine in the future ‘Tomorrow we shall have been on holiday for one month. ‘Mention must be made of the fact that the Future Perfect docs not occur in a Ume clause, in which case the Present Perfect is used: You will be able to translate such a difficult text only when/after you have team (not: will have iearnd alll the new words, 3. possibility or assumption: If Jack has taken a taxi he will have arrived at the rallway station in time, (f assume that he has arrived/ Its likely that he has arrived.) 2.9.4.2, EXERCISES 1, Use the verbs in brackets in the Future Perfect Simple according to the model: a1‘When you arrive there, she (lo eave) When Jou arrive there, she 20 hae left 1. By the end of September, the flowers (to die). 2. Before she leaves, she {to visit) every museum in Uhe town. 3. By Friday. you (lo finish) the book, 4, By 12 o'clock your brother (to come) back home. 5. I'm sure they (to complete) the new bridge by August. 6. By this time next year, he (to forget) all about this. 7. By (he time Alice leaves the (own next week, she (o make! a lot of friends here. 8. By 8 o'clock. my brother (to write) his 4 homework, 9, By the end of June, father (to repair) the roof of our house, 10, When you get there, the sun (to rise} for a long time. 2. Translate {he following sentences into English using the Future Pe simple: 3, Pind la sfirgitul trimestrului vom f inva(at corespondenta timpurilor in limba englera. 2. Piesa va fi inceput inainte de a ajunge noi Ia teatru, 3.Pina la ora 5 Mary va fi serts toate serisorile. 4, Sper ca pind miine dimineata sd se opreasca ploaia. 5. Ma tem ca toate magavinele se vor Inchide inainte ca eu sa plee de la birou. 6. Daca nu va grabi, avionul va" Aidecolat cind vets ajunge ta aeroport. 7. Sint sigur c4 aceste cdirt{ se vor' vinde pind siptmina viloare. 8. Vei Nauzit de ultimul roman al acestut mare seriitor. 2.9.5, THE FUTURE PERFECT CONTINUOUS {shall/will + have + been + Present Participle) 295.1. USE ‘The Future Perfect Continuous is used to express the duration of an action ‘up to a certain moment tn the future: ALE o'clock your sister will have been sleeping for (wo hours. 2.9.5.2, EXERCISES 1 ise the verbs in brackets in the Fucure Perfect Continous according to the mode! “This gil to sing for half an hour when her mother comes home ‘This girl wil Nave been sloping for half an hour when her mother comes hon 1. By 10 o'clock my brother (to write) lelters for one hour. 2. You (to study] English for ten years when you graduate from (his school. 3. By ‘September I (to teach) In this school for (went years. 4. We (Lo listen) to Thusie for one hour when father opens the door. 5. By the end of July Nick ((0 (ake) swimming lessons for five months, 2. Translate the folowing sentences inlo English using Uhe Future Perfect Continuous: 1, De cit timp vei lucra in acest birou cind vet tegi la pensie? 2. La sfirgitul acestul an gcolar fiica mea va invaja englezegte de patru ani. 3, In Septembrie John va locul in aceasta cas de gapte ani, 4. Pe la sfirgitul Acestel siptdmini voi agtepta de doud lunl s4 mi se repare magina, 5. Milne ela ora unsprezece ne vor plimba prin acest pare frumos de cel putin 0 Gra, 6, Prete nogtrt vor feBlatorind de tel tant inainte de a ajunge in stralia,(should /would + Short Infinitive) 2.9.6.1. USE “This tense is used to express a future action or state seen from a 1n the past. It occurs in object clauses: She told me that she would go there soon. 2.9.6.2, EXERCISES 1. Use the verbs in brackets in the Future-in-the-Past Simple: 1. The pupil promised he (to come) to school on Lime. 2. I didn’t know. that you (to leave) so soon. 3. You told me that she (to understand) this later on. 4. We assured them that we (to help) them. 5. Why didn't you ‘ell him that you {to go} to London the next week? 2, Translate 'the following sentences Into English using Future-in-the- ‘Simple: 1, John spera cA toll prietent! lui vor venl la petrecere. 2. Paula ne-a anuntat ck trenul va sost in zece minute. 3. Eyam sigur ca 0 vel gash acasi. 4, Thomas ml-a promis cd im{ va imprumuta cartea aceea a doua 24.5, Unde al spus ci Isl vor petrece ef vacanla de tama? 6. Niment nu guia 4, in curind, acest cintaretva fi renumit i toaté lumea, 7, Lucy a promis va veni cu nol de indata ce va fi liber’, 8, Am injeles atuine! cd vel Incerea 88 o ajuy. 2,9,7, THE FUTURE-IN-THE-PAST CONTINUOUS (should/would + be + Present Participte) 2.9.7.1. USE ‘This tense expresses a Future Continuous seen from a past viewpoint: ‘The woman assured us that , in less than half an hour, her baby would be sleeping. 2.9.7.2, EXERCISES 1, Use the verbs in brackets in the Future-in-the-Past Conunuous accord ing to the model: Mary reminded us that at that time she (to travel to New York. ‘Mary reminded us that at thal time she would be Lavollng to New York. 1, was sure that my sister (to sleep) at that time. 2. You thought I (to watch) TV at that lime on Friday. 3. She didn't believe that thay (to Icarn) the lesson then. 4. They understood that she (to play) the plano at 7 oclock. 5. Peter let me know that he {to do) an interesting experiment at 10 o'clock the next day. 2, ‘Translate the following sentences into English using the Future-In-the- Past Continuous: 1, Ne-am amintit c&, a doua zi la ora unsprezece, vom Tucra Inc in grddind. 2. Eram sigur ca fli met se vor uita la teievizor la ora aceea. 3. Sora mea nu eredea c eu voi scrie inca scrisori la ora unsprezece noaptea. 4. Mary mi-a explical efi va purta o rochie verde. 5. I-am spus lut Patrick 0, a doua zi la acea or’, el nu va juca fotbal deoarece va calitort spre Londra, 6, Nu am sttut o& e1 vor dansa toata noaptea.2.9.8, THE PRESENT CONTINUOUS + 2,9,8.1,USE ‘The Present Conlinuous is used to express: 1. a planned action, an arrangement; We are visting our neighbours tomorrow. > 2, a future action with verbs of movement (to go, to arive, to leave, to} ele: My cousin is leaving in the aflernoon. 2.9.8.2. EXERCISES . 1, Answer the following questions using the Present ‘Tense Continuous express personal arrangements: 1, Where is Peter spending this week-end? 2. What are you doing tomorrow? 3. What are we eating this evening? 4, What are the boys drawing tomorrow? 5, What is mother buying the day after tomorrow? 6. What are you singing tomorrow evening? 2, Translate the following sentences into English using the Present tinuous to express future actions: 1. Unde menge(i in dup’-amiaza aceasta? 2. La ce ora plecim miine diminea{A? 3, Cite exereilit facets astizt? 4, Cind va reparal! magina? 5. Unde dormim la noapie? 6, Cine alteirieva mal vine fa petrecerea noastra? 2.9.9, THE SIMPLE PRESENT 2.9.9.1. USE ‘The Simple Present is used to express future actions: 1. in conditional clauses: ‘She will catch the train if she fakesa taxi, 2. in time clauses: ‘You will ltke the picture when you see it. 3. that are part of an officially seltled programme: _ Our plane leaves al 10 o'clock, so the tourists arrive in London at about 3 o'clock p.m. 2.9.9.2, EXERCISES 1, Use the verbs in brackets in the correct form: 1, If she comes here, I (to givel her this message. 2. He will stop if he (lo sce) the traffic lights. 3. The bull (to chase) them ifthey go into that field. 4. H'she lends you this book, when you (to return)? 5. I (Lo Fing) you up if [find your passport. 6 What (10 happen) if his parachute does not open? 7. Unless it is a nice day. we (not to go) on that trip. 8. If the telephone rings while he is in the bathroom, he (not to answer) it. 9. You {not to be able) (o work unless you have a quiet room, 10, He will slay in bed ifhe (not to feel} very well 2. Join the following sentences. Express future ac:ions by using the Simple Present afler the following words: as soon as. when, ill/unti, before, while:@) as soonas 1. He will return the book to you. He will read it. 2. You will give her the ring, You will come back. 3. Il show you the pictures. I'l get them. 4. ‘Weill find out their telephone number. We will see them, 5. ‘They will tell you about the trip, They will return, by when 1, 1 Joinyou. 1 be free. 2. They'll eave for home. They will be on holiday, 3, He will ring us. He will get 10 the hotel. 4. We'll speak to Mr. Smith, ‘We'll see him. 5. You will give her this message. She will came home. o) myn 4 1, Til keep this hammer, He will need it. 2. You will not catch the tratn, ‘You will not hurry. 3. We will not know English well. We will not study. hard. 4. The pupils will play in the garden, The teacher will call them in. 5. The nurse will look aller him, He will be well again. before 1, Jack will pay us a visil. He will leave for Bagdad. 2. We'll finish our. work. We'll go on holiday. 3. You will know the truth, Your brother will eave. 4. They will give us their address. They will move loa new house. 5. ‘We'll hand in our essays. We'll take our exams. @) white 1, You will stay with our aunt, We'll be al the parly. 2. My sister will look after my brother. Mother will Le away. 3, Twill wall for you ti (ae street. ‘You will do the shopping, 4. You will play a game of chess. The boys will watch the TV programme. 5, Our teacher will read the lesson. We'll listen. to him. 3. Translate the following sentences into English using the Simple to express fulure actions: 1. Va fi foarte surprinsi cind va vedea aceste tablourt, 2. Von termina toate exerei(lle daci ea ne va ajuta, 3, Vol trece pe la vot de indat ce vol sii recullalele examenulut, 4, Sint sigur c& te va recunoaste cind te va intdink, 5. Dacd vei cit aceasta scrisoare, vet intelege de ce este atit de Uist, 6, Vol agtepta alct pind cind va suna telefonul. 2.9.10, THE PRESENT PERFECT 2.9.10.1. USE ‘This lensc is used to express a future action, in aime clause, that will take before another future action: The children will play in the garden aller they have Jwiished their homework. 2.9.10.2, EXERCISES 1. Join the following sentences with the help of aller. Work on the model: U sce that film. TU buy the Uekets. i ce that film afi 1 awe bougl the tickets. 1. You'll post the letler. You will stick the stamp. 2. The children will goto school. They will have their breakfast. 3. The teacher will return our papers, He will correct them. 4. { will leave the laboratory. ! will finish the ‘experiment. 8. She will ell Gs about the film, She will see it, 2. Translate the following sentences into English using the Present Perfect to ‘press future actions: 1. Vom pleca in excursie dupa ce tata va verifica masina, 2, Dupa ce Tama va spila vasele, ea va face o prajitura buna, 3, Dupdi ce vor ineula ‘usa, ei vor pleca Ja cumparituri. 4. Ei var in{elege flmmul dupa ce vor eilt cartea, 5, Te vel duce la biblioteca dupa ce se va termina ora de engleza.2.9.11, THE PAST TENSE 2.9.1.1, USE ‘This tense expresses the future action, in a time clause, simulaneous another action expressed by a Future-in-the-Past: Lwas sure they would like this book when they understood it. 2.9,11.2. EXERCISES 1, Use the verbs in brackets in the Past Tense to express a future acti Work on the model: My friend promised she would come here when she (tobe) Sree. My frtend promiscd she would come here when she was free 1. The girl explained that she would tell me the truth when she (to know} it.2, [was sure she would understand them when they (lo speak) English better. 3. The old man said that he would pay usa visit when he (10 feel) better. 4. The children assured their cousin that (hey would buy (hat alburn when they {to have) enough money, 2, Transiate the following sentences into English usinig the Past Tense express future actions: 1. Mi-a explicat cd va fi prietenul meu cind imi vol face datoria, 2. Suam. 4 va fi surprins cind ne va vedea acolo. 3. L-am asigurat ci nu vom intreprinde nimic pind cind nu vom gli adevarul. 4. Speram cfi nu va trece ‘mult Limp pind cind vol intelege englezeste. 5. Eram sigur ed ne va visita din nou cind va fin vacant’, 100 2.9.12. THE PAST PERFECT 2.9.12.1. USE ‘The Past perfect may be used (0 express a fulure action, in a time clause, that will lake place before another action expressed by a Future-in-the Past: ‘My friend explained {o his parents that he would go on a trip abroad afler he had passed his exams, 2.9 12,2, EXERCISES, 5, Use the verbs in brackets in {he Past Pertect to express a future action, Work on the model: [old Lay { would give her the book after (to send) i. Hold Loey would give her Use book after 1 had read i. 2. 1Lold Peter he would find the answer to this problem after he (to finish) the book. 2. She explained (hal she would go for a walk after the rain (to step). 3, Nick knew that his classmates would be very happy alter they (to ‘earn) (he results of their exam, 4. Jack promised he would come back aller he (lo spend) there Uiree or four days, 5, 1 was told that nobody would be permitted to go in alter the performance (to begin}. 2. Translate the following sentences into English using (he Past Perfect to [press future actions: 4, Banuiam cf ne vor suna dupa ce vor afla vesea, 2, Eram sigur ca ful tneu iml va pune o mullime de Intrebiri dupa ce va vedea acest film. 3. ‘Sliam cA Matthew se va duce direct acasi dupa ce va corecta lucrarile Toastre. 4. Ba mi-a explieat of va vorbt cu el numal dupa ce el igi va cere suze. 5. Am sperat efi ve(l infelege situalia dupa ce vel clll serisoarea nostra, 1012.9.18, TO BE TO 2.9.18.1. USE ‘This expression of futurity has certain meanings: 1. something that is destined to happen: ‘The famous tennis player began the match in which he was to break his arm, 2. an official plan or an arrangement: ‘The President was (o arrive at 10 o'clock. She is (0 see her dentis( tomorrow, 3. the will of a person, different from the speaker: ‘This bad news {s (0 be givento him after his exam. 4. duly: ‘What exercises are we to do? 5. possibility, probability: Prices are fo be much higher soon. 2.9.18.2. EXERCISE ‘Translate the following sentences into Romanian: 1. Margaret is to become the wife of a prominent writer. 2, If you are to succeed, you will have to work hard, 3. The pupils are to hand in their Papers in an hour. 4, The chairman is to visit our school next week. 5. You are to meet her al the airport. 6. John says Jane ts to be back before ark. 102 2.9.14, TO BE ABOUT TO 2.9.44.1, USE ‘This construction Is used to express something thi mediate future: ng that will happen in the im- Our guests are about fo leave. 1 am about (0 go the seaside. 2.9.14.2. EXERCISE ‘Translate the following sentences into Romanian: 1. Jane is about to sneeze. 2. The ship is about to cast anchor, 3. The Palient is about to faint again. 4. They are about .o make a big mistake, 5. The litUe girl is about to burst into t y Smet ‘ears. 6, My brothers are about to 1032.9.15. GENERAL EXERCISES 1. Translate the following sentences into Romanian: 1, Where will the children go afler the lesson? 2. Our company is going (0° open a second office. 3. Will you be listening to a record this time tomor- Tow? 4. Iwas sure she would be delighted when she heard thal. 5. Lucy thas just paid for the holiday she is taking in July. 6. When I am not so busy, Iwill pay a visit (o you. 7. Please, ring me up when you have made up your mind what you want to do. 8, Mother will have cooked dinner by: the ime father comes back home from the factory, 9, Eliza said she would ‘be skling in the mountains al that time on Friday, 10, ifPeter knows the lesson well, he will get a dood mark. 11, Mike explained to me wity he would have lo leave 50 early. 12. They are to be married soon, 19. By tis lume tomorrow, our cousin will have been travelling far five hours. 14. ‘The children let me know they would go'to bed after { had told them a: story. 15. He said he would love her tll the seas ran dry. 16. 1 didn't ‘imagine that they would get angry after I had told them the truth, 2. Translate the following sentences into English: 1, Milne pe vremea asta vom visita Muzeul Britanic, 2, Dupd o noaple furtunoasa, urmeaza si fie 0 74 insorila. 3. Nu te culca inainte de a-(i ua medicamentul. 4, Vei{ fi vizut acest film, presupun, cind era(i mai micl. 5. Aclorul meu preferat urmeazd $4 apara intr-o noua ples’, 6. Am asigurat-o pe mama 8 nu vot intirzia la geoali, 7. Daca June va gist cartea, 0 va cumpara. 8, Prietent! nostri tocmai sint pe punctul de a pleca. 9, Orchestra va repela de dou ore cind solislul va ajunge la opera. 10. Nu eredeam c& la ora aceea tu vei mai cinta la pian, 11, Unde minedim in seara aceasta? 12, De cit timp vei asculla muzica cind bunica te va chema Ja cing? 13. Te vot anuna de holarirea mea dupa ce imi vol consulla avocatul, 14. Am promis cdi ma vol juca cu el cind n-am sa fu alit de ocupat. 15. am explical secretarei cai va putea merge acas& numai dupa ceva bate la masina toate scrisoril. 104 3 MODAL VERBS3.1. CHARACTERISTICS Such concepts as capability, possibility, necessity and obligation are expressed, in English, by the so-called "modal - auxiliary" verbs: can, could, shall, should, wil, would, may, might, must, need, ought to, used to, These verbs have some common characteristics: 1. they are delfective verbs (some of their forms are missing): = they don't have Long Infinitives = they don't have -ing forms - they don't have forms for all the tenses. In this case certain subsilutes. must be used. 2. they are uninilected ((hey gel no -s in the third person singular, Present Tensel: She can sing ‘Toms must gn + 3. they are anomalous (the negative is formed with the help of the negation of) In case of can, this negation is wril(en together with the modal verb: Mary cannot open (hat window, ‘The Interrogalive is formed by inversion: Can he help you? Must we go? May they come? 4. they are followed by Short Inflnitives (except ought toand used ta. 1 must be underlined that could, might. should and would are not proper Tense forms of can, may, shail and will respectively. This 1s because there Snot the same relation between, say, can - could and play - played or write - wrote, While the forms played and wrole refer to past actions, could, might and may also refer to present or future: She could come tomorrow. ‘They might be al home now. ‘You should sce this film, 1073.2, SHALL / WILL 3.2.1, USE Shail and will have already been dealt with in the chapter on Futurity. 3.2.2. EXERCISES 1. Work on the model: ‘The door of our room is open. (lo shut il) g shall i/we shat 1. Your suilease is very heavy.(lo help you) 2. This book is not very ‘expensive.(to buy it) 3. Harry has not arrived yet (to ring him up) 4. You don know this word (Lo translate it) §. 1Lis dark in here (to turn the light: ‘on}6. 1 think I am late,(to take a taxi) 7. Ihave found a mistake.((o correct 10 8. The radio 1s too loud.(to turn st down} 9, You don't have enough: money.(\o lend you some) 2, Express insistence or threat by using shall. Work on the model: insist that they come here tomorrow. “They shal come here tomorrow. 1, We assure you that you will regret thal! 2, 1 insist (hat they tell us the. truth, 3, The pupils musl be present before 9 oclock. 4. We insist thal they produce the evidence at once, 5. You will remember this one day! 6. ‘They are obliged to wear uniforms in this school. 7. 1 insist that you go there at once. 8, We assure you that this boy will admit his faults, 3. Ask for the opinion of other people by using the structure let's... shat according to the model: 108 ‘Why don't we open the window? Lets open the window, shall we? 1, What about going there one of these days? 2. Why don't we call the police? 3. How about postponing our trip? 4. Wity don't we translate the whole paragraph? 5, I suggest we buy these dictionaries. 6. How about snviling her to our party? 7, Why don't we read this sentence again? 8, | suyigest we try to find them. 9, I think we should leave earlier today. 10, How about spending this week-end at (he seaside? 4. USt will (o describe "usual behaviour” instead of the Simple Prese 1, When she is tired, she oflen drinks tomato Juice. 2, Our friends don't always spend the evenings at home. 3. Jane pays us a visit occastonally. 4, Don't worry; such things oflen happen here. 5, Father often goes fishing. 6. My sister watches TV for hours every aficrnoon, 7. Grannle lakes a walk every evening, 8, The girl drinks milk every moming. 5. Translate the (ollowing sentences containing supposilion into Romanian: 1. This will be the piace where the accident (ook place. 2. Her guest will nave arrived by now. 3, Who will that pretty woman be? 4, They will have understood us, I suppose. 5. Our friends haven arrived yet; they wall sul be working, 6. The bell is ringing. That will be Albert. 6. Translate the following sentences into Romanian paying attention to the meanings of the veriy will: L_Will you come with me, please? 2, Children willbe children, 3. Ionder ‘who that tall man will be. 4. My daughter will be very happy if you wil Jend her this new dictionary. 5. I don't know whether they will succeed or not. 6. My car won't slart, 7. This girl will spen¢ long hours Ustening to music. 8. Will you kindly repeat the Jast sentence? 1098.8. CAN /COULD 9.3.1. USE, Can may be used: 1. to express a present or future physical or mental abiltty: My sister can speak three foreign languages. ‘Martin can help us tomorrow. 2, Lo express continuity with verbs of perception (lo hear; to see: {can hear that noise now. Henry can see the plane now, 3. to express permission in informal English, Note the difference: Cant borrew your umbrella? (Informal) ‘May I borrow your umbrella? (formal) 4. to express possibility when certain clreumstances permit: If my cousins come to my village, we can swim. (There 1s a big river near the village.) If my cousins come to muy village. we may swim. (Bul we may aiso do other things, too: we may play in (he flelds, we may feed the animals. we may go lo the forest, ete.) 5. to express impossibilily or disbelief, In this case can may be foliowed Present or Perfect Infinitive: Can Jane make such a mistake? I's only 7 o'clock; they can't be at schoo! now. ‘The boy can't have givena betier answer than this one. 6. to express polite requests: Can we call on you later? 0 . ‘Could may be used: 1. to express a past physical or mental ability: ‘When she was young, she could skate very well. with this meaning of capability, can/could may be replaced by to be able to: We can/are able (o understand him very well. She knew the town well so she could/was able (o advise us what.to visit, ‘But, when the meaning is that of achievement, to manage to, to succted in, tbe able (oand not can/could must be used: am sure that. if you are allentive, you are able to do such a difficult exercise. ‘Although the driver was badly hurt, he was able fo get ‘out of the car before the engine exploded. However, in the negalive both could not and was/were not able to are possible: I don't know why William could nol/was not able to nish that book. : 2, toexpress a Present Conditional: ‘You could get there in lime if you (ook a (ax. 3, lo express a polite request Could you show me the way to (he railway station’? ‘Such a request is more polite than the one with oan. 4, ‘oexpress past occurences which are no longer possible today: Before World War Il such cars could oflen be seen in the streets. 10 express a past possibility depending on certain circumstances: [At the seaside we could buy a lot of souvenirs, (There ‘were a lot of shops near the beach.) 6. to express past permission: ‘As we had all our papers In order, we could pass ‘through the customs.very rapidly. an3.3.2, EXERCISES 1, Comment on the following sentences using can or cunt + infinitive. We fon the model: ‘Bob fae Ieamt the pocm by heart. Ne can rece 1. Lucy has studied French for five years, 2. We don't understand him. 3, ‘You ski every winter, 4. Alice doesmt find her pen. 5. These boys don’t play tennis well. 6. My brother does very difficult exercises, 7. Mary writes, with her left hand. 8. Lua makes very good cakes. 9. You don't drive a ar, 10. The boys don't sing English songs. 2, Tum the following sentences into the Future: 1. Lean speak English. 2. We can play the piano, 3. Mary can understand thim. 4. You can cany this box. 5. can open (hat window. 6.The children, can help us. 7. We can translate the lesson. 8. I can count in French. 9. ‘You draw nice flowers. 10. We can repair engines 8. Work on the model; ‘ean't swim very well, but I .swim when | was a child {enatt swim very well but T ould swiet when Tas 2 i, 1, Jeny can't ride a bicycle, bul he .. ride It years ago. 2. You can't speak Germian now, but you ... speak it when you were live years old. 3. We can't play foolbait very well now, but we ... play quite well when we were pupils. 4. [can’t type very fast now. but U... type when I was a student. 5. We can't recognize hint now,but we ... recognize him when he had moustache. 6. My brothers can't remember her name now, but they ... remember it three days ago. 7, Lcan‘t ring her up at this time of night, but 1... ting her up at 7 o'clock in the evening. 8, Grandfather can't dance now, but he ... dance very well when he was younger. 9. Our fends can't Join us on the trip today, but they ... Join us last week. 10. You can't understand him now as he is speaking very fast, but you ... understand him when he spoke more slowly. 4. Fill in the blanks with can or be able to. Sometimes il is possible to either: 1. Your sister .. play the violin very well, 2. Allhough tie prabiem ts very difficult, we... doit. 3. We have been looking for his for three hours, but we ... not find bis, 4. 1m sure that you ... help her now. 5. Lwonder how ..find such smart dresses, 6, He is ina hurry. However, he... explain (0 us how to reach the station. 7. Whenever he learns the lesson, he .. give very good answers. 8. I you enter this room, you ... very Interesting things. 6, Express permission according to the model: ‘You nre visiting your cousin. He has hought a new bleycle which you want ta sce, Whal wil ou say? Can I see your new bieyele? : 1. You are visiting an old friend of yours. He has just cut some roses. You want to smell them, What will you say? 2, You are visiting your deskmate. Yon want to make a telephone call. What will you say? 3. Your luitle sister has stopped in front of the door. She is too short to unlock i. ‘You want to help her, What will you say? 4. You are at your Iriends binhday party. You want another piece of cake, What will you say? 8. You are vislling your neighbour. You want to sec his newly decorated rootn. What will you say? 6. Mother has just finished a cake. You want to taste it, What will you say? 7. You meet Some of your schootmates in the park. You want to play with them, What will you say? 8. You have lost your pen. Your deskmate has got (wo pens. You want (0 borrow one of them. What will you say? 9, Your brother opened the window ten min tes ago. You feel very cold so you want to close IL, What will you say? 10. You want to sleep, but your sister is still reading in bed. You want (o switch olf the light. What will you say? 11. Your friend and you are listening to the radio. The radio is too loud and so you want to tura it down. Whal will you say? 6. Rewrile these sentences using can/could or carv/couldr’t with verbs of perception, according to the model: ‘Does she hear me well now? Can ste hear me well now? 1. 1 smell something strange in the room, 2. We saw a lot of people there. 8. We don't see her now. 4. Do you hear Alice singing? 5. We didn't see the eagle al that moment. 6. You smell a fine scent in the air. 7. She sees the bear now. 8. The dog smelt the drugs in the car. 7. Use could + have + Past Participle according to the model: Did you see that film? Teaudd have scent, but faceted not to, 1. Did you write a letter to her? 2. Did your mother give you a present? 3. Did the children buy sweets? 4. Did (he boy draw a plane? 5. Did you sing an English song? 6. Did the girl make a cake? 7, Did these people help 13,you? 8, Did the policeman fine you? 9. Dk you cat al the apples? 10. Did. Tom translate the whole text? 8. Work on the model: Where shall we spend this week-end? Igo fo the mountalna) ‘Well, we could go to the mouriains. 1, What shall I tell your daughter now? fa short story) 2. When shall we: pay him a visit? (next week) 3. What shall I put on? (the while blouse} 4, ‘Where shail I sleep tonight? (in our tent) 5. When shall we visit this mu-, scum? (next Friday) 6. What shall we begin our programme with? (aj Scottish dance) 7. Where shall we put the lowers? (near the window) 8.. ‘Where shalll ook for my spectacles? (tn the garden) 9, Use cantt + Present/Pefect Infinitive to express impossibility. Work on. models: ‘John is at home now. He cant beat home now. Jane missed the bus. ‘She can’t have missed! the bus 1, Jack broke another window. 2. I don't think this boy speaks Japanese. 98. 1dontt think the pupils have finished all the exercises, 4, I's impossible for that man to have said that. 5. She knows our hiding place. 6. Peter ‘saw a huge fish, 7, The girls made many mistakes. 8. I don't think the boys are in the garden. 14a 8.4. MAY / MIGHT 34.1. USE, ‘May can be used: 1, {0 express formal permission: ‘May Lopen this window? ‘Yes, you may. ‘No, you may not/must not, With this meaning, may can be replaced by {0 be allowed to/to be permitted You may go 10 the cinema tts weck, you were allowed permitted togo to the cinema last week, and you will be allowed /permilted to go there next week. too. 2. 1o express possibility: ‘You may know her. It may rain in the aflemnoon. In this case may can be replaced by tt ts possthle/maybe/perhaps: AL is possible for you to know her. Perhaps/Maybe you know her. IL is possible tt will rain in the aflernoon, Perhaps/Maybe it will rain in the afternoon. When may is followed by a Continuous Infinitive, it expresses possibility of Smething that continues now: Mother may be sieeping now. May followed by Perfect Infinitive expresses the possibility that an action ‘ook place in the past: 115‘The litle gist may have lost the key. (It's possible that she lost the key.) 3. Lo express prohibition (especially tn offictal notices): Candidates may not bring dictionaries into the examl- nation room, 4. to express doubt, uncertainty: Who may that old man be? (archaic form) 5, Lo express wish, hope: May all your dreams come true! May good hick attend you! 6. in subordinate clauses of concession: However difficult/No matter how difficult these exer- elses may be, you must do them all, 7. tn direct object clauses following the verbs (0 hope, lo trust, ele: She hopes/trusts that you may find tickets for this performance, 8, In subordinate clauses of purpose: ‘Speak louder so (hat ail of us may hear you. Mention must be made of the fact that the examples 5, 7 and 8 are cor ered to be formal. Might can be used: 1, to express permission connected with the past: I understood then thal he might go out of the room whenever he wanted. 2, to express present /fxlure/past possibility. This possibility isa little remote than the possibility expressed by may: Your cousin might be in the garden now. (present) Grannie might arrive on Thursday. (future) ‘The foreigner thought thal he might find the way to the muscum by himself. (past) ‘Might followed by a Continuous Infinitive expresses the possibility of $0 thing to continue: 16 ‘Your sister might alill be sleeping. ‘When might is followed by Perfect Infinitive, it expresses a past possiblity: Our neighbours might have heard some nolses when our car was stolen. ‘The construction made up of might and a Perfect Infinitive Continuous expresses a possible action which was continuing at a certain moment in the past! The kids might have been waiching a cartoon at that ume. 9, to express a Present Conditional: ifyou speak English, you might get that job. 4, to express a persuasive request: ‘You might gothere at once. (Please, go there al once.) 5, Lo express irritation, indignation, reproach: You might Jook at me when 1am talking to you! She might have fet us know about their artival in advance! 6. in subordinate clauses of concession: However/No matter how badly he might speak of me, don't believe him! 7. in direet object clauses fallowing the verbs (o hope, lo trust. ete.: ‘They hoped that 1 might give them some good advice. 8. m subordinate clauses of purpase: Peter [inished his composition in the mo:ning so that he might be free in the aflernoon, 9. {0 express uncertainty: Iwonder who that (all boy might be. ‘You shouldn't have spoken so loud: she might have heard you, 3.4.2. EXERCISES 1, Rephrase the following sentences using may + Present Infinitive to express Possibility: 17‘Work on the model: model: to the models: 118 address. 3, Perhaps thé tourist doesn't Perhaps you will buy another house. 5. 6. Maybe she doesn't drink coffee in the morning, 7. Pethaps the dogs will not hear us. 8. Maybe we'll find tickels for this play. 9. Perhaps your 4 sister will travel by plane. 10. Maybe the Browns are at home. 2. Use may / might + Continuous Infinitive to express present ees ‘The boy (to play) football now, 1) The boy may be playing feotball now. 1) The boy might be playig football now. a nents 1. The kids (10 sleep) now. 2. Your brother (to drink) some milk now. 3. ‘The dog (lo bark) now. 4. Grannie (to knit) by the fireplace. 5. The teacher (lo correct) our papers. 6. John (lo read) a new novel now. 7. Father (to Tepalt) (he gale now. 8. The children (to watch) a cartoon, 9, That woman, o sell) white rases. 10. The dog (to nn) after the cat. 3. Write uncertain answers (o the Jollowing questions according to Sanne Where are the children? ‘They may/might/could be tn their room. eee 1. Where will you be tomorrow? 2. What time does mother come home? 3. What does Doris buy al the grocer’s? 4. Winal Lime does the plane take off? 5. Where will your friends go on Sunday? 6. What wil! your son choose for a pet? 7. Which of these houses Is hers? 8. Where does this boy live? 9, What does your father read in the evening? 2. Express past possibilty by using may/mighi + Perfect Infinuive Do you know if Alex passed that exam? Nm not sure, he may have passed i, Do you know ifthe policeman reengnbied you? fm not sure, be might have recognized me. eee SS 1. Do you know ft rained in the mountains? 2. Do you know If the boy won the maich? 3. Do you know if Mary arrived? 4. Do you know if the children saw that fla? §, Do you know if Jane bought a new umbrella? 6. Do you know if Malthew learnt that pocm by heart? 7. Do you know if the idids fell asleep? 8. Do you know i that patient recovered? 5. Turn the following “certain” statements into “possible"/"Iess certain” statements according to the mode!: ‘She tn the garden now. Well, she may/might/could be there, SSE 1. They will arrive at 6 o'clock. 2. This woman speaks five foreign lan- ‘guages. 3. Your sister is sleeping now. 4. Her aunt was at home at {hat ume. 5. The boys will play (ennis tomorrow. 6. George works in a new factory. 7. The iescher hears us now. 8. She will borrow this dictionary from you, €. Comment on the following sentences using may/might or can't: 3, Perhaps you'll find her there, 2. Perhaps she sold her car, 3. {thinkshe found out the truth. 5.1 am sure the teacher has not corrected our papers. 6. Perhapsyour neighbour wasnot at home. 7. Maybe Jack ts i. 8. Perhaps the hunter shot that woll 9. Maybe Jack knows the poern by heart. 10. !am sure that this girl doesn't lve in this house. 7. Ask for permission by using may: 1. You have just fintshed your lest paper and so you want to go out of the classroom. What will you ask your (cacher? 2. You are al the cin ena. The film has already started but you haven't found your seat yet. ‘You see a vacant seat. What will you say? 3. Parcela opens the door. The teacher is already tn the classroom, What will she ask him? 4. You work a8 a secretary for a big company. You haven't finished typing a long letter and you want to ask your boss ifyou can give him the letter a little later. What will you tell hini? 5, You are at the school brary. You see an interesting book on a shelf. You want to borrow it. What will you ask the Bbrarian? 6, You are paying a visi! to your reghbour. You see a fine stamp album on he table. You want to have a iook at the stamps. What wall you say? 7, You are by plane. The woman sitting beside You has a doll in her hand, Your daughter wants to play with this doll. What will she ask the woman? 8. You are on a train. It is very warm in the compartment se you want to open the window. What will yuu ask the other passengers? 8. Tum the following sentences expressing permission into the Future, ‘Making all the necessary changes: 4. You may attend his lecture. 2, She may walt hers. 3. The bey may not Dick flowers in the park. 4. You may sleep in thts room tonight. 5. The child may not return to the street. 6. His horse may have some sugar ow. 7. You may go to the etnema afler lunch. 8. The pupils may not talk. 119a during the test. 9, You may play together now, 10. She may visit him ‘whenever she wants. 9. Comment on the following sentences using might + Present/Perfect _finitive {o express reproach. Work on the models: oe "You doa listen to me wher Tm speaking to you. ‘You might ister to me when Fm speaking 0 you. ‘You didn't thank her forthe book. ‘You night have thanked he fr the book. emnreieeeeeee 1, She doesn't get up early. 2. You didn't learn the lesson. 3. The boy didn't greet the old woman. 4. Mary doesn't work hard, 5. You were not attentive. 6. You don't hurry, 7. Father doesnt give up smoking, 8. You didn't bring me my coal. 9. The sick man didn't take that medicine, 10. My sister doesn't lock the door. 120 Pk acimceccaniansiiaiaeieaill 3.8. MUST 36.1. USE 1. to express obligation, cammand, necessity. In (his case its substitutes fo ave to: Today is ‘Thursday, so Mike rust go to school, He had to go to school yesterday and he will have to go there tomorrow. too, (obligation) ‘You must show me your identity card, (command) ‘They must write all the exercises if they want to understand this theorem well. (necessity) _Mus( expresses an obligation imposed by the speaker. But, when this obliga- ion is external, that fs il is imposed by external authority or cireumstances whici the speaker cannot control, to have to is employed: T have to tell my little daughter a story whenever she asks me. ‘The negative form, must not, expresses prohibition, an obligation not to do something: Cars must not stop at the crossings. ‘The absence of obligation is never rendered by must not, but by clon’ have fo, haven't (go to or needn't: Pupil: "Must we do exercise 5, {007" ‘Teacher: a) "Yes, you must.” )"No, you don't have (o/haven't gol to/ needn't." In Indirect Speech must expressing obligation remains as such or changes acl towhen the introductory verb Is in the Past Tense or Past Perfect Tense: 4212. Turn the following sentences into the Past Tense: }. We must answer the teacher's questions. 2. Mother must give the baby ome milk. 3. You must wake your father at sbx o'clock, 4. We must pack Serything by lunch time, 5. You must lock the door before leaving. 6. ‘She must brush her teeth every morning. 7. The boys must comb thelr halt. 8. He must pick some flowers. 9. I must ight the ire at 7 o'clock. 10. she must tell me the truth. "y must learn all these new words.” the boy explained. ‘The boy explained that he must/had (0 learn all those new words. The negative form, must not, remains unchanged in Indirect Speech: "You must not cross the street when the trafic ght is red," mother advised er son. Mother advised her son that he must not cross the street when the trafic ight was red. 2, to express deduction, a logical conclusion, probability: Itshe left home at 7, she must be at the airport now. it is very cold; it must have snowed in the mountains. “The negative deduction is expresed by car’t/couldn't + Present/Pevfect| fitive: 3, Tum the following sentences into the Future: 1. Imust go to market. 2. You must wrile this exereise, 3. She must clean the table. 4. The children must cross the street here. 5. The patient must {ake this medicine. 6. | must hurry in the morning, 7, We must listen to the lecturer. 8. The dog must not enter the house. 9. The children must help their parents. 10. You must dust the furniture. 4, Fillin the blanks with must or have to. Sometimes it is possible to use el- ifshe hasn't leamt anything up to now, she can't pass/ wd: can't have passed such a difficult exam. “Must expressing probability in such a sentence as: ‘She must be at school now. ‘can he replaced by: Im sure/certain/positive she is at school now. Certainly/ Obviously she ts at school now. Its likely/probable that she is at school now. * Probably she ts at school now. ‘She is likely to be at schoo! now. 1. The pupils in our primary school ... wear uniforms. 2. Ifyou want to get a good mark, you ... work kard, 3. He couldn't come here yesterday be- ‘cause he ... repair his bicycle. 4. In Romania trallic... keep to the right while in England it ... keep to the left. 5. 1 am sure Tim will be punctual Because he... tocatch the earty train. 6, This girl... carn her living since she was fifleen. 7. If you didn't want to write your homework yesterday, you... write It today. 8. I don't think we can play tennis tomorrow. We .. go shopping, 9. 1 know thal he doesn't like going to school, but he ... 10. ‘As the manager was ill. we ... Postpone our meeting 5. Make up questions wilh have to according to the model: ee “Andrew had to go to the grocers. _P ° “Why did he have to gp there?” 3.5.3. EXERCISES a 1. Answer the following questions. Use must ta express an obligation. wel} on the model: es #) 1. ‘Jack had to give examples of adjectives.” — "How many ...?" ‘Can't she come later? 2, "We had to leave early.” No, she must come now. “What time ...7" _Rocshe musteone ee 1. Cant Peter finish his homework lomorrow? 2. Can't you repair your arin the afternoon? 3. Can't we discuss this matter some other time? 4. 3. "The children had to ask questions." "ow many ...7" 4. “Father had to pay a fine.” Gant your sister go shopping after lunch? 5. Can't her brother go there "How much ear et 6 Cant the beys postpone the match? 7. Can she shut the | 5 "She has (a give him some money.” windows later on? 8, Can' you buy this book next month? wee 6. "You have (o put on another shirt” 422, 123Which ...?" 7. "We have to buy a lot of things today.” “What exactly ..?" 8, “She had to return the book to the library.” “When ..?" 9. "George had to go back home.” } Why ..?" 10. "They have to choose scmie proverbs.” : "How many ...?" i i 1. Tell you this seeret but you ... tell anybody about il, 2. We slill have + plenty of time so we ... hurry. 3. You... cross the street (il the trafic light # 4s green. 4. I think your leg is broken. You ... move It. 5 i eet 6. Fill in the blanks with musn’t or don't/doesn't have to: bread, so you ... goto buy any. 6. I may get up later on because [... g0 to ‘school today. 7. Grannie ts sleeping. so we ... make any nolse. 8. It isn’t raining any longer, so you ... take your umbrella. 9. Tom, you ... be late! for school again! 10. The weather Is fine today, so we ... put on our warm clothes. 7. Answer the following questions by using must or cant to express: prob ability or impossibility, respectively. Work on the models: “Ie Jane at home?" Wes) "Yea, the must be at horme." "Did ae niss the tralia” "No, she cast have missed It” 1, "Are they friends?'(Ves) 2. "Do they understand her?" (No) 3. "Did Jack make so many mistakes?" (Nol 4. “Do these girls have many loys?" (No) 5. “Isl late?" (Ves) 6. "Are your friends here?” (Yes} 7. "Did they get lost?" {No] 8. "Do your sisters know me?" (No} 9. "Does Mary speak English ‘well?’ {Yes} 10. "Did your cousins move to a new house?" (No) 8, Express past probability by using musi + have + Past Participle accord to the model: Peter fs very tired. lo work hard) He must have worked hae 1. Albert didn't want ‘o go to the cinema, (lo see the film) 2. Our friends haven't arrived yet. (to miss the (rain) 3. The bttle girl didn't find her key. Wo lose st) 4. The dog raised ils head, (Lo hear us) 5. Jack didn't buy that car. (0 be too expensive) 6. Margaret didn't bring me the book. (to forget 40) 7, The old woman was very sad. (lo hear the bad news) 8. His neighbour had a terrible accident. (to fall asleep while driving his car) 9. The ball is 124 no longer under the trec, (Somebody /to take it) 10. The cake is net on the table. (The boy /to eat 10) 9. Translate the follawing sentences into English using must (o express ob- gation or deduction: 1, Nute nelnistt, Trebuie si fle ined devreme. 2. Vine ploaia aga cd trebule si ne grabim. 3. Vid cA John nu a ajuns inca: trebuie ci a pierdut aulobuzul. 4. Bate cineva la usa: trebute 38 fle ful veeinulul, 5. Fratiorul tur Se odihnesie aga c4 nu trebuie sa facet galdgie. 6. Se ulld fbx la mine; ivebule si mA fl vazul undeva. 7. Nu trebuie s& mal facet! asemenea gresell, 8. Bunicul tiu-31 gaseste ochelart; (rebule sé fl ultat din nou in. part, 9, Nu trebute 4 vorbestt tare in biseried. 10. Cel dot bile! trebule si slea lar de vorbé pe banca din gridina, 128,‘Need I go there now? ‘Another clear-cut distinction must be made between the two ways of expressing past actions with the help of need: didnt need (o..and need have + Past Particple:The former construction shows that the action was not necesary put il was not performed, eilher, while the latter expresses an unnecessary action which was, nevertheless, performed: 3.6, NEED 3.6.1, USE ‘There are two verbs need. One of them is a full vert, meaning “to require” “tobe in need of”. With this meaning itis a regular verb and may be followed) ‘a direct object expressed by a noun/pronoun, by a Gerund or by a Long: uve: . ‘My brother needs a new pair of shoes, ‘The windows needed washing. ‘They dont need to hurry. In this case, the interrogative and negative is made up with the help of doar did: Did she need her umbrella yesterday? ‘Tom doesn't need his car today. ‘The other need is a modal auxiliary, meaning "to have to". IU has the samé. form for all persons, and is chiefly used in the interrogallve and negative: “Need she gel up early?" - "Yes, she must.” ‘We needn't come to the office tomorrow, bul the manager must. However, need can oocur in affirmative sentences with such words as neve hardly and scarcely which have negative implications: She hardly/scarcely need mention his name. since we already know It, Although both Do Inced to ...?and Need I... express necessity or obligation there is aslight difference belween them: the former expresses a habitual actios while the latter Is generally used for one particular occasion: Do I need to go there every day? didnt need (o knock at the door since tt was open. {s0, Tdida't knock) | needn't have knocked at the door since, in this way, T ‘awoke the baby. (but I knocked) ‘There are two idiomatic constructions with need which, although considered to be archaic, must be taken into account: ‘Must needs underlines the idea of external necessity or obligation: ‘You mustneeds see that man today. (Yournust see him by all means.) Needs musthaga strong sarcastic meaning: She needs must ring me now when I have so much work to-do! 3.6.2. EXERCISES 1, Use needn't according to the model: palciniaieieneseniath Aeneennnene ‘Shall [do this excrete now? (later on} No, you needa’t You ean do ttlater on, aeaT_eo_—err—ee 1, Shall we go shopping now? (in the aflemnoon) 2. Shall I eall her up today2{lomorrow) 3. Shall I do all the problems? (only the first three) 4. Shall we write to Granny today? (on Tuesday) 5. Shall I read the newspaper now? (in the evening) 6. Shall we sweep the floor now? (later on) 7. Shall I wash the dishes now? fin the afternoon) 8. Shall we visit the Pa- tlent Loday? (lomorrow} 9. Shall we give her the present now? (later on) 20. Shall I read the sentence again? (We have aleady understood tt) 2. Fill in the blanks with must or need according to the meaning: 1. ... she buy any bread today? 2. When ... the film begin? 3. ... you relum the book in a fortnight? 4. ... we write exercise five, (00? 5. Where .. he wail for us? 6. ... they leave earlier than usval? 7. ... they answer in French? 8, ... we salute al the officers? 9... I axe my raincoat?” "No, it has cleared up.” 10. What ... we wrile on these sheets of paper? 1273. Fill in the blanks with musir’t or needn't according to the meaning: 1. People ... walk on the grass. 2, We ... take our umbrellas; the rain has stopped. 3. if he hasn't finished the book yet. he ... return it this week. 4, We... talk in a library. 5. She ... get up so early. It doesn't take her longer than ten minutes to get to the station. 6, The president of a county ..., openly at least, take sides in poiltics. 7. Children ... in the street. 8, Think ttover. You... decide right now. 9, You... helpme with thisexercise.Iean 3 do st myself. 10. We ... feed animals in a 00, apele 4, Pill in the blanks with mustnt/needn't/dor't have to/hanen't got o ag cording to the meaning: * 1. You ... stop your car on the zebra crossing. 2, You ... all the sand- # wiches if you are not hungry. 3. She ... worry about the train. Iwill arrive on time, 4, “Are you going to read (hat letter?” "No, 1... Its not mine."5. ¢ We.... gel up so early. The taxi will come al 8 o'clock. 6. She... enter this. butlding without permission. 7. You ... goto the theatre ifyou don't want to, 8. Pupils... sleep during the classes. " t 8. Make up questions with Need d)... ?or Do) need to... Paccording to the meaning: 1... we (Lo wait) foryou every morning? 2. ... she (Lo finish) her compost- uon today? 3. ... I (o hurry) now? 4. .., you {to brush) your teeth every’? moming? 5. ... the boys (lo wash} thelr hands now? 6. ... mother (to wake) him up every morning? . ... I (to carry} her suitcase, too, today? 8. she (lo show) you her driver's cence now? 9, ... the children {lo re- hearse) the play every afternoon? 10, ... the pupil on duly (to clean) the blackboard every moming? 6. Use needn't have + Past Participle according to the model: don't know why he said that He needitt have sai that, 4. Tdon't know why she made such a mistake. 2, don't know why they came so early. 3. I don't know why Matthew ate all the cakes. 4, 1don't* now why you travelled by train. 5. I don't know why she spent so much money, 6, I don't know why father waited for us in the park. 7. I dont know why Jane sang that song twice. 8. I don't know why the boys played football in the evening. 9. I don't know why our friends made so much noise, 10, 1 don't know why you told her such a terrible story. 7. Pillip the blanks with didn’ need to/needn't have + Past Particle a cording to the meaning: 128 1. You... (0 tell} her that: you see she is crying now. 2.1... (to knock) at the door because it was already open. 3, She ... (lo take) a taxd because she stlli had a lot of time to get there, 4. We ... (o stop) here: the police man has seen us. 5.1... (to walt) lang because they came back home very quickly. 6, You ... (o pay) him so much money: it couldn't be more than jive dollars. 7. We ... (to water) the flowers because it had rained an hour before. 8. She... lo stay) up so late; now she is very tired. 9. You ... (to mention) anything about the child, Now she understands that we have discussed about him. 10. 1... to show) my identity card because he had recognized me. 1293.7. SHOULD 3.7.1. USE ‘ ‘This modal verb ts used: ; 1. to express obligation, advice, recommendation in the opinion of the speaker. But this obligation is weaker than the one expressed by must, Com pare: She must learn this poem by heart, (She has no other choice.) ‘She should eam this poem by heart. (recommend this thing to her) In the second example ought lo may be used as an alternative to should. When should is followed by Perfect Infinitive, t indicates that the past obit gation was not fulflled or carried out: You should have locked the door before leaving the house. (But you didnt lock il.) 2. Lo express surprise in rhetorical questions: ‘Whom should he meet there but his former classmate? 3. to express supposition: If he fs eight years old, he should be taller than your daughter. ‘The children should have fnished thels homework by now. 4. in direct object clauses aller: (0 suggest, ‘0 propose. to insist, to reas mend, to advise, ete. .thal ..! I suggest that you should be present there, 5. in subject clauses after impersonal constructions Uke: 4 ts/was ad 130, ple essential/betler/ fe /enportant/natural/necessary/right/etc, .. that It 1s important that she should arrive here before noon. ‘woke her early 80 that she should not miss the train. ‘We switched off the lights tn order that nobody should nolice that we were there. ‘You closed the door lest/for fear that mother should ‘hear you. 7. tn conditional clauses to stress the improbability of the condition: you should meet him there. tel! him to ring me up. (= Ifyou happened to meet ... 8. to omit {fin conditional sentences: ‘You would read that novel if'she lent it to you ‘Should she lend you that novel, you would read it. 9. after verbs of emotion (to feel sorry, to be detighied, to be annoyed, etc.): He feels sorry that he should give her such bed news. 10, aler: don't now why, see no reason why: can’t think wing: ‘She doesn't know why you should ask her such ques- tons. 1. in Indirect Speech to build up the Puture-in-the-Past: T explained (o Lucy that I should go on an interesting ‘trip in July. 37.2, EXERCISES 1. Give advice using should /shouldr’t according to the model: ce 1s eather late. Advise your sister to hurry. ‘You shout hurry. ee ee ey 1, Your brother speaks too loud. Advise him not lo speak so loud. 2. Mike 1s often late for school. Advise him to get up earlier. 3. There is a good fim on this week. Advise Alice to see it. 4. Your cousins are going to Landon. ‘Advise them to visit the British Museum. 5. Your desksnate often draws, during the classes. Advise him not to draw during the classes. 6. Your asisister stays up lale every night, Advise her not to stay up so late. 7, ‘Tomorrow is your litle cousin's bitthday. Advise your mother to buy him: a toy-train, 8. It ts clearing up, Advise your friend not to take her umbrella. : 2. Relate the following sentences to Uhe Past according to the model: | Jane shout do that at once ‘ne should ave done that at once. 1. You should change your shoes. 2. They should not go hare alone. 3. ‘She should read the text carefully. 4. You should repeat this rule, 8. The boy should be punctual. 6. The children should go (o bed at 10 o'clock. 7; * ‘The traln should amve at 5 clock. 8. Peter should work as hard as he? can. 9. Your sister should not be late for school. 10. Juliet should see a’ doctor. 3, Replace the Accusative + Infinitive by that + should + Infinitive: %; 1, Ils better for you to go there yourself. 2. It was essential for them. wt understand this thing well. 3. It advisable for her to try to find them. 4. Iwas natural for you to act in (his way. 5, [Cis important for her (o get the money in the morning, 6, It was necessary for them {0 catch the 5+ o'clock train. 7. 1tis fair for him (o tell the truth from the very beginning, 8. Il was right for Michael to think about that. 4, Replace the verb + noun/pronoun (Accusative) + Long Infinitive constr tion by that + should + Short Infinitive: 1. Tadvised them to hurry. 2. She suggested to him to buy that horse. 3. ‘The teacher demanded from his pupils to write thal exercise again. 4. He advised you to be punctual. 5. He suggests to his sister to open the window. 6. The doctor demands from the patient (o take that medicine, 5, Replace the if + happened construction by should + Present Infinitive cording to the model: ? mother happened to hear us speaking ike that, she would getangry with Iamotber shoukt hear us speaking tke thal, she would get angry with us, 1. Ifyou happened to see her, remind her of the (rip. 2. Ifst happened t0 snow again, we couldn't get to the chalet oday. 3. What would a litle boy do ifhe happened to mect a dog in the street? 4, I (hink he would sleep this hotel tonight, (00, if he happened to miss the train. 5. What would » they do if they happened to find a passport in the street? 6. If you hap-~ pened to hear this man speaking, you would immediately recognize hima. 132 7. you happened to win a large sum of money, what would you do with 1? 6. Omit {fin the following conditional sentences according to the model Fred wouldn't fat the test iChe worked harder. Should Fred work karder, he wouldnt fa the test 1. He would change the present economic policy ihe became the Presi- dent of the country. 2, Maty would lend me a pen if she had one, 3. They svould go swimming today ifit weren't raining, 4, She would write to him {she knew his address. 5. The gir! would be happy if'she found her bag. 6. My daughter would luke this film if she saw i. 7. Translate the following sentences into Romanian paying attention to the verb shoutd: 1, Why should they go there? 2, It is necessary that your brother should earn all the new words. 3. I remember thal you urged that he should tell his mother the (ruth, 4. 1 think (hat, under the circumstances, you should waite to them as soon as possible, 5. Should your mother see your diy clothes, she would be very angry. 6. I didn't switch the light on lest my lite son should wake up. 7. Whal would you say ifyour friend shoutd ring you up at midnight? 8, You shouldn't have got up so arly. Now, you'll have to wait till tne others come. 9. You look pale. You shouldn't stay up s0 lale, 10. That they should have behaved like that was very surprising. 11. { don't know why she should speak like thal, 12. 1 feel somy that such a thing should have happened (o hin, 13.1 think she should have written the exercise before coming to school. 14, Lexplained to them that I should leave for London in a few days. 1339.8. OUGHT TO 3.8.1, USE 1, toexpress duty, moral obligation: You ought to phone your parents at once. “The advice constructed with ought ois much less forceful than the one with must. Compare: You ought to mind the traffic rules. You must mind the traffic rules. Ought (o followed by Perfect Infinutive may express an unfulfilled duly or obligation: Paul ought (o have waited until the lights were green before he crossed the street, (But he didn't wait.) ‘Suggestion, advice may also be conveyed by had betler (= it would be advig- able or right to «1: ‘She had betier work harder. (implied threat) ‘This form is stronger than ought to 2. {fo indiate what is regarded as probable or what may reasonably be © pected: “The weather forecast says it ought to be fine today. ‘When ought (ots followed by Perfect Infinitive, it refers to expectations in the past which were or were not fulfilled: ‘There ought to have been a lot af people al the match. ‘This sentence may have two interpretations: ‘a Perhaps there were many people, Atleast, this is whai l expected befort the match. x yea. D) There were not very many people at the match and this ts not what I expected, This sentence is probably said aller the match, 3.8.2. EXERCISES 1, Work on the model: Dolly ist the park. Bt she ought tobe at school, 1, Her homework is written in pencil 2. The windows are open. 3. Jane is ‘coming by train. 4. Your baby sister is awake. 5, George comes to schoo! at 6 o'clock every day, 6. You go to the cinema every alternoon. 7. Robert reads in bed every night. 8. The girls Minish their lessons at 11 o'clock at night. 9. Your brothers make a lot of noise when they come hame. 10. Jane sleeps in the garden, 2, Tum Into the interrogative: 1. They ought to arrive at noon. 2, She ought (0 go to parties more often. 3, Doctor Smith ought to take a lax. 4. We ought to invile our neighbours, oo. 5. Eve ought to speak (o her mother about that matier. 6. He ought ‘to urge all his friends to attend that meeling. 7. T ought to Uy to find a belter Job, 8. Jack ought (0 lock the front door. 9. We ought to be a little ‘more careful about such matters. 10. She ought to write a letter to her frends, 3. Tum into the negative: 1. You ought to tell them about tt. 2. He ought to let Maggie know what happened there. 3. T ought to send her a lot of money. 4, The students ‘ought (o read all these books. 5. We ought to object (o Harry's suggestion. 6, She ought to have spoken to him first. 7. You ought to give that mes- ‘sage to someone else. 8. They ought to leave al 6 o'clock. 9. Wiliam ought fo persuade Sue to go there. 10. You ought (o ask for his advice. 4, Work on the model: Our lesson started al 0.90, But tt ought to have started at 9 1. 1 was paid very litle for my work. 2. The train artived al 10 o'clock. 3. Martin bought five loaves of bread. 4. Irene put the flowers in the kitchen, 5. You have used white chalk. 6. They went there on foot. 7. Nelly saw only the frst part of the film, 8. The old man drank six glasses of water. 9. Emma answered only one question. 10. Cressida didn't cross the sireet at the zebra crossing,5. Translale the following sentences expressing expectation into Romanian: 1, According to the weather forerast, It ought not lo rain tomorrow. 2. ‘This telegram ought to get there in a few hours. 3, They ought to find this, exercise casier than the olher ones, 4, This book ought not to cost more than ten dollars, 5, These tools ought (o be useful during our expedition. 6. At this time she ought lo be al home. 7. I'you have read this poem so many limes, you ought to know if by heart, 8. This man worked here a few years ago, 50 you ought to remember him, 6. Translale the following recommendations into English using ought to: 1. Fratele (au ar trebul sf fle mat grijuliu. 2. Copiit ef nu ar trebut si ménince alitea dulctus, 3, S-ar cuven! sic trimit un cadou de Craciun. 4. Ar trebul si-i anun( pe panini el de acest lucru. 5, N-ar trebut sa folosit lumina electric in Umpul vill. 6, El ar tebut sa-si vidleve bunieil mat des. 7, N-af mai (rebul s4 intirdia({ la aceste ore de clas. 8. Dacti tot se simie riu, ar trebul si consulte un medic. 9, Ar trebui si ma las de Tumat:; am inceput si am probleme cu pliminil. 10, Ar (rebui si-l spunett adevarul: nu vedetj cum se framinta? 7. Relate the [ollowing sentences to the Past according (o the model: ‘You ought to end her your bike. ‘Yoo ought to have let her your bike 1. Mary ought to get there in the morning, 2. You ought to know this. 3. T ought lo ring wp my grandparents. 4. The boy ought not to eat so many ‘cakes. 5, According to the timetable, the train ought to arrive at 6 o'clock. 6. You ought to work harder for this exam. 7. The pupil on duly ought to clean the blackboard. 8. He ought to have his halr cut, 3.9, WOULD 39.1. USE 1. in polite requests: Woutd you pass me the salt, please? Would you please lock the door when you leave the house? Would you be so kind as (o explain this rule to me? Would you mind repeating the question? . ‘The requests bull up with would are considered to Le more polite th cries with wil elie han ihe 2, followed by the verbs lolikeor focare being regarded as a more polite forma than the latter: 1 would like to read that book. (I want to read IL) Would you like to visit (his museum? (Do you want to visit ...?) Would care has the same meaning but it Is used only in interrogative and negative forms: Would you care to call on him? (Would you like (o call on him?) She wouldn't care for another piece of cake. 3. followed by rather/sooner to express preference: 1 would rather/sooner watch the TVprogramme than go for a walk. 4, to express a habit, a repeated action in the past: 1 would meet that man whenever I crossed the road. (C used to meet} Would is preferred when willingness is tmplied, So. it would be inappropriate a7to substitule would (or use to in a sentence like: Last week it used fo rain every day. 5. afler the verb wishtor after only: Ewish it would stop snowing. only it would stop snowing. 6. to buiid up Future-in-the-Past: ‘The boy promised he would be here al noon, 7. to express probabilily: ‘Thal woman would be his neighbour, 8. to express willingness: J explained to her that she had to go there whether she would or would not, (wanted /dicn't want to) 3.9.2. EXERCISES 1, Replace the Past Subjunctive used afler the verb wish by would + Present Infinitive: ¢ 1. wish he were not so lavy. 2. I wish you helped her. 3. You wish she knew the answer to his question. 4, They wish 1 were nol so busy. 5.1 wish you understood her, 6. You wish he wrote to his mother more often. - 2. Replace want in the following sentences by would like to: « 1. My brother wants to become an engineer. 2, 1 want to buy a new car. 3. ‘You want to find her there. 4, The boys want (o win the match. 5. Mary ‘wants to learn a foreign language. 6. You want Lo go to the seaside. 7. Iwant to explain to you what has happened. 8. The old man wants (o buy some medicine, 9. You wanl to help the old woman, 10, I want to see that film, 3. Turn into the Indirect Speech: 1, "Twill waite to her soon,” sald the boy. 2. "Mother will make a good cake for my birthday,” Ruth said. 3, "When will the children come?” the womart wanted to know. 4. "Nobody will find us here.”’Tora told me. 5. "Will your sisier buy thal book?’ Tim asked Kate. 6, “My friends will travel by train,” Martin explained. 7. "Our plane will take off al 11 o'clock,” Bob Tet us, know. 8, "The dog will recognize me." Peter hoped. 9. "My brother will not be late," she assured me. 10, "You will understand these things later on," the woman (oli her daughter. 4, Replace the used fo construction by would + Infinitive: 1. My Jather used to work in the morning, but now he works in the afternoon. 2. You used to walk to your oillce. but now you go there by bus. 3. Mother used to drink much coffee, but now she doesn't any more. 4. ‘When my daughter was a child, she used to read story books. 5. Bill did nol use (o enjoy classical music, but now he listens to it regularly. 6. You used to get to work on time, but you don't any more, 7. Grandfather used to smoke cigars, but he doesn’t any longer. 8. You used to play the piano, bul you haven't louched it for years now. 5. Make up polite requests according to the model: ‘Come this way! Woutd you come this way? ‘Would you be so kind 2s to come this way? Wouid you please come this way? 1. Open the door! 2. Sing a song! 3, Tellme the (rutht4. Speak English to me! 5. Show me the way! 6. Clean the blackboard! 7. Give me a plece of chalk! 8, Read this articte again! 9, Explain thal rule to them! 10. Correct. this sentence! 6. Replace was/were unwilling to o refused to by wouldn't: 1, Tasked her to help me but she refused (o do i. 2. The boy was unwilling (o take part in the debates. 3. You refused {o show her how to do that problem. 4. { was unwilling to go to the theatre, 5. She invited him to come in but he refused. 6, The child was unwilling lo drink thal medicine. 7. Translate the following sentences into Romanian paying attention to the verb would: 1. Lwish you would be here in the morning, 2. Would you be so kind as to help me with Uhis diffeult problem? 3, [ remember that. when my son was on holiday, he would spend long hours playing with other kids in the park, 4, Our leacher of English would rather we déin’t make so many Ifstakes any longer. 5. Would she like to come with us to the country? 6. The lite child said (hat he would Ny his new kite that afternoon. 7. 1 wonder whal his name would be. 8. Would your brother care to buy tickets for that show? 9. If] helped her. she would be grateful to me. 10. Would you like to show us (hose pictures again? 11. Would you mind opening the window? 12, Would you, please, speak louder? 13. She could help me ifshe would, 14. Would you lend me your bike, please?3.10, USED TO 3.10.1, USE ete bitten ‘This verb should not be confused with (0 use /ju:z/, meaning “lo emph Used! o - pronounced /‘ju:stu/or /Ju:sla/- is a modal verb which occurs for past actions having no Present Tense form. It usually expresses a past hati ‘oF condition which now has ceased: ‘We used ‘olive in this house when we were young. (We no longer live there.) ‘The mterrogative and negative of this verb may be formed either with dor without il, but the forms with doare more formal: Did Jack use to smoke a lol when in the army? Usedt Jack to smoke a lot when in the amy? Father didn’t use fo come home late. Father usedn't /Ju:snt/to come home late. Used (o may express 1. either discontinued habit: When she was a student, she used (o eat in (his restaurant. (She does not eat there any longer.) 2. or a past rouline, not necessarily discontinued: My sister used to fo to the concert every Friday evening, (IL1s very likely thal she still goes there every Friday evening) tomeaning (0 be/get accustomed to followed by a noun or a Gerund: She is/gets used (o such noises. Years ago raost people used (0 spend their holiday at the seaside, but now, because of the high puices, they are/get used tospending their holiday nol very far from thet homes. 3.10.2. EXERCISES 4. Work on the model: What ine det you use (ogo to bed? Tasca (9 gota bed at 10 deiork But now 1 xo to bed much later, 1. Where/to spend a winter holiday/al home/in the mountains 2. What/ to zead /adventure books history books 3. Where /to lize/in a village/in a town 4. What lime/to go 10 schoo!/at 7.30/al 12,00 5. Where /to play/in the garden/in the house 6, Where/to have lunch/at the restaurant/at home 7, What time/to come from work/at 3 p.m, at 6 p.m. 8 What/to paint flandscapes/portraits 9, Where/io meet this boy/in the park/at school 10. What to emoke/cigars/cigarettea 2, Replace the verbs in tlalies by the used to construction: 2. Inher earlier life she imagined that she would be rich one day, 2. In the past people believed that a mad person was possessed by a devil. 3. At une Unne she was an actress, but now she is a singer. 4. Our house was formerly an orphanage. 5. There was once a pnb at the corner of our street. 6. A long (ime ago, my daughter thought there were lands where Giants existed, 7, In hose years, a famous person lived in this house. & About filly years ago the climate teas much wariner than it is now. 9. Where they lived, in his childhood, they never had snow in winter. 10. There was a bridge across the river in front of our house. 3. Replace would + Short infinitive by the used (o - construction; 1. We would spend Jong hours admiring the lar scape 2. You would pay bao a visit every Saturday aflemoon, 3. When Rebeeea {aught in our School, our pupils would speak English every day. 4. The little boy would play with the dog in the garden when his parents were not at home. 5, ‘These pupils would ask a Jol of interesting questions. 6. During the spring holiday I would work in the garden every day. 7. Nick would swim every ‘morning last summer. 8. Our friends wouid go lishing every Sunday. 6 You would play football when you were younger. 10, Margaret would Take good cakes on her son's birthday.4, Translate the following sentences inlo English using fo be/get used to: 1. Nol nu eram obignuili cu asemenea climd, 2, Nu ma pot obignul si ‘beau cafeaua far zahir. 3, Nu sint obignuit s& stau atit de tiru noaplea, | 4. Fratcle meu nu se poate obignut si se scoale alit de devreme. 5. Belly a locult acolo doar o siplimind finde nu s-a putut obignui cu acrol umed. 6. Sint sigur cA nu-1 veli mai considera ciuday pe acestl tinert dupa ce va ve\{ obignui cu ei. 7. Te vel obignul $4 au englezeate de i dimineaté pind seara. 8. Nu cred cA ne vom obignui sf calitorim cu} avionul. 9. In sfirgit s-au oblgnult cu 7gomotul strivll. 10. Mi-a spus ca nu se poate obiqnui sd minince atit de mult peste. x 149 9.11. DARE 3.11.1, USE Nien this verb Is used in affirmative sentences, itis an ordinary/normal ve ‘She dares (o invite me there. ‘They dared to do it again, But, when it occurs in inlerrogalive or negalive sentences, it may be conju- gated either like a normal verb: Does he dare to come here? Did you dare to contradict her? He doesn't dare to show himself in front of us. I didn't dareto answer back. oF like a modal verb: Dare he come here? Dared you contradict her? He dare not/daren't show himself in front ofus. | dare not answer back. Dare say/daresay is used with (he first person singular only, having two Meanings: a) I dare say = I suppose: My brother has not arrived yet, but I dare say he will ‘come soon. wht! daresay = L accept whal you say (although that dees not make any di ‘Young man: "| am a member of this club.” ‘The door keeper: "I daresay you are, however you must show me your identity eard.”How dare(a you/he/they ...? expresses indignation, reproach: Haw dare you interrupt me? How dared they come home so late? ‘The constructions: She dared me to say all these things. Doyou dare han lo ran up to that tree? have the meaning of: She challenged me to say all these things. Do you challenge him lo run up to that tree? j 3.11.2. EXERCISES 1. Replace the non-anomalous forms of dare by its anomalous forms, We on the model: ee ow dacs she dare to conte hen? 4 How dre she come here? . a_i 1. Does he dare to contradict his boss? 2. We don't dare to wake her up. 3. Do these boys dare {o invite us to the party? 4. Do you dare to call me a liar? 5, I dont dare to tell him the truth. 6. Do you dare to repeat that again? 7, Does Mike dare lo drink this? 8. How do these people dare to ask me such questions? 2. Work on the marie: iene Hobo take my car Bob, how dare you take my ear? —————CO 1, Peter/to walk on the grass 2. Children/to pick flowers in the park 3"; Boy/to come into my garden 4. Lucy/1o say such a thing 5. Jack/toTing., ‘me up at this Lime of night 6. Paul/to talk to her like thal 7. Alice/to eae" your brother's cake 8, Andrew/to ask her such questions 3, Supply dare/daren't/dare not/dare nol have/didn't dare to: 1. She... tell him this terrible news. 2. .. he come here again after what hedid. 3. [hardly ... ask you to help me alter all that, 4. We .,. mentioned his name in her presence. 5. The boy ... show the teacher his dirty hands. 6. ... these girls denied the truth? 7, The beggar ... admit he was $0 hungry. 8. We... woken up the children, bul we were late for the (rain. 14a iy sister ‘ell father that she has lost her watch. 10. ... he say that Tam. not right. 4. Replace I guess/I suppase/I expect by I dare say according to the model: oars 1 suppose Jane wll come to he party. {daze say Jane wll come tothe par ese 3. Well find Mary at home, I guess. 2. 151 . [suppose Patrick will 3: Lexpeet Tom sil geta good mark 4. Sue wil ike that ress, Tehsees: 6, Jack will understand us, I suppase. 6. My friend will buy a new car. i guess. 7. These children will help their parents, I expect. 8. Nobody will disturb us, Texpect. 9. 1 suppose the pasiman will morrow. 10. The tourists will find the path, 1 ope em a keler to” 5. Replace challenge + noun/ pronoun (Accusative) + Infinitive by dare + noun/ pronoun (Accusative) + Infinite in the following sentences: 1. Ichallenged Tom to suna race. 2. {challe snged them to speak abi inckden. 3, She challenged Peter to break Mr. Brown's window, Di they challenge him (o repeat those words? 5. We challenged her to swim tn Uhe river. 6, She challenged me to ask hun such a question. 7. Ichal- -nged him to wnte her again. 8, Did they challenge the girl to le to me?9.12, GENERAL EXERCISE ‘Translate the following sentences into English using modal verbs: 1. Se poate ca sora {a sii nu sUie ce s-a intimplat acolo. 2. Ar rebul si casa; s-ar pulea ca pre{urile si urce. 3. Dacd ali fl amabil si-mi rnumele ¢-voastri. ag sli pe cine si anun\, 4, Orit de mult (at jubt copll, trebuie sie treet cu vederea greselile. 5. Doctorut a insistat ca pactentul si ‘medicamentele regulal. 6. Ag dort ca Moy Craciun si-mi aduca amulacesta, 7. Nu se poate ca ef sfine fl recunoscut in mijlocul unel asemenes? mutiny, 8, Pot si-{f ctese un paragraf inleresant? 9, N-am putut merge lag ‘cinema ier findedi a tebuil sil ajul pe tata, 10. Aserenea hucrurt se intimpl freevent In meciunile de fotbal, 11. Vi deranjeazd daca deschidel} tante: {erestrcic? 12. Desi eram foarte obosil, am putut rezolva pind la urm toate cexercittle. 13. Stiu ci au plecal de la teatra la ora 10.30 aga ca ar Urebui si ie ‘acasi acum. 14. Cum indriuaeste ea si ne pund astfel de intrebAr? 15. Mat intreb de ce n-a venti Lucy la scoala astivs: rebule cd s-2 simUlt foarte ru. 16. ‘Ag vrea si nu mai dal radioul aga de tare, 17. Am sugerat ca el si-9f fa ‘umbrelele findea cenul era acoperil de nori, 18. Daca deocamadatd nu pot Inielege acest text, sint sigur cd in doud-trel zile il vel putea inkclege. 194; ‘Oriunde mengi in concediu, la-{i gi ceva bun de citil, 20, Nu trebuia sat pub ‘aceasti intrebare; stiai c5 nui place si 1 se aminteasci de acest lucru, 215 ‘Coplll s-ar cuvent si-1 respecte pe cei mal in virsld deci el. 22. Ant provocat- si inolém pind la insula din mijlocul laculut, 23, Nu se poate ca €a Dinuiased ce avem de gind si facem. 24. Aifi pulul siine spul asia de la inceput! 25. Cind Gul meu era mic gf pelrecea mult timp in pareul din ‘casel. 26, Pacientul tebule sf M pierdul mull singe in timpul operaUel. 27. poate ca prietenul tu 68. ajuns deja la gard. 28, Am putul sate aut atunels ‘sisper ciivol putea si te ajul sldata viloare. 29. in caz-cl intl pe cineva PO Strad’, nu vi uita\{ a el el grabil! pasul, 30. Nu au test din cort taal dimineals ca si nu fie alacati de cel doi urs. 31, Oride cite ort unul din cokegit tui nu $i ispunsul lao intrebare, Peter Tktica mina si spunea tol ce invalase el dese: ‘cea problema, 32. Le-am recomandat sa elteasc textul mat atent. 33. Dacdl, ag avea bant, te-a§ ajuta, 34, Tala nu trebuie si mal ale pine: ave dest 85. Nu Lrebula sil arati folografile; ulte c& plinge. 36. Nu trebuie sa facet 2gemol cind pain! vost se odihnesc. 37. Indrivnese si spun ci de: ‘data ef mu dreptate. 4 THE SUBJUNCTIVE4.1, USE ‘While the Indicative Mood presents the action expressed by the verb as be- Ing close to reality, the Subjumctive Mood is used (0 express elther a possible acuon, or unrealily, improbabiliy, that is something contrary to fact. The Subjunclive may have either synthetlca! or analytical forms. ‘The Synthetical Subjunctive Ithas two tenses: Present and Past, ‘The Present Subjunctive 1s identical (o the Short Infinitive. It occurs in formal, informal, and American English, It is used: 1. to express wishes or set expressions (*Formulaic Subjunctive’} Long tive peace! , God save the Queent Heaven help us all! Be that as it may! Suffice ito say that ... God forgive/bless you! Darn you! . Ifneed be (= IF its necessary) Curse this rain! Good-bye! (God be with yo 2. in subordinate that -clauses when the main clause expresses a desire, a demand, a requirement, an ebigaion, a necessity, ele, FMandative Subjunc- a a) in direct object clauses, after such verbs as: (o suggest, to arder, to de- Mand, to urge, to recommend: ‘She urged thal he sit down and listen carefuly. ¥) in subject clauscs after such impersonal constructions as; Jt is neces- Sary/advisabte/passible/tmpossible, ete,: Ik is necessary that your friend arrive there first ©} in appositive attributive clauses: aqThey sug cousin come and ee eveything en at out a wish you hadnt said that, (fm sorry you sold that.) John was speaking English as if/though he had been 3. n conditional clauses: an Englishman. Even if/though i had known the truth, I wouldn't have If this be (rue, we must inform the authorities. 3 told you. ‘The Past Subjunctive is identical (o (he Past Tense of the verb. tror he verb - be the form were is used especially in wriiten English, I is used: ‘The Analytical Bubjuactive 1, in conditional clauses. to express a Present Conditional: ‘The children will like this film if they saw it. If L were you, I would try (o talk to her. ‘This Subjunetive (made up of a modal verb - shall should/would/may/ snight/could - and the Present /Perfect Infinitive of the verb) is much more fe- quently used than the Synthetic Subjunetive. It may occur both in main and subordinate clauses: Shall + Infinitive is used: 1) in main clauses: ‘This Subjunctive form does not denote time but unreality. 2. afer wish, it's (high) time, as Y/though. even if/though, woutd re sooner (with diferent subjects), suppose (thad: subjects), sup Shall help you with your homework? ( uieft Work on the models Tam sorry you dont live ta his 2 wish you Hedin this town. 1 regret she fas not any brothers 1 wish she had some brothers, 1. Lam sorry you don't like this book. 2. 1 regret my car makes so much hoise, 3, I regret your sister is ill, 4. 1am sorry Jack does nol want 10 come with us. 5. I'm sorry Tim does not catch any fish. 6. | regret they smoke so much. 7. Tam sorry you don't find your glasses. 8. 1 regret you cannot come wilh us. 9. 1am sorry 1 am not on holiday. 10. Jane regrets she is so busy. 3. Work on the model: ‘She didu't seeept my adview. wish she had accepted aly nde, 1. You failed the examination. 2. She didn't meet Mr, Brown. 3. They didn't lake any money with them, 4, Albert didn't bring his textbook (o school. 5. didn’t know how to do (his exercise. 6. You didn't study Spanish last year. 7. She wasn't at home at lunch time. 8. We didn't have aay children. 9. He Never leamed how to drive. 20. It was time (0 go home.7. Use the Past Subjunctive or the Perfect Subjunctive ater {f/as though 4. Replace the Accusative + Infinitoe constructions by wish + would a, | according to (he meaning: cording to the models: want her wo core bere. [ish she tnuld come here, ‘They wanted us to hefp them ‘Thuy wished we would help them, 1, Father wants me to get good marks. 2. I want (hem to understand ime. 3, Mary wanted the publisher to accept the manuscript. 4. You want your parents to repair your car, 5, The children wanted their grandmother to stay with thera that day. 6, The young man wanted the tailor to finish his suit by the end of the week. 7. Mother wants me to water the flowers every day. 8. The boys wanted the rain to stop. 9. We want the weather to change. 10, The little girt wants her mother (o buy. her anew doll. 5. Work on the model: ‘We go to school six days week. tive days} Twish we went to school Ive days a week, He bought an old ca. tre wish he had bough « nee: 1. You know how to speak Italian. (Spanish. too} 2. He painted the walls blue. (white) 3. My application for that job was rejected. (accepted) 4. She seldom goes 10 the theatre. (more often) 5. My father drinks very much coffee. {less} 6, It was an expensive camera, (cheap) 7. Tom came to the party, (his wife, (oo) 8. Alice is present. (her friend, Loo) 9. Tarrived at work ate this moming. {in time} 10. We have a small house. (big) 6. Translate the following sentences into English using wish + Subjunclive: “1. Ag dont 5& pot si 0 ajul pe sora (a. 2. Ag dori si gtiu unde locnieste. 3. ‘Ag dori sf fiu milionar, 4, Ag dori si nu se mai repele acest lucru. 5. Ag & doit si fu anuntat de acest ters in prealabil. 6, Profesorul ar fi doril c& not si mu fi ficut atit de multe gregeli in lucrare. 7. Mary ar dori s& fle mare acum, 8. Ag dor si fi avul bani sa cumpar labloul. 9, Ag fi dorit ca eid nu ma vada acolo, 10. As fi doril sa am asemencca prilejuri cind eram ‘mai tindr, 11. Cit de mult ag dori sa fiu iar in vacan{a, 12. infeleg 4 at dort sa il jul dar deocamdata nu pol 13. Catherine ar dort sf fie sandtoasa din nou. 14. Johnny ar i dorit s4 se gtie aceste lucrunt atunch 15, As fidoril sd nu of intiinit niciodati pe aceasta biitrind. 16, Ag dori¢a ef si nu ne ( mintt 1, Lua speaks English as ifshe (lo be) an English girl, 2. They looked as they (Co see) a ghost, 3. You acted as though you (not to know) anything aboul your new neighbour. 4. The village looks as though nobody (lo live) ‘nil, 8, Our guest behaves as if he {(0 be) one of our family. 6. The boy smiled as if he (o recognize) us. 7. Irememiber our talk as though we (not io have) such a long time ago, You treat her as if'she llo be) a stranger here. 9, The girl swims as though she ((o train} herself every day. 10. The old man looked al the doctor as iThe ((o understand) the truth about his slate. 8. Translate into Romanian the following sentences containing if /as though: 1, You look as if you had seen something terrible, 2. She acts as if she were a specialist, 3, He fell as i'his head had been on fire, 4. The children Jooked as if they had seen a dragon. 5. ILis as.f something had happened here, 6, Tom speaks as if he were afraid of something, 7. The children were wolfing down as if they hadnt eaten for a long time. 8. You behave as iLyou didn't recognize me. 9. She was talking to him as though he had bbeeri her best friend. 10. Tt looks as iit were going to snow. § Translate into English: 1. Se comport ca gi cum ar fi stdipinut casel. 2. Mary arata ca gi cum ar fi bolnava. 3. Te plimbi ca gi cum nu at avea ore astivd. 4. Inui pui acesle ingrebari ca gi cum mai vedea pentru prima dala. 5. Miroase in casi ca gl ‘eumam fl intr-o farmacie, 6, Te uifila mine ca gi cum n-ai sti despre cine vorbim. 7. MA simi ca gi cum toala lumea s-ar uita la mine. 8, Femeia ‘merse mat departe ca gi cum nu l-ar fi observal pe cel care o urmirea. 9. Andrew piigeste ca $i cum Lar durea piciorul. 10. Pamela vorbeste frantuzeste ca gi cum ar fi fost crescula in Franta, 11. Profesorul ne vorbea ca gicum n-ar fi stiul care dintre nojera vinovatul, 12, Plimbindu- se prin pare Susan se sim{ea ca §/ cum ar fi in mijiocul unel pidurl. 13. Ridea ca gi cum ar fi auzit 0 gluma bund. 4: Bi discutau ca s{ cind nu Sar fi certat. 15, Ciinii litrau ca g/ cind ar fi simi lupul. 16, Imi sput aceste lucruri ea $i cind ag fi raspunzator de tol ce s-a intimplat. 17. Plingea ca gicum ar fi plecal pentru totdeauna din satul siu, 18, Ninge ca sieu am fin plina farm. . 20. Use Past or Perfect Subjunctive after even i//though according to the eaning: 1. T wouldn't give that even if she (to give) me a lol of money. 2. Even though they (io tend) him their new dictionary, he coukin't have translated such a dificult text. 3. Even if someone (Co be) to leave mc 10,000pounds 1 would nol be able to fulfil my lfelong ambition, 4. He wouldn't 2 have acted differently even if he (Lo know) the real situation. 5. Angela 9 wouldn't marry this man even though he {lo be} rich, 6, Even if Doris (lo, come) here, she couldn't help us. 7. I wouldn't have told her the truth even though she (ask) me to do that. 8, Even if he (to get up) earlier he , ‘wouldn't have gone on the (rip because of such bad weather. 9. Even though you [not (o tell} me anything { would realize that there is something wrong with you. 10. I would have bought tickets even if {to have) to stand in the queue for hours, . 11. Work on the model: Can we kes now? Fa rather you did Vad rather yo slaved a day more 1. Can I go by tram? 2. Can we ring you up al 2 o'clock a.n.? 3. Can 1, borrow your watch? 4, Can I smoke in the dining-room? 5. Can we sleep in the garden tonight? 6. Can we buy an old car? 7. Can the chidren play An the street? 8. Can your rieighbour park lus helicopter on tite roof of your house? 9. Can Tcome home late on Saturday night? 10. Can the children eat all the cakes? 12, Translate the following sentences inlo English using would raduer/twoubt betier/woutd sooner/hadl better: 1. Maina ar prefera si nu mergi la meci astavi, 2. Cred ci mai degraba ag bea lapte in aceasta dimineata. 3. Ag preiera sa vi la Uunp Ja scoala. 4 Mai bine ar fi invii{at leclia simbatd dupi-amiaza, 5, Mai bine at verifica motorut inainie de a pleca, 6. Mai degraba ai fi spus asta de la bun inceput. 7. Stiu ed at prefera ca ea si fie alet acum, 8, Dirigintele ar prefera ca noi sd ob{inem nuntai note bune, 9. Mal curind al{ face nigle exercitii ia matematic’ deeit si va pierde(i timpul cu fleacuri, 10, Bunicit ar prefera ¢a nepotul lor si viriteze mai des. 13. Use the Past Subjunctive or the Perfect Subjunctive in (he followité conditional clauses according to the meaning: 1. T mijght break my leg if (lo slip] on ice. 2. She would have locked the door if you (to give) her (he key. 3. Ibis horse (riot (0 lose) a shoe, it would hhave won the race, 4. ‘They would have gone on a picnic ifthe weather (lo be) fine. 5. ifshie (to apply] to the dean, she might get a scholarship. 6, We would surely have had fun ifm {lo come) to the party. 7. My wife wouldn't mind if ((o bring) a friend lo dinner. 8, No one would be adiitted fhe (not to have) a licket. 9. If she (to have) tine last year, she would have takes ‘music lessons, 10. if (10 be) free, Twould go with you on the trip. 14. Replace can't + Present Infinitive by t's impossible/ unbelievable /im. pobable/'+ subject + should + Preseni/Perfect infrwive according (o the model: He cant say that Ws umpossible (Thut) he showid say that ‘They ean’ have nulssed the train 1 impossible (hal) they shonld have missed the tron, 1. Tonsmy can't be at school now, 2. The children can't have broken that window, 3, You can't make such a mistake, 4, She can't have lied lo you. 5, Trey cant have finished all the exereises. 6. You can't arrive there Lefore us. 7. This dog can't sleep in miy room, 8, This storm can't siop so soon, 9. This news can't be true. 10. They can't have imagined such & victory, 15. Complete the following sentences using should: 1, Tis necessary that ... 2. Lwas important that ... 3. Ibis natural that... 4,1Us advisable that ... 5. Ibwas surprising that .. 6.1 was unbelievable that... 7 1is strange Lat... 8. ILis impossible that... 9. was unusual that. LOTUS inconceivable that ., 16. Translate the following sentences containing subjunctives with shoud thio Rorsaratan: 1. He didn't switch on the light test his wile should wake up. 2. Do you consider it right thal these people should be treate¢ like Wat? 3. They “were surprised thal you should have been seen there al (hat time. 4. She Jefl orders that st should be changed at once. 5. Its inconceivable that she should nol have known anything about it. 6. She is shocked hat such a thing should have happened in her house. 7. 114s quite wrong that people should be forced to say what they don't want to, 8. You insisted shat she should be presenl, Loo, 9. She suggests that our work be fin- sshed at once. 10. I propose she should be asked lo resign. 17. Translate the following seilences into English using should + Infinitive: 1. Acerul sa i se dew o alld camera, 2. Hi au: solt stat sa-1 vada pe director. 3. bam sugeral sa incerce a alt’ pereche de pantofi, 4. Le-am propus sa aslepte acolo ojumatate de ordi, 5. Am sfitult-o sd ia toate medicamentele. 6. Al insistal ea toi sa fim present: acolo la ora zece. 7.Am hotarit ca toate Tabinetele sit fie inlocutte, 8, Lam ordonat si mu se miste, 9. De ce si-t Asteptati aici? 10, Am recomandal ca et sd repete toa:e ewvintcle. 18, Translate the following sentences into English using lest + should:1. Aminteste- de carte diseard ca si nu o wile din nou, 2. Vorbeam in goapla cas nu ne auda profesorul, 3. Trebule sa va grabi(! ca si nu >plerde(i avionul. 4. inchide usa ca si nu sta{tin curent, 5, Nu te migca s& mu ne observe ciinele. 6. Au seas harta ca si nu se rituiceased. 7. V-am ‘dus Loy bani ea s4 nu ave({nimic de reprogal. 8. imbriicati-va gros.ca si nu racill, 9. Le-am spus si ia un taxi ca sa nu inure la tealru. 10, Baie(elul a pus vaza pe masa ca si nu o sparga. 19, Translate into Romanian the folowing sentences containing analytical subjunclives constructed with may /might: 1. He hurried so that he might catch the train. 2. All good Tuck may altend you! 3. David works hard so (hat he may pass this difficult exam. 4, Tired as you may be, try to do your best and finish your work today. 5. wish he might find much understanding there. 6. However much money you might have, dor spend il in one day. 7. Give him my new address 50 that he may answer my leer. 8. Whoever he may be, don't open the doort 9. Whatever she might say about me, don't believe her! 10. They hoped thal I might come back. 20. Translate the following sentences into English using the Analytical ‘Subjunctive made up of mayj/might + Infinitive: 1.11 voi pedepst pe vinovat, orieine ar fi el. 2. $8 ave mult sucees. draglt ‘eit 3, Au plecal de la birou cu doua ore mai devreme ca sfi vada meclul latelevizor: 4. Orictt de mull costa aceste carl, rebule s& le eumparal! pe toate. 5. Desi s-ar putea ca Peggy sa nu stie inca rezultatul examenulut, eu nu vot aminti nimic despre el. 6. Sint sigur cd-1 vol gsi, oriunde s-ar ascunde. 7, Am sfitull-o si ia medicament acela ca si-gi revind din criza, 8. Orice al vedea acolo. nu-mi spune nimic finded nu mi intereseaca, 9. Dest s-ar putea ca vremiea si se imbundtateascd, eu nia ‘erg cu voi in excursie miine. 10, Am si-i dau citeva albume ca si vada ‘cum arald Londra cu adevirat. 11. Margaret se teme e& va aud vecint. 12. Indiferent ce cred (u despre mine, eu am si te ajul. 21, Translate the following sentences containing subjunctives into Rome nian: 1. This man, be it known, did his best to help her, 2. Be that as st may. 1 uy to speak (o him. 8. Par be it from me, I didn't want to hurt her, 4. May all your dreams come truc! 5. You urge thal she start leaning English, 6. ‘This thing, if her news be true, is very promising, 7. I wish he hada made so ntany mistakes. 8, She insists that everybody should bring the dictionaries (o school, 9. They look as tf they were ill. 10, It is important that she arrive there before noon. 11. ILis high (ine they told us the truth. 12, That she showld have behaved like that astounds us. 13. £ would rather he didn't notice my absence. 14. I gave orders that the pris- ‘mer should be set free al once. 15. Lwish she spoke Italian more fluently. 16. Why should you not Uy to ring him up today? :7. No matter how difficult a problem mght be, you should ty to solve il. 18, I1s seandal- jus that they should be treated Me that, 19, Shall we ell him the secret? 20. 1 would Send her a picture posteard if knew her address, 21, Should the weather be fine tomorrow, we will all go fishing. 2. ILis shocking that some people should liv in such houses. 23. Suppose you found a lange sum of money! 24. We spoke in a whisper lesi mother should hear us. 25. wouikln't get into a spaceship even ifthey gave me ene milion dollars. 26. Ils inconceivable that they shouldn't have discorered her absence. 27. They demanded that you be on (ime, 28. Even though you had brought her that medieine, it would not have been of much help to her 29. Lum shocked that suet a thing should have happened to them. 30. Bverybudy enter the classroam! 31,1 demand thal she tell the truth, 32 Somebody go and help the old woman. 33. 1Lis quite wrong that pupils should be obliged to wear tnlorms. 34. One of you explain to me what inas happened here, 38, They huitied lest they should be caught by the rain, 36. That she should have said that ts very surprising, 37. However Important hts attr might be, we cat aseuss now. 38, Tou she might be at home, she wil not answer th you might be at nome, sh phone. 39. Would you to God 22. Traslale the fullowing wishes containing subyunetives into Romanian: God bless you! Devil take you! God save the Queen! God help us all! Long live peace all over the world! Heaven help them! Convention be danined! Long may you live (o enjoy your retirement! Long may the Queen rule over ust May you enjoy a ripe old age! De that as it may! 23. Translate the following sentences into English: Eu propun atunei ca si faci parte din comisie i opisprevece clacasl 3s lar ¢¢ea Ce se va holari in aceasié comisie si devie proiect de ley de lege pentru (Cami Petrescu, Balcescu) "SA nu face(t gurd cind trecem pe ling’ moar’, ca si mu iasd brag gi 8 ne amenin(e cu degetul lut Rang et o maces (Tudor Arghess, Pomulcu papusd"De sild, de mula, fu nevoll a mal agtepla ined un an, ea sf faca $1 vola fiului sau cel mijlociu, care cerea cu straduinté de la tatd-sau, ca sA-1lase ‘91 pe dinsul si pindeascd. gl se lega ca el va prinde pe holt care it ficeau atita intristare.” {Petre Ispirescu, Basme} * §Lpe ta nol s-au striidull cameni si cumpere piimintul de la boten! at va fost chip niciodati. cf totdeauna au sarit allt boieri, ca nu cumva mosiile 52 ajunga pe mina oamenilor, s4 mm mat aiba dingii cu cine $8 le munceasca.” (ivi Rebreanu, fon) 5 THE CONDITIONAL MOOD5.1, FORM AND USE From the very beginning one must underline that there are no verb forms specially inflected for expressing condition in English. With this end in view, tilher different enses of the Indicative Mood or some auailiary or modal verbs (will, should, would, could, might are employed. ‘Before specifying what lenses must be used in conditional sentences, we have to see what the Present Conditional and the Past Conditional forms look like. ‘The Present Conditional AMirmative Interrogative we should /woule go Should/would I/we go? ouhe/she/t/they would go ‘woubd youyhe/shesit/they go? we Negative nierogatine we should not/shoulda't go Should I/we nol/Shouldn'U1/ swe 60? we would not/wouldn' go ‘Would t/we not/ Wouldn't 1/we or You/be/she/il/they would rot yo Would you/he/she/it/they poll? You/he/she/t/they wouldnt go Wouildn't you/he/she/At/they we ‘The Past Conditional Afemasive Interrogatioe I/we should /would have gone You/e/sbe/W/shey would have gone gone? Regaine I/we should not fshouldn'y have gone + Vive would not iwoulderd have gone ‘Your he/she fey would pot have gone You/he/she/W/they woukln' howe gone ‘Should/Would I/we have gone? Would you he/she/Ai/they have ve Should I/we not (Shoulda I/we have gone? Would I/we not/Wousde' 1/we ‘have gone? ‘Would you he/she/it/they not ‘have gone? Woukin't you/he/she/i/ibey have gone? 163As shown above, it 1s the same as in the case of the Future Tense, there is a growing tendency {0 use {he auxiliary verb will for all persons ( gular and plural}, in constructing the Conditional Mood {Present or Past), auxiliary verb would is mote and more used in all persons. q Since there is a variety of types of conditional sentences in English. we sh take inlo account, first, Lhe three so-called "classical" ones: ” e Mawn/Regent z Clause “’ Clause 4 ‘Type I FUTURE PRESENT. {open/probable condition) Mary will buy that book if she finds tt. (Mary va cumpira cartea aceea daca 0 va, { I think that the boys will play with us if they come here. (Cred c& batetil se vor juca cu not daca vor veni aici.) 4 Such sentences express a condition that may or may nol be fulfilled, $0. Mazy may find {he book or she may not: the bays may come here or they may not Type 0 PRESENT PAST TENSE (refected/impro- | CONDITIONAL the - were) bable/_hypo- thetical/unreal condition Mary would buiy that book tfshe found it (Mary ar cumpira cartea accea daca ar gi My friend would help me if he were here. (Prietens] meu m-ar ajula daed ar fl aict) # The Past Tense in the conditional clause is not a real Past Tense, but # Subjunctive. indicating improbability or unrealily, namely something contraly to present fact. So, al this moment, "Mary hasn't found the book yet" and "8 friend isn here yet." ‘Type PAST PAST (impossible CONDITIONAL PERFECT ‘eondition) Mary would have borigh that book if she had found tt. (Mary ar fi cumpairat eartea aceen dac arf sit-o.) 184 ‘The conditional clause expresses something completly hypothetical, and represents what is contrary lo past fact. The Past Perfec: indicates "past unreality". (Mary didn't find the book.) ‘The Use of Modal Verbs In Conditional Clauses. Will is never used in a conditional clause as an axillary for the future. However, il may occur in an "i" clause when il expresses: al volition: If you will explain this problem (o me, 111 finish my homework in time. (=ifyou wan /are willing to explain] Would can also be used in (hs case with the same meaning: IfTom would help me, { would repair my cartoday. he wanted/were willing to help] Worttis usually used in conditional clauses to express refusal: Af Wiliam won't lend me his dictionary, Tl borrow it from somebody else. (=if he refuses/does no, want to/ fs not willing to...) b) ostinate insistence: you willgo there, you will be sorry. (elf you insist on ‘going Would may occur in a conditional sentence, besides the case mentioned above, when it belongs to the construction would like or would care, which are equivalents to "want" or "wish": Ifyou would like to come here, then she eculd lear very interesting things. ‘When there is no object aller would like, would is usually omitted: you lice, I shall eall on you tomorrow. If yo% wil/ would generally occur in polite requests: Ifyou will/would kindly show me the seay to the railway station, Ill/'d be very grateful to you. you would/would be 50 kitid as to/would be kind ‘enough (o inform about your new address, we will/ would send you (he money at once, Should + nyfinitive may be used in conditional sentences belonging (o Type L and Type Il to underline (he hypothetical nature of the content, rendering ahigher degree of uncertainty: Ihe should meet hin here (=if she happened to meet. iim), she will/would understand the truth. “The same meaning of uncertainty (but only in sentences of Type I) can alse, ‘be given by were to + Infinitive: if mother were iofind us here she would be very angry. 4 Could and might, used in condillonal clauses have the meaning of a Preseng ‘Conditional: Tam sure that your grannie would help you if she ‘could. («would be able to) ‘The Omission of "I Sometimes, for stylistic purposes. if may be omilted. In such cases there takes place an inversion: Ihe were (o find ws here, he would be very surprised. Were he to find us here, he would be very surprised. George could buy a new car if he saved enough money. ‘Shoulct George save enough money, he could buy a new ear. Our favourite football team would have won the champlonship if they hadn't lost the last match. ‘Had our favourite football {eam not Jost the last match, 5 they would have won the championship, 2 Notice that the omission of iftakes place only in condilonal sentences of ‘Type Il and ‘Type Il and that in all these cases the conditional clause must recede the main clause. ‘But a conditional clause may be introduced not only by the conjunction f ‘but also by other conjunctions, too: unless, but for, tn oase, on condition that, #8 long as, provided/ providing (thal, suppose/ supposing (inal): ‘She will not understand the film ifshe does not read the book as well. She will not understand the film urdess she reads the book as well. ‘They would have been here ifthey had not missed the train. ‘They would have been here unless they had missed the ‘train. But for is used when the verb to be forms the predicate of the sentence by itself, and is tn the negative (lor Type Il and Type II}: would go for a walk if it were not far tis rain, ‘But.for this rain, 1 would go for a walk. ‘The children would have drowned if it hadn't been for that courageous sailor. But for that courageous sailor, the children would have drowned. In case usually specifies a future condition that may of may not arise: Incase meet her, I shalt et her know about our party. ‘Suppose / Supposing (thal) may mean either "what will/would happen if..." or “what would have happened if..": ‘Suppose she forgets the key! (=What will/would happen i'she forgets the key?) ‘Suppose/Supposing they had missed the train! (=What would have happened if they had missed the train?) Soiong as/ Provided /Providing (thal replace if when there is a strong kiea of imuation or Tesinction, being often associated with permission: ‘The librarian will lend you books as long as/provided/ providing that you return them in due time. ‘Sometinies, conditions may be implied in a relative clause: ‘The pupil who does not leam the lesson will get a bad mark. («If the pupil does not learn the lesson, he will get. a bad mark) Condition may also be expressed by (wo co-ordinate clauses connected by and, especially in proverbs, sayings: : Spare the rod and spoil the child, {=f you spare the rod, ‘you will spoil the child) In other cases, a conditional clause may be replaced by: a) a Present Participle (when the subject is either general or indefinite}: By telling Wes, you will end up being mistrusied. b) a Past Participle (when the (wo clauses have the same subject): Woken up in ume, she would have caught the train. ) an Infinitive construction (when Une two clauses have the same subject:‘She will be surprised to hear this news. a prepositional construction: Without your father. we couldn't have done that exer cise. (without is synonymous here with the but for construction} ‘Other Possible Variants of Tense Rules Used in Conditional, Sentences 1. vo present lenses, for expressing natural laws and habitual reactions: IC you boll water it (urns to vapour. Ifyou greet him, he always smiles at you 2. two past tenses: Wehe said that, she was right. 7 3, Past Tense (in the “i clause) and Present Tense {in the main/regent, clause}: IAlbert bought that car, | an happy. 4. Past Tense (in the "if" clause) and Future (in the main/regent elausel: Jane didn't succeed then, she will ty to do it again. 5. Present Tense (in the “if clause) and the Imperative (in the main clause: ifshe comes here, fell her to wait for me. 6. Present Perfect (in the "i" clause) and the Imperative fin the main clause) Ifyou have fintshed your composition, read it to me. 7. Present Perfect (in the “if clause} and Present Tense (in the main clause If Maggie hast finished her work, why is she in the garden? 8. Present Tense (in the “il” clause) and Future Perfect (in the main clause? Ifshe wins, she will have studied hard. 9. Should + Infinitive (in the "if" clause) and the Imperative (In the maif. clause}: you shoidld meet them, remind them of our appoint ment. 10. Should + Infinitive in the “i clause) and Future (in the main clause): Will she buy the book if she should find it expensive? 11. Past Tense (in the "if" clause) and Pust Conditional{tn the main clause}: If she spoke English better, she would have worked as ‘a guide for foreign tourists. 12. Past Perfect (in the "if" clause) and Present Conditional (in the main elause): Ifthey hadn't missed the train, they would be here now. 4.2, EXERCISES, Type 1, Use the verbs in brackets in the correct form: 4, She will catch the train if she (to hurry). 2. We (to go) for a walk if the weather is fine. 3. I you (Lo read) this book, you will Lke it. 4. The chk dren will eat all the cakes if they (to find) them. 5. If William (to wark) ‘hard, he will pass the exam, 6, Ifypu take this medicine, you (to feel) much better. 7. Unless your brother 1s more careful, he {to have) an accident, 8, What will happen to him if his parachute {not to openj? 9. ‘They tto be} very surprised if they see us here. 10. Ifwe (to meet) him, ‘we'll tell him the news. 2, Work an the model: Perhaps one day somebody will tel lm the truth, ‘What will he do Wf somebody telis ign the truth? 1. Pethaps one day she will win a lot of money. 2. Pethaps one day somebody will recognize him. 3. Perhaps one day you will lose your driver's cence. 4. Perhaps one day the Queen will invite him to the palace. 5. Perhaps one day somebody will park his car in front of her gate. 6. Per- haps one day somebody will steal her passport. 7. Perhaps one day Pamela will marry another man. 8. Perhaps one day the police will find him. 9. Perhaps one day father will catch a big fish. 10. Perhaps one day the train will be half an hour late, 3. Allee is going to her grandparents who live in a village. She has decided to take with her: an umbrella, a ball, a camera, warm clothes, some food, Water colours, a pen, a basket, some medicine because: 1, Perhaps it will rain. 2. Perhaps she will play with other children, 3. Per-aps she will lake some photographs. 4. Perhaps she will be cold. 5. Pechay she will be hungry. 6. Perhaps she will paint. 7. Perhaps she will write tet 8, Perhaps sl will pick mushrcoms. 9. Perhaps she will catch a ecld. Now, vork cai the sade: ‘She Is guing to She ‘Type 1. Use the verbs in brackets in the correc! form: 1. L would finish iy work much earlier if'you (Lo belp) me, 2. If Wo be) you Twould yo there at once. 3, The kids would be disappointed if it (to Faln) in the allernoon, (oo, 4. Wyou knew the truth, you fst (¢ bel so happy. 5. Mother (Lo Help) you if you asked her, 6. We would understand her much belter if she (Lo speak} more slowly. 7 She wouldart aecept that Job even ifthe manager (lo olfer) ito her. 8, Ifyou wor the first prize, you (to get) a lot of money. 9. What (1o happen) ifyou pressed thal button? 10. Tm sure Mary would play the plano much better if she (lo practise) every day. 2. Work on the model: erhps she will remember everything About the accident Wot wold! she do iPshe remembered everything about the accident? Perhaps they will miss the train. 4. Perhaps nobody will lel her know about that experiment. 5. Perhaps one day her dog will get lost. 6. Per- aps one day she will find a better job. 7. Perhaps onc day the postman question. 9. Perhaps one day she will be free. 10, Perhaps one day you wall get good news, 38. Work on the model: ‘She dacs eat because she is not hungry. Butifshe were fhaagry, she would eat. 1. They don't come here because they don't know our address. But if...2+ Mary doesn buy that dictionary because she hasnt got enough money: 3, Sue docsir't go to the theatre beeause she doesn't like comedies. 4. Mother doesn’t help her son because she is not free. 5. Lean unlock the door because F can't-find my key. 6. Jane cant leave now because the t 1, Peshaps i will rain every day. 2. Perhaps we will come home late. 3. will bring him a leer. 8. Perhaps one day the Leacher will ask us this ™. teacher ts still speaking. 7. 1 can'( see the road because there are no lights: on. 8 We don't bring our camera because il doesn't work. 9, They don't buy that house because i is very expensive. 10. The giti does nat greet the Browns because she doesn't know them 5. Work on th model using in case: 1 sens possible that she should forget my address. So, she wrote It down, She wrote my address dawn in ease she forgot t. 3. 1 was possible that his Irlends were worried. So, he rang them wp. 2. IL was possibie that she would change her mind. So, ! sigaed the agreement unmediately. 3. it was possible that you would travel abroad. So, you Jearn( foreign languages, 4, 1{ was possible that there would be much (raflic on the road. So, they got up very early. 5. Tt was possible that it would rain. So, she took her umbrella. 6. i was possible that the train should be late, So, 1 took a book to read. 7. Il was possible that they would come back home before us. So, T gave them x key to the front door. 8, Iwas possible that they would repeat the news. So, tumed the radio on, 9. TL was possible thal (he thieves would fry (o break in, $0, I loaded say gun. 10. TL was possible that they would hear us. So. we shouted as loudly as we could, Type WI 4, Use the verbs in brackets in the correct form: 2. The man would have died ifthe doctor (uol to arrive}in lime. 2, 1father ‘had been at home, he {(o answes) the phone. 3. The tourists wouldn't have got lost if ney {to lake] a map. 4. Your brother would have won the ace If his horse (nol to lose) one of ils shoes. 5. Ifyou had come to the parly, you ((o have] a very good time. 6. Mary wouldn't have married that ‘man if she (not (0 love) him so much. 7. They (not {o bel angry wilh her if they had known the buth, 8. If Tom (0 be) attentive, he wouldn't have asked thal question. 9. These photographs (to be) better if you had been more careful, 10. IF [to remember) her adéress J would have called on her, 2. Work on the model: I didn't (ll her the sever because | did trast her, +111 ad trusted her, T would have told er the sere 1, Ldidn't go to bed because I was not tired. 2. We didn't stop to tall to her because we were ina hurry, 3. The child didn’t eat the cakes because he didn't find them. 4. Your friend didn't get there in lime because he missed the train. 5. We couldn't get into the garden because the gate was,locked. 6, You didntt get a good mark because you didn't study enough, 7, didnt tell them the news because I didn't sce them. 8. Tom didn't give me her address because he didn't know it. 9. The Doy didn't take the ¥ medicine because he didn't like it. 10. They didnt look at us because they didn't recognize us. Mixed type: 1, Use the verbs in brackets in the correct form: “1, my brother (to go) to Bucharest, he will visit the Village Museum. 2, * Tom {to learn) French if onty he had the time, 3. If he (to know) what to do, ‘he would have done it. 4. What she (to do) if she had found out the truth? 8, Grannie (not to be able) to read if she lost her spectacles a6. Mary (to? pass) the examination Uf she works hard. 7. If I {to be} a pianist, 1 would Play the plano all day long. 8. George would take that fob if he {to be offered) it. 9. I hoped they would understand her if she {to explain) the ‘situation.to them. 10. You wouldn't have been so tired if you (not to ga) to Ghat party. 21. Iranyone tried (o open this window al night, my dog tto hear} him;2. What will you say ifshe {to askd you for some more money? 13, If he (lo understand} the rules, he wouldn't have made so many mistakes. 14. I wouldn't like to be in his shoes if such a thing (to happen), 16. Ifmy brother (lo have) a university degree, le wouldast have to work’ as. a mechanic now.‘16, What will happen if his parachute (not to open}? 17. Had I met that girl before, I certainly to merry) her, 1€. 1 would be grateful to her ifshe (not to ask) me anything. 19. My parents would have ‘been much happier if 1 tio become) a doctor. 20. Where would you go if ‘you (to be) on holiday nowA21. Someone will steal your camera if you (to leave) it on the bench. 22. If 1 (to speak) to her more slowly, she would surely have understood me. 23. When you (to gel) there if you leave at 6 diclock in the morning? 24. The room {not to took) so dark if she cleaned ‘the windows more often. 25. IfT {lo be} you, ! would accept that Job. 26, If only she (to tell) us about the pills, we could have saved her 327. In case George (to arrive) here before us, ask him lo write a detailed report about - the accident. 2, Complete the following conditional sentences: 1, if the Danube rose high. ... 2. They wouldn't have seen London, if... 3. If these people knew the truth, they ... 4. ifJames catches the train, ... 5 Had [known the way to the village. ... 6. Were Steven the Great to come to fe again, ... 7. The weather is as cold as if... 8. If saw the robber coming, out of the bank, ... 9. Mother would have been angry if... 10. Your dress would look much better if... 11. If she finds tickets, we ... 12. ihe ived ina large town, ... 13, If Thad known about the party, ... 14, If were ‘you, ... 15. If your cousin comes here today. ..16. Your brother wouldn't have caught a cold if... 3. Choose between unless/provided/providing/as lng as/suppose/supposing: 1, Weill go for a walk tomorrow unless/providing tt rains, 2. You can park ‘your car here umless/providing you take it early in themorning. 3. Doris suill not get good marks uniess/as long as she learns all the lessons. 4. “They will not understand the film unless /as long as they read the whole book, too. 5. You will not finish your work in time unless/provided she helps you. 6. These people wil! come to your party unless /provided you invite them, 7. What would you do providing/supposing she docs not arrive in time? 8. I will repeat the question unless/suppose she doesn't ‘understand it. 4, Replace only iby untess making all the necessary changes. Work on the racdel: Grandpa will answer the phone only if he hears it Grandpa will not answer the phone unless he hears it 41. Lwill give him the book only iff see him. 2. She will recover only if she iakes this medicine. 3. You willeat the sandwiches only ifyou are hungry. 4. My little brother will chase your cat only if he sees it. 5, Our friend will come {o see us only if she has time. 6. You would go om the Lip only if your parents gave you the money for it. 7. Rebecca would play the piano tmuch belter only if she practises more often. 8. This letter will reach Cressida on Tuesday only if you post it tomottow. 9. The employer would be pleased with them only if they worked harder. 10, 1 will solve many ‘more problems only if my brother helps me. 5. Use unless according ta the model: She must learn the lesson or she will not get a good mare ‘She won't get a good mark unless she fears the lesson. 2. She raust hurry or she will miss the plane. 2. We must help her or she will not finish her work in time. 3. You must take this medicine or you. will not feel better. 4. Their father must stop smoking or his health will not improve. 5. He must fearn the new words cr he will not be able to transiate this text. 6. I must speak English to her or she will not understand me. 7. You must write (o her or she will not write to you. 8. She must buy some food or her daughter will not eat anything this evening, 9. Mother must turn on the light or she will not see anything, 10, Imust put the milk in the fridge or it will go sour. 6. Supply {for untess in the following sentences: —1. My brother will read that book ... he likes it, 2... her watch had been slow, she wouldn't have been late. 3, I wili get preuntonia ... 1 de mot change my wet clothes. 4... she leans to type, she will not be ezployed here. 5. Father euuld repair the roof himself... he had a long ladder. 6. Rome wouldn't have been captured by the enemies... hadi't been for. sume (raitors. 7. What would Mary do ... the lift got stuck Letween two floors. 8. You would not make so many mistakes ... you were more carciul .9. She wouldn't have believed that ... she hac! Seen il with her own eyes. 10. We could go much faster ... we were nol so tired 7, Fill in the blanks with ifor in case: 1. They evacuated the room ... the ceiling should cotiapse. 2. Mike will have to get into the house through the window ... he doesn find the key. 8. ... Mary finds my phone number, she will ring me up. 4. ... Twere you, T wouldn't buy that car. 5, Take some money with you ... you miss the train, 6, They will join us on the trp ... they finish their work, 7. 1 wrote down her address ... I should forget it. 8. .. they recognize him, they will call the police. 9. What will happen ... nobody hears 1s? 10. She left the lights on... her neighbour needed her help again. 8. Onuil #/in the following sentences: 1. If this policeman does not show me the way te he ralway slatton, 1 won't get there in lime. 2. Grannic would knit ine another sweater if she had more wool. 3. What would your father say’ ihe happened Lo meet you here? 4. [would have been drowned if hadn t been for that saifor to save me. 5. They agreed to do that only ifskc got paid in advance. 6, He would hear our voices iP he were in the house. 7. She would itave been dau derstruck if she had received such a message. 8. You will not Jeamn English well if you don't go to England, 9. if Thad known that she was here, L would have come earlier. 10, They would be surprised if she were present, 11. We would go for a walk if f were not for this storm. 9. Supply the correct forms of the verbs in brackets, but use the followin verbs in the main clause: can: could: may; might; should: ought to or must: 1. If your brother (lo have) the right qualification, he ... be employed in this factory. 2. Ifyou (to tell her all about this, she ... have helped you. 3. If we (io fail) again, we ... Uhink about another job. 4. IfJack (to meet) this gir] at a party last year, she .., remember hin now. 5, 1f1 {lo be) so cold now, tt... have snowed in {he mountains, 6. You see, sf'you to learn the Iesson well. you... answer all the leacher’s questions now. 7. (Martin 0 read) your article, he (to find) i interesting. 8. If your car (to be) ut of order. you ... use mine today. 9. I'she (60 speald so fast, they .. not understand her. 10. If Cathy (to work) hard, she ... finish all the exezeises by 7 olock, 74 30. Translate the following sentences sito Romanian: 1. Had | kriown the truth, { wouldiv't have asked her that question. 2. 1 Nl come with you toznarrow ifT am free. 3. If Jane had worked harder, she couul have linished her work by now. 4. Should my friend sce you here, she would be delighted, 5. 1f this lacy will wait a moment, { will ask the manager to speak to her. 6. it were not for this naise, we could have a good rest. 7. I gave him her phone number in case he couldn't find her address. 8. What would yaur sister do if you didn't watt for her at the vailvay station? 9, If she insists to see me, tell her that Lam al my office. 10, Suppose it rans all day long! 11, Even if they premised him a lange ‘sum of meney, he wouldn't betray his country. 12, We would be very grateful to her if she would help us. 13. Providing that Alice has got a driver's licence, she wilt be allowed to drive a car. 14. 1{1 were you, Twould tay to understand her, 15. Yourstster can stay here as ‘ong as she doesn't saternupl us. 16, TlH end you niy dictionary on condition you lel me have ’ back by the evil of this week. 17, You won't improve your English suntess you work harder. 18, Assuming thal we are free tomorrow, can we goo the mountains? 19, Should Peter find that book. he would certainly buy tl 20, But for that lemible storm, we could have -enebed the chalet much earlier. 11, Translate inte English: 2. Nur am putea tri daca nu ar fi oxigenul din aer.-2, Daca va fl frumos onfine, vurn merge la plimbare in pare.%, Nu mag fi inscris la examen doo ag etiut ea ¢ aga de gre. 4, Para grading s parcuri, oragul nostra rardta dezolant, 5. Nu gliu ce am fi facut dacd mu ar fi fost acest om curajos sit ne ajute. 6. Supava avea gusi mai bim daca vei adauga putin sare-’A Daca mar fete, Wu toi ignoring, 5 Wiliam af vet ou noi in excirsie died rat fi fost atit de ocupat. 9. Daca nu se va grabt, uw va ajunge la timp la teatru, 10 Sint sigur cA baie ar intra in livad& aed nar fi clinele acesta. 11. Ce-ar fl spus vecinul nostru in caz c& nu ne-ar fi gasil acasi. 12. Daci ag fi in locul tau, 1m ageonta pe ajutorul Lut. 13, Daca va vrea si ne ajule, vom {ermina Loata (reaba in mai pulin de dowd ore. 14. Ce ar spune parin\tl tai dacd s-ar intimpa sd te intilneasca ig orag in Umpul orelor de clas? 15. 1 vol imprumuta cart alta timp cit level restilut la timp. 16, George ar fl cumparat ziarul daca Lar fi gisit. 17. "De-ar git omul ce-ar pati, dinainte s-ar paz.” 18, I¢ va fi loarte Fecunoseiitor daci il vei ajula. 19. Poate s’-mi ka magina cu conditia si mo auc pind la ora 12. 20, Oameni! vor avea incredere in tine attia ‘inyp cit Le vet tine de cuvint. ai tol astfel, dact tnchid un ochi, vd rina mea mal nied decft eu amindoi. De ag avé, trei ocht, ag vedle-o 1 mal mare, #1 cu cit mal mul{{ Ochi ag avé, eu atita lucrunile toate dimprejurul meu er pliré mat mari.” (Mtihat Eminescu, Sérmanul Dionis)“Dacd ar ft invatat carte, poate cd ar fi fost $i el printre dansator, vesel, fGrd gindurt grete, fara truda in ase! Dacd ar fl ascultat pe Herdelea...” (Liviu Rebreanu, fon} *-Polrtvit ar f fost, marite stapine, s& nu ne pul alaturi de acest (rani cu miinle cloturoase. ~Intr-adevar cloturoase, a rispuns Maria Sa; dar bine minutesc cullfa st ‘coasa, s{ daci n-ar fi {ara, n-ar fi nicl boteriL” (M. Sadoveanu, Nicoari Potcoaval “Ingeleg dilema d-tale. dar daca n-o tei spre Athos, atunci va trebul s& te impaci intr-un fel cu draci... Daca te vel mentine pe linia consecventet teologice, vel ajunge Ia extazele [...., Daca ins nu ai tara une! atari consecvene. vel fl nevolt s8 te Impact in cele din urmd cu Erosul.” (Lucian Blaga, Luntrea hi Carord ‘“Dummeata, ori en sau altul, daca ne-am putea afla in situatia amiculut Verigopolu, n-am putea desigur trece prin multimea care forfoteste lnnigtita pe puntea Mogogoall, fird si vedern in fecare dintre acele inte un motiv mai mult de amaraciune, pentru sufletul nostra destul de 111. Caragiale, Momente si schitel 6 THE IMPERATIVE6.1. FORM AND USE ‘The Imperative ts that mood that expresses a command, an order, an invita. tion, etc. Unlike Romanian, where the Imperative has forms only for the second person singular and plural, in English tt has forms for all the persons, singular and plural. Affirmative imperative ‘The first person singular: ‘The sceond person singular: ‘The third person singular: “The first person plural: ‘The second person plural: ‘The third person plural: Lets me + Short Infintive Let me got ‘Short Infintse ‘Got Let + Noun/Pronacn ceusatioe) + Short fafitine Let Tom/him got Let Alice/her got Let the eat/st got Let + us (Let's) + Short Infinitive Let us/Lets gol ‘Short Infintise Got Let + Noun/Proneurttccusattes) ++ Short Infntive Let the children thera gol Sor, Negative imperative ‘The first person singular: “The second person singular “The third person singular: AlDo not/Don'tlet + me + Short Iyfiuive Do not/Don't lt me got DiLot + me + not + Short yfintive Groeti et me not got Do not/Don't+ Shert Infinitive Don't got 8) Do net Don't+ let + Now Pronoun (ice) + Short Infiiioe Dont fet Tomm/him got Dont let Mary /hee go! Dont let the rabbu/tt got 2) Let Noun/ Pronoun (Ace) + not Short Inflate (poets) roLet Tom fhm not got et mary fher not gol et the rabbit/it aot got ‘The first person pharal: 4) Doratfdon'tlet + us + Short Infirtive Dont fet ws gol Db) Let us/Let’s + not + Short ‘The vzond person plural person, pone Vf Pronotat The third a Bo htt Non ms (hee) + Short Infinitive | Bore tthe ther gt | Bidet Nu renmnn(heed © tots Short fei ee i Tet the wie nt gat For emphasis, do may be used in the second person, affirmative, too: Dosit down! Dobe careful! “The second person Imperative usually has no subject, although the implied subject fs you. This is more evident when a tag or a reflexive pronoun Is added: Lusten to me, will you! Behave yourself Another form of impatient comand begins with will: Will you come here! ‘The subject of the imperative occurs especially when we want to specify the ones that have to obey the command: You two go to the blackboard! (niot some other persons) | Tom and Altce. sit downt I Come here, Abert! Indefinite pronouns (everybody, somebody, someone) as the subject of a imperative may be placed either before or after i: ‘Someone give us a helping hand! Answer the phone, somebody! Tntonation may play an important part in using the Imperative, that ist c39. make a plain imperative sound polite. Thus, the use ofa rising or a fall-rise (00% weakens the imperative force of a command, while the falling tone can chang? what is normally a polite formula info an impatient command: Be carefull Go there, please! Another way (o weaken the force of an imperative is to use the ward please or the tag question will you/won't you/ushy don’t your Please speak louder! Don't interrupt him, please! Listen carefully, won't your In the last example, won't you changes the Imperative into an invitation, Help yourself to another piece of cake, why don't youl ‘The word Justis frequently used with wilt you or before an Imperative to show that something is considered unusual or remarkable: Just look at thal painting, will you! Just watch that football player! {and see how well he is playing) In many cases it is more tactful to use a request inslead of a command, Urat is to ask your interlocutor whether he is willing of he is able to do something. Such requests are made up of a modal auxiliary (will/weudd or can/could) and » the Infinutive: ‘Will you show me the way to the theatre? Can you possibly help me? ‘Would you read the fast line again? Could you pass me the bread, please? Would you mind opening that window? Would you be so kind as to repeat that word? Would you be kind enough to translate the last sentence? T wonder ifyou'd mind going there next week, A wonder if you would kindly speak lo her about our plans, ‘These constructions are typical of spoken English. In formal English one will usually say: J would appreciate if you answered our letter immediately. would be very grateful ifyou managed to buy all those books. 6.2, EXERCISES 1. Tell Tom:2) 1. to shut the door; 2. to do this exercise; 3. to sit down: 4, to count from one to ten; 5. to translate the sentence; 6. 10 speak louder. 7. to open the window; 8. to keep silent: 9, to spell the word “three”: 10. to look at the map y 'b) 1. not to talc; 2. not to tease his sister; 3. not to cross the street; 4. not “ to forget this rule; 5. not to sleep in the classroom: 6, not to leave you ‘now: 7. not to tell mother about that; 8. not (o turn on the radio; 9. not to ask any questions; 10. not to be late for school 2, Emphasize the following imperatives by using do according to the model, Speak oad : 1. Repeat that question! 2, Pull up all the weeds! 3. Take off your shoes! 4, «! Pick up that paper from the floort 5, Tell us the trutht 6, Write alelter to, Jhez! 7, Leave this room! 8, Sing a songt 9. Come int 10. Sit down! ‘8. Work on the model: Loar Poh Seraph 1. to give him/a pen/a rubber, 2. to go/\o the window/to the door; 3. to read/the lesson/the letter: 4. to eat/a eake/an apple; 6. to buy/this ‘book /that bag; 6. to take/a taxi/a bus: 7. to go/to school/to the cinema; 8. to open/the book/the notebook: 9. to turn off/the radio/the TV: 10. to tell us/a Joke/a story 4. Change these orders and directions to polite requests according to the model: ‘Open the window! Please, open the window! Open the wiorow, will you? Will you open the window? Can you possibly open the window? ‘Would you open the window? Could you open the window? Would you mind opening the window? Would you he so kind aso open the window? Would you lve kind enough to open the window? {wonder if you would mind opening the window. [wonder i'you would kindly open the window. 1. Come back early! 2. Mail the leter today! 3. Passme the bread! 4, Call — on me before 7 o'clock! 5. Turn on the light! 6. Sit on th's chattt 7, Look at this now! 8. Push the cupboard back! 9. Help him with this exercise! 10. Bring that book to me! 5. Work on the model: {read this paragraph/t Let me read this paragraph! 1.0 tell you the truth/i; 2.0 go there at once/we: 3 te speak to her/we: 4.10 help you/! ; 5. to learn this poem by heart/we: 7.tomake a good cake/we. 8. to find a good hotel/I: we; 10. to play tennis/I 6. Change these orders and directions to suggestions with let's. Work on the model: Go to the door {to the window) Let's go tothe doort Let's not gp to the window 1, Speak to him! (to her) 2. Write our adress! (thelr address) 3. Listen to hert (to hin) 4. Visit the museum! (the cathedral) 5. Buy bread! (milk) 6, Read the poem! (the story} 7. Help mother! (Mary) 8. Play football! (chess) 9, Sing an English song! (a French song) 10. Eat cakes! (bread) 7. Translate into English: 1, Stat Jos g{ nu intreba nimic! 2. S& vind toll copill alet acum! 3. Vol de acolo, Fidica{{-va! 4. Si nu-! spune(! nimic despre excursie! 5. Halde{ la plimbaret 6, Sinte({ amabil si-mi ardtatj drumul spre aeroport? 7. Va rog ‘nu vorbil{ aga tare! 8. Vre({ sd-mi spune({ cit e ceasul? 9, Nu vA grabitt! 10, Sa repetiim cintecut din nou! 11. Sd vi' spun ceva senzatfonal! 12. Nu mmd Intrerupel, va Tog "SA vad, baiele, ce cdrt{ al?" . ( Agérbiceanu, Dasedut Vintiti) “loniea, dragul mame, tu mat lasé drumurile ¢ stalling mmuca de-1[& {evi si leagaind coptlul.” (on Creanga, Aminuirt din copitrid “SA trilascd domnul Stefants mil de glasuri ii urea $1 poporul jos in vale umilit Ingenuncheazat" (y, Alecsandri, Allarul Mandstiri! Putna) “CautA cocoanele-n sus... cauld-n jos...= Chearnii pe dobitoaca.., Unde dobltoaca? Fir-ar al dracuhut si fle! Ea gue unde le-a pus. = Uste-te! strigi coana Lucsi{a. ~Hakde ald sort ete at 9 mer sng (LL Caragiale, La Peleg) “"Atuncea... si-mf dele ef de s(lin(4, si ma indrepte unde si-] gsesc.” (M. Sadoveanu, Baltagul “Sa asd in fat ~a strigat colonelul-tol{ce! care au luat parte la riscoala!" (Zaharia Stancu, Descull) "Frunza, securea, ievonul, toate ne einté cu dor: Sd cn shrutarea mamel erent 9 gromnd o forta” 4 ,P. Hagdeu, Riizvan gl Vidra) 7 THE PASSIVE VOICE7.3. FORM AND USE, The Passive Voice is formed with the appropriate tense of the verb fo be and | ie Past Participle of the verb. While the common aspect of a passive verb may occur in all tenses and moods, ils continuous aspect ts used only in the Indicative Mood - Present Tense and Past Tense. Such forms as: *My car has becn being repaired for two days. *AL 7 o'clock, the TV programme will be being watched by all my friends {though theoretically possible, are not used because they contain too many | Ausallaries, and, English, like any other language, tends to its own simplifica- | ton. ‘The simple aspect of the verbs mentioned above will be preferred here: My car has been repaired for two days. AL7 oclock, the TV programme will be watched by all tay friends, However, the be + Past Parleiple construction may often be ambiguous, that '3k may be a passive form, and thus it is a verbal predicate, or an aclive one, i Shich tsa compound nominal predicate, When this construction is passive, the Past Participle has a verbal value, and when ILis active, the Past Participle has an adjectival value. In order (0 avold confusion, the be + Pasi Participle construction will be Passive when: 4) the doer of the action is mentioned or understood: ‘Such exercises are done by John every day. English is spoken in very many countries, 1) is aecompanied by an adverbial modifier of frequency, of place, of time Thave often been told to go there, ‘The boy's ball was found in that bush. ‘The palace was bullt in the {8th century. ©) the verb Js in the continuous aspect:My friend is beng asked a lot of questions now. ° To be + Past Participle construction will be active when: a} the Past Participle expresses a state: ‘The large window was broken. b) the Past Participle is linked with an adjective: Her clothes were tom. and dirty. ‘The Passive Voice should not be regarded is a mere formal variant of the Active Voice, but as a matter of emphasis. Generally speaking, the subject af sentence attracts the main interest. So, if the interest is focused on the doog.at the action, the Active Voice ts use Lua opened that door. . if the interest 1s focused on the action or on the receiver of the action, the Passive Voice is used: . ‘That door was opened by Liza. In the first sentence, our point of interest is Liza, the sentence being, per haps. the answer to such a question as: ‘Who opened that door? 1 In the second sentence our interest is "that door’ or “the fact that it was | opened’, ‘Trying to summarize the instances in which the Passive Voice occurs, We can say that it is used: a) toreplact an active verb whose subject is eller unknown or unimportant (generally expressed by an indefinite pronoun: one; somebody people; etc: This fortress was built in the 15th century. ‘The children were told to hurry. 1) when the doer of the action is so obvious that there is no need to mento it ‘The letter was brought this momung. (by the postman, 1 of course) ¢) when, for special reasons {tact, modesty, etc,), it is preferable not to me | (ion the performer of the action: ‘This phenomenon has already been discussed. | J when we want 10 emphasize the direct object: ‘hat dit exercise was done only by Jock | ©} when the work resulted from that action is as well or belter known than its performer: Macbeth" was written by William Shakespeare. ‘The telephone was invented by Alexander Graham Bell. in scientific, technical texts where the question of who is the agent (the performer of the verb) is unimportant, and thus, irrelevant: ‘Oxygen is obtained by the hydrolysis of water. in Nominative + Infinitive constructions: He is known to be a good dancer. ‘You were believed to tell the truth, ‘Such sentences can be replaced by impersonal pass.ve constructions: Us known that he is a good dancer. 1 was believed thal you (old the truth. 1h) to avoid a clumsy change of subject within a sentence, So, a sentence like: ‘The ship went out to sea and was eaught by a terrible storm. 4s preferable to: ‘The ship went out (o sea and a terrible storm caught it 4) sometimes, to disclaim responsibility for an unwelcome announcement: Our Urip has been postponed because of the railway- men's strike. (an unwelcome announcement, of course) Since the Passive Voice may be defined as that grammatical device by which the object of a verb is given prominence by making it the subject of the sentence, ‘the transformation of an active sentence into the passive must follow the pat- Mother makes fa good cake. ACTIVE SUBJECT ACTIVE VERB | [ACTIVE DIRECT OBJECT PASSIVE SUBJECT | PASSIVE VERB AGENT ‘A.good cake is made by mother. Although. theoretically, all transitive verbs (thase that can take a direct ob- Jecl) can be turned into the passive, there are some verbs thal, in the activevolcemay occur with the direct object, but which canziot be used in the passive, Such verbs are: (o cast, tohave (=o possess), (fit. to hold, to last, to lack, to ike, (o owe. to possess, to resemble, fo suil. lo wish, etc, But to have may occur, however, in the passive volee. in a limited number of contexts (when it does not have the meaning of possession): a) meaning to be obtained’: ‘To my surprise, in the shop, there was nothing to be had for love or money. 1b) in the humorous cliché: A.good lime was had by all our guests. Verbs of incomplete predicatton (lo be: fo become; (o seem) cannot be used in the passive either, ‘The verb to marny is not used in the passive when il means "to take to one's wedded husband/wife", but il may occur in the passive when it means “to officiate al the wedding of ...” So, a sentence like: He married an English woman. cannot be turned into the passive: ‘An English woman was married by hien Bul it is perfectly correct to say: My sister was married by a very old priest In English, there are some verbs that can take two direct objects {usually an animale one and an inanimate one}, Such verbs, also called "complex transitive verbs" - to ask, to call (somebody's name]. to declare, io make, lo teach, cle. - can also be tumed into the passive but. normally. it is the animate object (hat 18 ‘made the subject of the passive construction. So, the active sentence: He taught us English, will have the following passive transformation: We were laugitt English by him, ‘The ditransitive verbs (hase that can (ake both a direct object and an indl- rect one} can be {urned into the passive. either of the objects becoming, in turn, the subject of the passive sentence. Thus, the active sentence: ‘The boy offered the girl some red flowers. may have two passive variants: fa) Sone red flowers were olfered to the girl by the boy. b) The girl was ollered some red flowers by the boy. Among the most frequent ditransitive verbs, mention must be made of: 1o allow; {o award: to cause: to command: lo enable: to forbid: 1o give: fo hand: o order; (o permit: to say; to tell: ete. Aldhough, theoretically, both the direct object and the indirect object of the aclive sentence may become the subject of the passive construction, the indi rect object 1s usually preferred. ‘Some intransitive verbs, followed by prepositions or adverbial particles, cant be turned into the passive, the preposition or the adverbial particle remaining immediately afler (he verb: Everybody laughed at him. ‘He was laughed at by everybody. ‘The pupils put off the trip. ‘The trip was pul offby the pupils. Other verbs of this type are (he following: to account (for): to accuse (of): to address ((o!: to agree with): 10 appeal (to): 1o approve (): to ask {for to blame (for); to blow (up); io break (into); to bring (about); to bring (up); to call (for): to charge (witht; to consent (io); to deal (with; to dream (af); tainstst (on): to lel fay:to Live (on); fo listen (to); to look (at; afer: for: to put (aside): t refer to); to sere (for: to speak (about; of tol: to think (about; of: to wait (for) et. ‘The constructions made up of verb + noun + preposition such as: to catch hold Of (0 find fault with: to lose SIght off to make fin of to make use of © putan end 10; to shake hands with: (0 take care of: to ake notice ofetc. can also be made passive ‘Thal kind woman took care of the sick boy. ‘The sick boy was laken,care ofby thal kind woman. As it has been seen, the usual auxiliary in.a passive consiruction is fo be, But some other auxiliaries, too, may be involved in the passive: Toget— usually used in informat style — expresses Lhe gelling into a state or condition, Such a passive construction is also called “ac:ional’/“dynamic” passive, ILis used with no agent: ‘While skating, her arm got broken, To become, in passive constructions, shows (he change [rom one condition toa new one: ‘These scientific lerms have become eslablished in our everyday language. Other auxiliaries that may occur in passive constrcetions are: to grow, fo Jeet, to stand: She grew accustomed (o (he new circumstances, ‘They fett wearied by life. tetShe stands corrected (= she has been corrected) In English, there are some verbs which, though active, have a passive mean. °F) verbs expressing necessity of some kind (to need to want flowed by an -tng form. This -ing form may also be replaced by a Passive Infinitive: Our roof needs repairing, (to be repatred) ‘The grass wants cutting. (Lo be cut) b) active verbs whose subjects are acted upon: toact; to beul; to eat: to feet; to milk; to perform: to read; to sell; to wash; to wear; etc. ‘This story reads easily. (=Is read easily) ‘These books sold quickly. (=were sold quickly] Even if they are not (rue passives, the passive-like causative constructions’ (have /get + noun + Past Prrticiple) have a passtve meaning. The performer of- such actions is usually omitted because it is either obvious or it is not impor. tant: ‘Tom has had his hair cut today. Father got our car repaired yesterday. 7.2. EXERCISES 1, Fill the blanks with am, are or ts to make up passive constructions: 1. You ... seen by the dog. 2. We ... helped by our friends. 3. Nick ... recognized by the policeman. 4, The exercises ... done by the pupils. 5. su Breeted by the boy. 6. This door ... opened every morning, 7. We taught a new song, 8. You ... understood by the operator. 9, She ... In vited to a party. 10. 1... advised to go there. 2. Ask and answer the following questions in the Simple Present, Use the Passive Voice according (o the model: the crop/to harvest/the farmer ‘Who isthe crop harvested by? By the farmer . 1. this novel/to wrile/a great writer: 2. these exercises/to do/the pupils: 3. the old man/lo help/his neighbour; 4. you/to send to the baker's/ mother: 5. we/to apprectate/out boss: 6. the wine/to drink/the guests: 7, the flowers/to cut/Lucy: 8. the car/lo repair/the mechanie: 8, 1/t0 see/Johnny: 10, you/te know/many people 192 3. Fill in the blanks with was or were to make up passive sentences: 1.1... allowed to visit her, 2, We ... introduced to the scientist, 3. The TV set ... switched on by father. 4. You ... advised fo leave. 5. The new words .». translated by the teacher, 6.1... recognized by one of the kids. 7. This house... built many years ago, 8. The animals ... fed by the woman. 9. ‘The letler ... posted by my brother. 10. You... pralsed by the manager. 4. Make up questions and answers according to the model: ‘This book was read by Tom. Lane) ‘Was this book read by Jane? No. 1 watsn' Ht was read by Tom, 1. Dacla was conquered by the Romans, (the English) 2. Iwas helped by ‘Tom, (Sue) 3, You were encouraged by your friend. (your cousin) 4. We were heard by mother. father) 5. The plane was seen ky us. (them) 6. All the mistakes were corrected by the teacher. (the boy) 7. I was invited to a arty. (lo a film) 8. You were considered a great painler. (a great musi- cian) 9. The flowers were watered every day. (every week) 10. The letter was typed in five minutes. (an hour} 5. Make up questions and answers in {he passive according to thé model: ‘Arthur opened the window at 7 o'clock. (when) ‘When wis the window opened by Arthur? was opened at 7 o'lock. 1. The boy took the medicine in the morning. (when} 2.1 met these people in the park. (where) 3. My brother caught a big fish yesterday. (when) 4. ‘The children sang the songs happily. (how) 5. The police caught the thief under a bridge. (where) 6, Father read the newspaper carefully. (how) 7. ‘The giris bought (hose blouses last week. (when) 8, Tom found a bag in the park. (where). 9, We repaired (he fence on Friday. (when) 10. I saw wo pretty girls in the street. (where) 6. Work on the model: ‘Shut the bookst ‘But they have vat been shut. 1. Translate these words! 2. Make the bed! 3. Water (he flowers! 4. Open the windows! 5. Correct this sentence! 6. Plant a tree! 7. Write (hese exercises! 8, Explain this rule! 9. Peel the potatoes! 10, Draw the map! 7. Explain what had happened before mother came home. Work on the esthe roome/to air . ‘The rooms had been alred by the tlme mother eame home. : 1, the carpets/to shake: 2. the flowers/1o cut: 3. the furniture/to dust: 4. the table/to lay; 5. the icecream/o put in the fridge: 6. the foodie cook: 7. the room/to decorate: 8. the books/to put on the shelf: 9. the Pit/to bake; 10. the fruil/to wash 8. Use the verbs in brackets in the Past Perfect, Passive Volce: 1, We discovered a document which ((o write) in the 18th century. 2. All the flowers died because they tnot to water). 3. We heard that you (lo hurt) in an accident. 4, Tom was not at home because he (to invite) toa birthday party, 5. We couldn't use her car because it (nol to repair) yet. 6, ‘The guide didn’t remember when that statue (to discover). 7. They’ | couldn't cross the river because the bridge (nol to rebuild). 8. t under. stood you {to help} by that kind old man. 9. We didn't have too much work io do in the kitchen because all the dishes (to wash up}. 10. Alec found the key which (to lose) by his friend. 9, Make up sentences in the Simple Future Passive according to the mode the leter/to write/in the afternoon ‘The letter willbe written in the afternoon. 1, these exercises /to do/tomorrow; 2, the lesson/to transiate/next Umet 3. a lot of songs/to sing/at the festival; 4. I/to meet/at the airport: 5. you/lo ask/a lot of questions: 6. {his museum/to visit by us/on Tues- Say: 7, we/to see/by the dog: 8. your work/to appreciate/by everybody: 9. a new road/to bulld/next year: 10. those pupils/to punish/by the teacher 10. Make up sentences in the Future Perfect Passive according to the model ‘The sandwiches/to eat/by the end of the break ‘The sandwiches will have been catcn by the end of the break. 1. the truth/to know/by the end of the week: 2, this grammar problem/_ tolearn/by the end of this class; 3. her merits/to recognbe/by the endof | ‘this schoolyear; 4. all the sweets/to eat/by the end of the game; 5. the} trees/to plant/by the end of April: 6. we/to ask alot of questions/by the ~ | ‘end of the interview: 7. the food/to cook/by the time father comes home: 8. all these castles/(o visit/by the end of our trip 11. Use the verbs in brackets in the Present or Perfect Conditional, Pass® Volee, according to the model: is votee (to heart if he apoke louder. Its votee wostd be heard if he spoke louder, Our car (to repair) ifthe mechante had come here. ‘Our ear would have been repaired ifthe mechanic had come here. 1. Our dinner (to serve) if it had been ready. 2. The children (to send) to bed sft were 10 o'clock. 3. We (to see) by the teacher if he entered the classroom. 4, The Passive Voice (to understand) by us ifwe were attentive, 5. The baby (to feed) on time if mother had been at home. 6. That big fish (not to catch) if we hadn't used a special bait. 7. These carpets (not to shake) if mother didn't ask us to do it. 8. All the tickets {to sell) if the people had learned about the presence of that famous actor. 9. My birthday (to celebrate) in the garden if t hadnt rained. 10. This song (to sing) ifthe children knew it well. 12. Respond to the following statements as shown below: 'No one ean understand this problem. No, this problem can't be understood. “They may buy such magazines over there, : ‘Yes, such magazines rity be bought over there, 1. He shouldn't make so much noise. 2. You must finish (his exercise in five minutes. 3. We can translate this text at last. 4. You musn't park your car in front of my gale. 5. He may meet them there. 6. You can't understand all (he problems yet. 7. They should finish their work today. 8. could help my brother now. 9. You needn't buy bread this morning. 10, Tim will not have to water the vegetables this aflernoon. 13, Use Passive Gerunds in the following sentences according to the model: to ask/aiticult questions ‘A: Kate always insists on being asked dificult questions, 1: Wel, you Tenow how much ehe looks forward to being asked dificult ‘questions. 1. tohelp/by her friends; 2. to give/good advice; 3. to take/for a walk: 4: (0 see/at the University; 5. to olfer/while flowers: 6. > send/to the su- ‘permarket: 7, to follow/by her little brother: 8. to feed/by her mother: 9. to accompany by her friends; 10. (0 visil/by her neighbours 14, Ask and answer the following questions according to the model: the windows /io wash/ay sister Who are the windows washed by? by my sister, of course 195,1. Unis bank/to design/a good architect; 2. that jackel/to make/a good lailor, 3. those shoes/to sell/the shop-assistant: 4, I/to criticize/my. classmates; 5. you/to help/the new neighbour; 6. the thief/to catch /the policeman 7. the children/to see/thelr parents; 8. we/to accuse/those resent; 9, 1/(o stop/two soldiers: 10. the medicine/to take/the patient 15. Change the following sentences into the passive. Omit the by-phrage when the active subject is a pronoun or the word ‘people’ 1. The teacher explained a new lesson, 2. Nobody has seen that man here. 3. They must buy a new car. 4. People often consult me, 5. She will advise him (o go there. 6, Why should mother open that door? 7. Every- body will know this rule. 8, People never forget such things. 9. The pupils most finish al the exervises. 10 My brother will have to write a compe- sition, 16, Change the following active sentences into the passive. Pay atlention to the prepositions: 4, We gaved at that strange man. 2. { shall send for the doctor. 3. You will not interfere in his business, 7. They will speak of this programme (o- morrow. 5, I must comment on this thalter. 6, The girl lstens to a new record every Sunday 7. never dealt with such probiems. 8. They have arrived al an agreemeni, 9, Teachers insist much on discipline. 10. We have counted on his promise. i 17. Give two passive allemnatives to the following active sentences according | to the model: | gave her tive ed Bowers Five red Bowers wase given to her hy me. ‘She was given five red flowers by me 1. Uold her a long story. 2, They send me interesting books. 3. Tom will lend her the dictionaries. 4. The doctor prescribes the patients some medicine, 5. The walter has brought me some peanuils. 6. The jury will award him the highest prize. 7. The posunan handed me iwo feiters. 8. ‘They will pay her the money tomorrow. 9, follered him some more details. 10, We shall give them some good news, 18. Tur the following active sentences into the passive according to WHE | model: . ! ‘People think Uhat you are guily | Lis thought that yout age gui 1 You are thought Wo be gully | 1. They considered that I was right. 2, I report that everything is true, 3. ‘They knew that you were a great artist. 4. People believe that she speaks English. 5. They acknowledged that he lived there. 6. People fee! that you are angry. 7. We understood tal she liked music. 8. They thought that smother was at home. 19, Complete the following sentences with the verb tn brackets in the Present Continuous, Passive Voice, according to the model: ‘You can’t alexp tn. the bedroom, i to pant) 218 being pated. 1. The composition will be ready soon. It (to write) 2. You will eat soon, Lainch {lo serve) 3. We can't go te work by car today. it (o repair) 4, We shail eat apples soon. They (to pick) 5. They will soon move to a new house. It (lo build) 6. Mary can't wear the new dress. ‘t just (to make) 7. The tea is ready. It (lo drink! 8. We can have breakfast soon, The table (to lay] 9. I shall understand this Lext soon. ‘The new words just (lo explain) 10. The cake is not ready yel. it just {to bake) 20, Transiate into English using passive constructions: 1, Toate aceste case al: fest distruse de recentuil culzeraur, 2. Mi sa spits ca s-au discutat mule probleme inleresamte atuaci. 3. Se slic ca normanvii au cucerit Anglia in secohul al unsprezecelea. 4. Ti se va permite $8 viritexi loate camerele acestui palat, 5, Aveasta fetta a fost crescutd de niste cameni nevoiagi. 6, Acestt caxti se clese cu uguringa $i de accea sint preferale de turiglt. 7, Batrina cra angrjita acum cu mult devotament de una din nepoatele sale. 8 { s-a porunell si plizeased inlrarea in clidire, 9. S-a trimis deja dupa doctor asa ci el este agteptat Gin clipa in clipa, 10. Se insista mult asupra studiului limbilor strdine in scoala roméneasca. 11, Am fost invinui(i ca nu am respecta toate prevederile contractulul, 12, Nu infeleg de ce | se interzice s& igi vada {propriad copil. 13, Cind {se va ds acest telefon sora ta tocmat va Tl operald ‘dé unui din cetvnal renumit{ chirural din (ara noastr. 14, Dupa zgomotul ce se aude in buciitarie se poate sprine ci se pregitesle eina, 15. Sint acest cintec a fost ascultat de mat bine de zece ort de eiitre (ai, 16. Cind s-a deschis aga, coptiagul era loemmal hrinll de dolca Jui. 37, De eind se serveste masa nur $-» amialit nici un cuvint despre cele discutate mai devreme, 18, Aceas(é casd au a fost locuitd de iment pina acum deearece se spune i este bintulta de stall intr-o bund dimincaté Porojan a fost dat pe mina unui brular cn 8 invete a plimiidt pint, colsei, covonaei, ete., gi eu am fost truss la pensionul d-lui Cisénimi ca si svi, tot ce se inwata pe atunes (Wasile Alecsandc, ¥ ile Porojeen)“Intr-una din adunirile noastre la Stefan Golescu, Heliade ne-a citit 0 care anevole ar Nt fost in(eleasa chiar de clasele mat culte... pus cA proclamal{a catre popor era deja redactat de not toti tnatnte de venirea sa intre nol.” (lon Ghica, Nicu Balcescu) "astiel, la un ceas dupa miezul nop(tt, au ajuns. S-au tras zavoarele, s-au deschis porte, cdruta st cdlre\tt au intrat; porille s-au inchis §Lau sunat zavoarele tar, ... ficlile 31 candelele s-au tras de la ferestrele dinspre ograda.” (Mihail Sadoveanu, Nicoard Potcoava) 8 THE INFINITIVE8.1. USE, The Infinitive has characteristics of both verbs and nouns. Referring (o the former ones, it must be shown that it has: al tense, Present fog0 Perfect: to have gone Bul, the Present Infinitive does not, in itself, indicate time. This time will be sendered elther by the element that governs the Infinitive, ar by the context. So, the Present infinitive may refer to: the Present: want ogo ona trip. the Past: He asked me (o sil down, the Future: 1 tell her fo read thal book. ‘On the other hand, the Perfect Infinitive shows elther that the action expressed by if precedes a past action/moment: He proved (0 have told the truth. ' ora future action/moment: By the end of next month T hope {0 have bought a new car. or that it has a hypothetical meaning: Texpected him fo have understood us. b) voice. Active want to see his house. Passive She didn't want (0 be seen there. Claspect: —Common/Simple I want to speak lo her. Continuous 1 imagined her to be speaking English, ©) the Infinitive can be followed by a direct, an indirest or a prepositional ©dject, or by an adverbial modifier: Iwas pleased (0 meet her there, She had to give me all her money. ‘They began fo talk about the accident. ‘The policeman advised me not to drive fast. i Til do my best (0 arrive (here in time, Awe take Into account the noun characteristics of the Infinilive, one mustshow that It can have the function of: 2) the subject ofa sentence: To swimin the sea is very pleasant. Tn this case the anticipatory ttean also be used: 183s very pleasant to swim in the sea, dpa direct object: ‘She wants to tell us something. ©) the predicative: Her only wish ts to win the first prize. @) an attribute: This is a book to read on holiday, ‘The Infinitive can be of two types: with or without to. The Infinitive with ois also called “Full'/"Long’/*Complete’ infinitive, while the Infinitive without tos mnown as "Short'/"Tneomplete"/"Plain’ /"Bare" Infiruitve. The Infinitive without tots used: 1. after modal verbs (except ought and used to}: ‘She can speak English, You must go there, ‘They may come, You shall know, But, ‘You ought (o help her. Tused (0 see him, ~ 2. afler verbs of perception: 1o see; to hear; to feel and afler to make, toleé She saw me leave the roorn, Theard her say that. She made me laugh. Let them speak! 3. aller the expressions: had best; had better; had/would rather: had/ would ‘sooner; cannot but; need hardly: She had best admit her fault. You had better stay here now. ‘They had/would sooner spend their holiday inacamp. ‘Maggie couldn't but consent to her brother's plan, 4. in'a number of stock phrases: to. go hang. to go fetch etc. ‘The Infinitwe with to occurs in all other cases. ‘When we speak about constructions with the Infinitive, we usually refer to she two usual ones: the Accusative with the Infirdlive and the Nominative with the nfiniive. the Accusative with the Infinitive consists of a noun ot a pronoun (in the secusative) followed by an Infinitive. This type of construction is used: | 1. afler verbs that express percepiton: to hear, to feel. tonotice, to perceive, to see, lo watch and after to let, to make, to havel to experience, to cause}, (o have mown. All these verbs will be followed by Short Infinutives: I saw her shut the window. We heard them sing that song. will let her know about this. She made the child smile. Peggy was disappointed to have this thing happen to hum. Martin has not known anything like that happen in his town before. ‘Verbs of perception can also be followed by Present Participle. But, while the Short Infinitive expresszs a complete action, (he Present Participle shows that ‘he action ts not complete. Compare: T saw Alison cross the street. (I watched her from one side of the sireet to the other.) T saw Alison crossing the street. (I noticed her while she was crossing.) ‘She heard me sing. (the whole song) ‘She heard me singing. (a fragment of the song) «, When all these verbs mentioned above are turned inte the Passtve, they will ‘be followed by Long Infinitives: : Alison was seen to cross the street, Iwas heard to sing. 2. after verbs expressing volition: fo want, to desire, to forbid, to intend. to fowish: T want them to understand that, 8. after verbs expressing mental activities: fo believe, to consider, lo expect, to , to know, to suppose. to think, to trast, to understand, ete.: ‘She imagined him to be right.L now her to live in a big house. ‘You considered them o be friendly. 4. after verbs expressing permission or a command: (o allow, to command, ta ‘compel, f0 force, to oblige, to order, to permit, to urge, to wam: She permutted/alfowed us (0 sit down, T ordered him to open his bag. 5. afler impersonal constructions: It is difficult for bum to take a decision, 6. after verbs like: to advise. fo appoint. to assist. to choose, to challenge, te convince, to enable, (0 persuade, (0 Send, et She advised me not to leave, ‘The Nominative with the Infinitive consists of a noun or pronoun (in the Nominative) followed by an Infinitive. It is used: 1. wilh the following verbs in the Passive Voice: to belieue, to expect, o feel. to find (out), to hear, to wmagine, to know, to notice, w perceive, {0 report, 10 sayy, 10 ‘see, to suppose, € Jane was known to be a great pianist. You are supposed f0 help her. 2. with the following verbs in the Active Voice: fo appear, fo chance, to hap- Pen, to prove, to seem, to tum out, ete.: I happened to be present there. She seems io know the answer. 3, with such constructions as: (o be lucky /Jortunate/unlucky/ unfortunate, to be certain/ positive/sure, to be likely: Iwas lucky (o find a taxi, ‘She is likely to arrive tonigh\, OTHER USES OF THE INFINITIVE ‘The Infinitive with to may also be used: 1. to express purpose. In this case it may be preceded by in order (nol) to, 5? 4s (no) to: : William went to the country to visit his grandparents, Peter took a taxi fn order nol to miss the train. . The Infinitive of purpose is not usually used after the Imperative of to go to come, Instead, this Long infinilive is replaced by another Imperative P& ceded by and. So, we do not say: Come to admire this painting! Come and admire this painting? or, instead of saying: Go to shut the door! we must say: Go and shut the dort However, the verb {0 see can occur afler an Imperative either as an lilini- fave or as another Imperative: Come to see my lowers, Come and see my flowers, 2, (o replace a subordinate clause being preceded by an interrogative word: what to buy. She advised us << wwhiere to look for them. how to get there, 3. aller some adjectives expressing moral or intellectual qualities: brave, careless, clever, considerate, courageous, cowardly, cruel, foolish, generous, good, inconsiderate, kind. mean, thoughtful, wicked, etc, These adjectives may ' reer both (o persons and to the actions they do. Thus, we can have “a kind ‘woman’ or "a kind act”, When such adjectives refer to persons, they are followed by the preposition off iL is very kind of her to say thal. IL was cruel of them to fell us (hat bad news at thal moment was thoughtful of Maggie lo keep this secret 4. after ordinal numbers, superlatives and the only: ‘She was the first to speak, He is the best to act in that play. ‘You are the only person to know the truth. 5, alter only, (o express disappointment: He saved a lot of money only (o lose it sn a terible fire. 6. aller nouns or pronomns to show how they can be used: Here is a pen to wrtfe with,7. after tae edjectives: easy, dificult, dangerous, hard, safe, etc.: Mary is difficult to persuade. Its dangerous to swim here. ‘Such sentences may be reconstructed as follows: ‘To persuade Mary is difficult, To swinthere ts dangerous. (The Infinitive becames the subject) However, the Gerund is better here: Persuading Mary Is difficult Swimming here is dangerous. 8. in exclamatory sentences: How hard itis fo please everybody! Oh, to see him again! 9. with too. and enough: ‘This problem is too difficult to be solved by my pupils. ‘She is clever enough not to repeat that mistake. 10. in some well-known sayings: To know all is to forgive all. To exris human, 1o forgive is divine. 11. in “absolute constructions" such as: to lell the truth; to be stu frank; fo say nothing of: to be honest; to be more precise, etc.: To be more precise, Lucy was not at home at that lime. 12, in Indirect Speech, to express an Imperative from Direct Speech: "Sit down,” the teacher told her. ‘The teacher told her Lo sit down, 13. the verb (0 know is not followed by a simple Infinitive. This infinitive must always be preceded by how: She kriows how to light the fire. 14, Sometimes, the Infinitive is represented only by ‘o, in order to avoid, repetition after such verbs as: to want, to like, to wtsh, to hate, to hope, to tty ete: “Did you visit New York?" "No, Tdidn’t, But 1 would like to," 16. The "Split Infinitive” is a very old form, usually considered to be un- grammatical, But iis, however, met in literary works, too: The old man was too tired io really understand what was going on. ‘The Infintlive without to may also occur: 1. after except or bu, in the expressions: (o do nothing bul/except. to do anything but/except: ‘The girl does nothing but tic in the sun all day long, He will do anything except start working, 2, in elliptical constructions: ‘Why not goon this trip tomorrow? 3. ina number of phrases in which (he governing verb may be inflected: to letdrop, to let ly, tolet drive, to let go, to let slip, lo hear tell lo hear say, lomake believe, to make do, ete.: Before starting the debates, the manager Iet drop an Interesting remark, His advice Is that 1 shouldn't let slip such an opportu- ny. ‘You heard say that she bought a very expensive car. ‘We shail have fo make do with less money. He makes believe he knows the secret. 4. The verb to help Is followed by the Infintiive without lon informal English, while in formal English it may be followed either by the Infinitive without to, or by the Infinitive with tor ‘The boy helps his sister (do) do her lessons every day. 6.2, EXERCISES 1, Fillin the blanks with (he Short or Long Injinilives of the verbs in brack- 1. Twanted ... home earlter, (lo go) 2. She made me ... thal incident again. (to think o 3. Our frlends are expected ... this evening. (to arrive) 4. T'm sure they be able ... all the exercises. {to do) 5, Would you like ... with us? (lo come) 6. Could you ... this problem to me? (to explain) 7. ‘They must ... this pocm by heart. (to leam) 8, She seems... the truth. {to an?now) 9, [old her ... care of her new book. (Lo take) 10, When she was " a pupil, she used ... a uniform. (lo wear) 11. Let me... you something Anteresting, (0 tell) 12, My brother happened ... at home at that moment. (lo be) 13. How dare she ... such nonsense? (to talk) 14. They persuaded her... her leaving, (lo postpone) 15. 1 refused ... this ques- on, (to answer) 16, Iwill help him... his luggage. (to carry) 17. As it was rather late, [ ha@ ... (Lo leave) 18, May 1... to bed now? (to go} 19.1 suggested (0 him ... for some minutes (lo wall). 20. ILis beiter .., sure than sorry. (to be} 2. Translate the following sentences into English using Short or Long In- Sinitives: 1, Anunla(t-ne ce alt hota. 2. Se agteapt ca ei si soseased cu trenul de dupa amiazi. 3. Am convins-o, in cete din urma, s8-gi petreacd week end-ul cu noi, 4. Vedeam mutt mai mulle filme cind eram student. 5. Aceasta m-a fcut si-mi adue aminte cuvintele untsi mare filozof grec. 6. Nu ne-au lsat si intrdim ping cind nu Te-am ardtat legitimatiile neastre. 7. Vel putea in{elege astlel de lucruri cind vei fi mai mare. 8. Cum de indrizmeste ca SA ma Invinuiased de acest Iucru?-9. Pot si va (elefonex imiine dupi-amiaza? 10. S-ar cuveni sa guj aceste lucrurt, 11. Allvrea si vizital! nowa noastrd scoala? 12, Nu-t nevole sa repelali propovitia: am neles-o de la bun inceput.13. E ugor sa fil viteaz de la distanta, 14. Mat bine all incerea si-t explicatl unde a gresit. 15. Mau spus 8 nu ma ‘grabese finde’ era inca devreme. 3. Replace the words tn italics by an Infinitive-construction according to the model: Helen was the fist who did the exereive Helen was the fit 10 do the exercise Its necessary that they shoetd be present Tis necessary for them to be present 1, There was no place where we could hide. 2. It seems thal they know the Guth, 3, It was advisable that she should furry. 4. Mike was (he last who oF rived. 5. It is better that you should leave al once. 6. Hasn't she anything wilt which she can wrile? 7, We reached our friends’ house and we found that there ‘was nobody al home. 8. She was the only girl who understood him. 9. 1 wa surprised when I heard that he was ill. 10. I had nobody with whom J could talk 4, Paraphrase the following sentences using the Perfect Infinitives of the verbs in italics with the appropriate modal verbs. Work on the model: 1615 possible that she heard Dat noise. ‘She may have herd that wos, 1. ILis possible that the boy found his pen. 2. You see, you have missed the train. You (lo get up) earlier, 3. Tom ts my friend, He (not (o say) such a thing about me. 4. 1 {hink I know this proverb. Probably 1 read it somewhere. 5. ILis impossible that your brother bought such an expensive car. 6. You took your umbrella that day but tt didn't rain. 7. It is possible that John won the competition, 8, It is probabke that they found ‘out the (ruth. 5. Paraphrase the following sentences using the Nominative + the infinitive according to the model: 1 seems that she knows sou She seers to know yo. J, We know that she speaks three forcign languages. 2. It so happened that they all were absent. 3. Everybody expected that the singer would sing his famous song, 4. I s believed that the thief stole a large sum of money, 5. It was said that you were fond of music, 6. We are certain that “Tom managed to arrive there on time. 7. IL appears (hat you are right. 8. IU was proved that she was lying (@ us, 9, It turned ovt that his grandmother was the owner of that castle. 10. It is supposed that she knows many interesting things about that expedition, 6. Translate into English using infinilives: 1. Se stie c& Gorbaciov a jucat un rot important in istoria universal contemporana 2. Probabil ca ea loculeste prin apropiere. 3. S-a inlimplat sa nu vad pe niment in gradina. 4. Se pare c& spectacolul acesta a fost urmaril de peste cinct mii de spectators, 5. S-a creat c& Mary a plecat din {ard. 6. Ti s-a permis s3 lucrezi aici pentru un timp. 7, Mi s-a spus s& agtept acolo pind la ora zece, 8. Tse va intersice $4 continui experien(ete. 9, A fost vivant juucind tenis, 10. Era sigur ed nu aflaser’ inca vestea 7. Translate the following sentences containing the Accusative + the infint ‘ive into Romanian: 1. They wanted us to go there as soon as possible. 2. She imagined me to be ill. 3. They forbid you to calf on us. 4. 1 expect him to arrive here in a week's time, 5. I will let you know about Unis matter when I get there. 6. ‘She convinced me (9 joift them on the (rip. 7, Her funny hat always made nic laugh. 8, They enabled us (0 atfend that famous man's lecture. 9. 1 urged him to tell her the truth, 10. 'm sure you will manage to persuade him to stay here one week longer. 11. It is necessary for them to buy all ‘these books. 12, Why did you oblige her to keep (his secret for such a Tong time?8. Translate the following sentenees into English using the Acctisallve + the Infinitive: 1. Sint sigur c& argumentele mele 0 vor face si se rizgindeascd. 2. L-am sfatutt si renunle !a slufba aceea, 3. Am auzit-o pe Caroline cintind aseard la concert; nu m-am asteplat si alba ¢ voce atit de frumoas. 4, Le vol permite copiilor si meargii a plimbare miine dimineat{. 5. Lam cerut sd nu spuna nimanul ceea ce vedea acolo, 6. Stiam ci are citewa timbre extrem de valoroase. 7. Ofiterul le-a ordonat soldailior s& pariseascd camera. &. F destul de diffe s& traducem atit de multe Propoditit. 8. Complete the follwing sentences with an object and a Full Infinite, Work on the modet { persined «. I persiiaded him to lend me some money. 1. She has invited ... 2. I didn’t want ... 3. He won! permit ... 4. 1 finally convinced ... 5. You advised .., 6, He reminded ... 7. Does she expeet ...? 8, They wanted ... 9. I will forbid ... 10. Did she promise ...? 11. Told... 12. You permitted ... 13. Does she urge ...? 14, They instructed ... 15. I order. 10, Rephrase the following sentences using (00 + infinitive according to the model: ‘ram very tired: I ean't understand this problen. jam too tired to understand this problem, 1. The music 1s very loud: I can't hear you. 2. The problem is very difl- cull: the child can't do it, 3, # ts very late; we can't catch the (rain, 4. He ‘was driving very fast; he couldn't avoid the accident. 5, The water is very cold; they can’t swim in the sea. 6. It is very dark; we can't see the path. 7. This boy is very short; he can't reach the shelf, 8, The soup is very hot; the girl can't eat il. 9, The sea waler is very sally; people can't drink i. 20. The man has very little money; he can't buy that hal. 11, Work on (he model: Margaret is quite rich. She ean afford this tp. Margaret is rich enough to afford this tip. 1. The weather is not very fine. We can't go for a walk. 2. 1m not very ‘experienced. I can't solve this case. 3. The poem is quite short. The boy ‘can learn it by heart. 4, The ice is quite thick. The children can skate on 1, 5, Emma is twenty-two years old, She can get married, 6. My brothers ose: | was lucky. 19. He will be ready quite strong, He can lft these weights, 7. This room Is quite lange. We all can sleep in it. 8. There isn't much snow outside. They can‘t ski. 9. The problem is quite easy, We can do il. 10. This man is quite stupid. He believes such a story. 12. Translate into English using 10 or enough + Infinitive constructions: 1, Eram prea speriat ca si mal vorbesc. 2. Esll destul de mare ca si o ‘ajutl pe mama ta. 3, Am destul prietent alei cu care si ma distres. 4, Cafeaua este prea flerbinte ca sa 0 bell. S. Baiatul era destul de iste{ ca si-sl dea seama ce urmaream de fapt. 6. Cecilia era prea grasi ca si poalii si-s1 Inchele pantofit singur. 7. Povestea lul parea prea frumoasi ‘casi fie adevarald. 8, Romanul este destul de scurt ca si-Icilegtt in doud alle. 9, Réul era prea lat ca si-l traversim inot. 10, Strdinul vorbea destul de rar ca 88-1 injelegem. 13. Tum the following sentences into the Indirect Speech: 1, "Open all the windows.” the teacher told us. 2. "Dont cross the street "Open your bag," the Customs officer ordered the woman. 6, “Don't go there (oday.” my sister told me. 7. "Write this exercise but don't tell me the result yet," the girl told her brother. 8. "Help me with (his luggage, please,” the litle gir] asked me. 9. “Turn off the radio,” my aunt told me. 10, "Don't leave the town,” the policeman warned the iwo men. u Answer the following questions by using the Infinlwe (o express pur- 1, Why did Mary go to the post office? (post a letter! 2. Why did you go into the garden? (plant some trees} 3. Why do you learn the new words? ranslate this poem) 4. Why did Jane go to the window? (shut it) 5. Why did the boy come to school so early? (wrile his homework) 6. Why will she take a taxi? (catch the train) 7. Why did the children hurry? (not to miss the bus} 8. Why do you talk in a whisper? (not to wake up the children) 9. Why does mother go to market? (buy some vegetables) 10. Why did father borrow this money? (buy a boat) 15. Complete the following sentences with a Long Infinitive and other nee- sary words; 1. The girls were anxious... 2, All of us are salisfied ... 3. She fs prepared 4. Lom siuprised .., 5. fn my opinion, Jack ts unfit... 6. You will be disappointed .. 7. Twas ashamed ... 8. She is certain... 9. Mrs. Smith16. Translale the following sentences into English by using Infinitive con, structions: 1. Cit timp i{{ la sd cdatoresti de la Bucuresti la Londra? 2. Mis-a spusea .. vol fi anun{at ce decizie va lua conducerea. 3. E necesar sa va grabiti. 4. | ‘Yreau sa iml raspundd la citeva intrebari. 5. Dorinla el este sa reugeasca Ja examenul de admulere. 6. Avem 0 mulllme de exerci(li de facut. 7. Am imprumutat nigte bani ca sa im! cumpar un pian. 8. Se agteaptd mult ‘oameni sa vind la acest spectacol. 9. Remarca lui m-a ficul s-mi amintesc de o intimplare din copllarie, 10. Fred a fost primul care a terminat problema. 11. Ca si spun adevarul, n-am visaut-o pe aceasta femete niciodala in viaja mea. 12. M-am ‘oprit ca si-i spun ceva interesant, 13, Am cumparat nigte bomboane ca si fle daw nepolilor mel, 14. Era prea oboslt ca si flu alent la ce discutau ei. 15. am spus s& mu fo sune Ja telefon alit de tiru, 16, Sinte(! alit de amabil si-mi imprumutal{ dieyionarul? 17. Peter este destul de inteligent ca sf mu fac& astfel de gregell. 18, imi pare sau ca plec alit de tevreme, 19, lalé in sfirgit ‘cineva ct care sd discul. 20. Mis-a spus 3 incu! usa sf sa nu rispund la telefon. 9 THE GERUND9.1. CHARACTERISTICS ‘The Gerund ts an -ing form that has both substantwal and verbal charac- lerisuics, Referring (o the substantWval characteristics of the Gerund, st must be shown oy ean haves plural form: We couldn't count his comings and goings, 2. It can be preceded by a Genitive oF a possessive aijective: ‘The boy's arriving so late was a surprise, ‘We insisted on his being present there, 3, 1 may have a genitive form: _ The idea of going didn't please me. 4. ik can be preceded by the definite or the indefinite article ‘A dancing-eacher explained the new dance to us. 2 saw some interesting magazines in Hine watting-room. 5. ll may be the subject of a sentence: Reading books is my fevourite pastime. 6.1! may be the object of the verb. She likes cooking. 7. tl may be a prepositional object: George began by drawing our attention to that serious matter, 8, il may be the predicative: Seeing ts believing. 9, st may modify a noun: |‘My sister is in the habit of going to concerts every weeks 10, iL may be co-ordinate with nouns: ‘That man was accused of theft and murdering innocent people. 11. i may be modified by an adjective: He was interested in automatic signalling devices. IC.we take into account the verbal characteristics of the Gerund, we must. underline that: 1. il may have tense and votce: Present Mary's coming here is unexpected. Perfect Your having said that pleased your parents. Active He likes sending tetters. Passive ‘She insisted on being sent at once. 2. i may have a direct object: He ts fond of telling jokes. 8. KLmay have an indirect object: I dented giving her that pencil 4. sCnay haye a prepositional object: All night she avoided talking about the accident 5. lt may have adverbial modifiers: Jack is used to driving fast William enjoys swimming tn the sea. ‘Our success depends on his arriving on téme. An archaic form of the Gerund is the one preceded by a: ‘To my mind, he spent too much time a-reading old documents. 9.2. USE - 2, to express prohibitions: No smoking No parking! When these prohibitions involve an object or an adverbial modifier, the joiperative is used: Don't smoke such cigarettes! Dont play in the street! 2. aller such verbs as: to admit, o advise, to anticipate, to avoid, to begin, to consider, to continue, to delay, to deny, to detest, to dread, to dislike, to enjoy. to escape, to excuse, to fancy, to firush, to forget, to forgive, 1 hate, to imagine, to inlend, to imwotve, 10 keep (on), to like, to love, tomind, to miss, toomit, ta postpone, to pracitse, to recollect, lo remember, to regret, (oresist, tortsk, fo save, to start, Lo stop, (o suggesi, 10 try, to understand, etc.: We didn want to risk missing the train. I don't understand her saying this. “The veity to mind meaning “to object Lo" generally occurs in interrogative and negative sentences: Do you mind going there tomorrow? i don't mind spending a few days here. 3. afler the following verbs with prepositions: (o accuse of. to aim at. to agree will, to approve of. to consist tn. 10 count on. to dissuade from, to excuse for, 10 insist on. to prevent from. 10 rely on, to resull in, to succeed in, to think of. etc.: “The tourists succeeded in geiting to the chalet before the nightfall, We tried (0 prevent her from seeing the corpse. | 4. aller be/get + adjective /Past Participle + prepositior: to be afraid af: to be ‘agreeable to, to be annoyect al, 10 be averse to, to be capable of, lobe infent on, to be interested in. to be responsible for, to be suitable for, to be swpprised at, 10 be (Weel of, to be/get used to, to be/get accustomed to, ete; Our friend ts inierested tn collecting stamps. 5. after phrasal verbs: £0.90 on, to keep on, to give up, to put aff. ete.: Father gave up smoking a long lime ago. Although they saw us, they kept on quarreling. 6. after the expressions: car‘t help (=to prevent, to avoid), can't stand (=to endure), t’s no good/use, 10 be tooking forward to, {a be worth {while}, ta feet tike, elc.: We are looking forward to hearing from you soon, ‘This film ts worth seeing. 77. afler such nouns with prepositions as: apology Jor, art of, change of, appointment at, experience in, habit of: necessity of, abjection 40, opportunity oy pleasure of, possibilty of, process of reason for, right of, skillin, surprise at, 7 of ete: She didnt want to miss the opportunity of taking some Pictures, 8. aller as, than, like, as well as: Our English teacher used (o give us such homework as answering the questions or filingin the blanks with he missing words, To tive in this place ts tke distng Mie by litle. ‘The late tine of night as weil as driving such an old car made him remember the days of war. 9, alter the introductory there, the Gerund proceded by no has the meaning “Wis impossible to... There was no corning back. ‘There are some verbss or nouns that can be followed either by the Gerund or by the Lafinitive: a) to begin, (0 cease, comic, iy slurt These ts alto no diference between the use of the Genund or of the Infinitive after such verbs: ‘The pupil started reacting/io read the lesson. Bul. when the verb following these verbs expresses a mental activity, only the Infinitive 1s possible: Af last, the boy began to understand. Besides, to begin and to cease art usually (ollowed by the Infinitive when expressing an involuntary action: I began (o snow. and by the Gerund when it expresses a deliberate action: ‘The cht began eating. The verb (o stop followed by the Gerund means the cessation of that action: ‘The girl stopped singing. while when followed by the Infinitive, tl means the cessation of something es An order to start doing that action: When he saw us, he stopped £0 look at us. ») to attempt, to intend, fo am. can't bear; “tnese verbs are generally followed by the infinitive in informal English and py the Gerund in formal English. 0) io hate, to love, to like, 10 dislike, to prefer: ‘The Infinitive aker these vers is used for special occasions, whlle the Ger- yndt occurs for gencral activities: Alice hates 0 go (o bed early on Saturdays. ‘Alice hates going to bed earty. to lke (in the affirmative) + Infinitive means (o prefer, to want, and tn the negative means to be unwilling: She likes to be alone now. We don't like (0 (ellnim the news, to ike + Gerund - the allirmative means (o be fond ef and the negative has {he meaning of (0 dislike, to hate: 1 like reading in bed. ‘We don't ike sianding in the queue. i fo remember, to forget, to neglect, 19 omit ‘The Infinitive Is usec! for an action that follows these verbs: Torgot to ring him up. and a Gerund for an action that precedes these verbs: She remembered seeing him somewhere €) (0 aduise, (0 allow, (o permit, to recommend. The Infinitive is used when the indirect object of these verbs is mentioned: ‘She doesn’t permit us fo smoke here. and the Gerund when (he indirect object is not mentioned: She doesn't permil smoking here. D to deserve. to need, to require, to want. ‘These verbs may be followed either by Passive Infinitive or by the Gerund. ‘he later being more frequent: “The roof needs to be repaired. “The roof needs repairing. lo try. (0 propose, to go on. to be afraid of, used to. ‘To ty with the Infinitive means (0 make an effort/eltempt and with the Gerund means io test, éo make an expertment: Allhough he knew just a few French words, he tried £0 speak French to us. o19# ‘Seeing that we didn't understand him, he tried speak- Ing French to us. To propose, followed by the Infinitive means {o infend. and by the Gerund, tg suggest: He proposed to spend a few days in the mountains. . He proposed spending a few days in the mountains. To mean with the Infindtive has the meaning of to intend and with the Ger- und, to signi. to involve {usually used with impersonal subjects) ‘The tourists mean to reach the top of the mountain ‘within two hours, To be good at maths means doing a lot of exercises every day. To go on.is generally followed by the Gerund, However il can be followed by the Infinitive of such verbs as: fo explain, to look, (0 say, to talk, fo tell, when some new things are brought into discussion, Compare: ‘We went on looking at the pictures. (This implies that we had been looking at these pielures before.) ‘We went on (0 fodk al the pictures, (This means that we had been doing somet ing else before.) Used to with the Infinitive expresses a habitual action in the past: My uncle used ta drink very much coffee. (Now he does not do it any longer.) while to be used iomeaning to be accustomed to may be followed by a Gerund or a noun or pronoun: Tm sure we wil be used to getting up early. We shall be used to the new state of affairs To be afratd with the Infinitive is used for special occastons: ‘When I saw that huge animal, I was afraid to move. while with (he Gerund expresses general activities: ‘The litte chifd was affaid of sleeptngalone in that room. . 1h) the noun opportunity, when preceded by to be, is followed by the Infinitive: This’ ts @ good opportunity for me to improve my knowledge. and when preceded by to have. It is (allowed by the Geru You'll have the opportunity of meeting interesting people there. 9.3. EXERCISES 1. Use the verbs in brackets in the Gerund: 1, They admitted {to be) rude. 2. You suggest (lo play) chess. 3. She avoided {lo mention) his name. 4, They stopped (0 talk) about that matter, 5, Jane risks (to lose) a large sum of money. 6. We delayed {to go) to the seaside. 7. Now we can remember (lo see) them somewhere. 8, He regretted (to say} such a thing. 9, I postponed (lo meet} them. 10. Would. you mind (to ring) me up later? 11, They can't help (te worry) about such events, 12, The two girls began (to sing). 2. Replace the Infinitive by the Gerund according to the model: 1148 nice to swim sn the Bea, Swimming in the sea ts nice, 1. 14s comfortable to sil by (he fireside. 2. It ts unpleasant to sleep on the floor, 3. Il is difficult to do such exercises. 4. It 1s illegal to drive without a cence. 5. [Lis Uiring to drive at night. 6. 11s dangerous to climb those rocks. 7. Is exciting to travel by plane. 8. It fs expensive (o ea! in restaurants nowadays. 9, IL 15 useful to learn English. 10. It is enjoyable to eat fresh frutt. 3. Make suggestions by using How about/Whal about + Gerund: 1, You want {o see this film, 2. You want to play (ootball, 3. You want to go to bed. 4. You want to watch TY. 5. You wani to visit this museum. 6, ‘You want to buy some flowers. 7. You want to swim in the river, 8. You ‘want to make a snowman. 9. You want to ring her up. 10, You want to tell them some jokes. 4. Make up formal requests by using Would you mine + Gerund: 1. Ask a policeman to show you the way to the bank. 2, Ask the teacher to repeal the last sentence. 3. Ask the gulde to speak about the history of his statue. 4. Ask the driver to drive faster. 5. Ask the old lady to tell you he time, 6, Ask the passenger beside you to lend you his magazine. 5. Translate the following sentences into English using Can'‘t/Couldn't help + Gerund;1. Eram ait de lamina ineit nu ne-am putut abline sf nu intram in cel mal apropiat restaurant, .2 Ea nu ne-a ascuns nimic niciodata aga ca nu puteam s4 mi-lepunem adevdru!. 3. Maluga Hilda nu se poate abtine si nurne dea cteva sfalur! de cite ort vine aiei. 4. Elavea mare nevoie de bant aga cd mu am putut si au-I imprumut eilva. 5. Cind a vazut cum aratari, nea putut sii ru me Intrebe ce mi sa inlimplat. 6. Cind am vit cit ce tirat este, nu am puint s& nu-t Eichid cartea fiului meu $1 sa nul inmic laculeare. 6. Join the sentences below using without + Gerund. Work on the model: ‘Tom went for a walk, He didn't tell mother about ‘Tom went fora walk wihout fell raother aboot 1. Mary Iell the shop. She didn't buy anything, 2, We went home. We didn’t Gintsh all the exercises. 3, You started to speak. You didn't ask for permission, 4, He bought lickels, He didn't know that the play was postponed. 5. The bays ran two miles. They did't stop for a res, 6. The ‘magician opened the box. He didn't (ouch i. 7. The old wan made for the door. He didn't look at us. 8. My neighbour entered the house. He didnt ring the bell, 7. Coeaplete the following sentences with te look forward to-+ Gerund 1. Aormer classmate of yours is going to pay you a visit. You wili see humm again, How do you feet about this? 2. My iriends are visiting Londoa next weck. How do they feel? 3. Alice has got a new bicycle, She hopes she will ride il soon. How does she feel ? 4. You have new neighbours. Tomorrow you will meet them. How do you feel? 5. Jack is buying a new car soon. How does his wile feel? 6. Alec is very happy because he will graduate from the faculty soon. How does he feel? 7. The boys are playing tennis next Saturday. How do they feel? 8. Mother has bought an interesting book. Lucy hopes o read it. How does she feel? 9. Grannie has not finished her cake yet. lowever, Liza hopes to taste it soon, How does she feel? 10, Helen has got a new record. Her brother wants to listen to il. How does he feet? 8, Supply the correct preposition in the blank space in each sentence. Use the Gerund of the verb in brackets aller this preposition. 1. T can't forgive him ... (lo make) such a remark, 2, The heavy rain prevented us... (lo leave) the house that altemnoon. 3. never succeed (to understand) him, 4. Were they accustomed ... (10 hear) that noise every day? 5, George is a very smart pupil; he has just found out a new method ... (Lo solve) this problem, 6, Your cousins were interested ... (0 learn} as many new things as possible about computers. 7. | know that she has made a lot of money ... ((o inves!) in aeronautics. 6. There was ho excuse .. (uot Lo be) present at that meeting. 9. They insisted ... (to go} there ai once. 10. Mary relies .., (0 get) assistance irom her brother. 11. My aunt is always worrying ... lo catch) imaginary diseases. 22. 1 was tired .., (0 listen) to his story for the third (ime. 13. They were not parucvlariy fond .., le go) on such a trip. 14, My sister was proud .., (to ‘be} the first to solve such a difficult problem, 15. Will our friend be successful .. {lo gel) the loan from the bank? 16, Iwas airaid ... tio tell) hor this terrible news. 17, She was Sorry... (o leave} so cariv. 18. Mother docss't approve ... (lo stay) up late at night. 19. Well have to pay this man... lo take) care of our dog, 20. 1 object... (Lo gol there in such bad weather, 21, Instead... ite study) for the exami, Rebegca went for a wall wath her friends, 22, The girl was very excited ((o visit! her grandparents. 23, Why is she thinking (lo change) her job? 24, When my sister was @ child, size was far ((o imagine) that she would become a great architect. 25, The police did not have any cillleulty (to find) ike criminal. 26, We sani understand why the government are not in favour (0 lower) the age ai which people can vote, 27. Fe risked his hile (to dive) tnto the water to save that child, 28, She realized then that she could make progress ((o work) hard. 29. Why doesn't she try er hand (to write) longer poems? 30. The policy of any government sould aim {to raise) the livity: standard of ail classes. 9. Pul the following verbs ime the Ger io Remantan: aad it: 1. Afler (te 2ead} {hat article she gave up {lo smoke). 2. Would you mind lo show! me you Identity card? 3. Johnson started his speecit by tio senuind} us what Ue purpose of our meeting was. 4, 1's no use (to gol lor a walle emnembers (0 see! you somewhere. 6 she Tiates ite play’ Uhe pkino, bul she is fond of tte so furious ai Uo hear the (cuth? 8. [see that you don't feel luke (Lo wor} Loca; wal about itv gl fora walk? 9. 1's worth (lo visit) the British sduseum us mivay tines 28 possible. 10, They don't allow (Lo smoke} in the libriy. 11, Ail the enildren ase looking forward to (Go get) presents from Santa Claus. 12. [um absolutely sure that you wil: finally get used to {to work) in sueh conditions, 13, Jane prelers (to see} Alms to (lo read) books. 14. I don't enjoy to taik) to this old man. 15. ! ton' like (to spend) my whole holiday in the countiyside. 16, On seamug us, the boy stopped {lo whistle) and started (40 ®cad) the book. 17. Thanks you (or (to come) here so early. 18. i can't help ito telll my parents what have seen there. __20. Make up sentences of your own using the Gerund with one of the & fawing verbs: (oconcentrate on, to crticize for, fo dedicate oneself to, (o creat to interfere with, to persist in, to pay for, (0 rebet against, to da awe iv 11. Work on the model: a translate the sentences:ee ‘Jack Finished his homework and then he went to school ‘Aller ‘er finishing his homework, Jack went to school. 1, The children went to bed but first they said "good night" to their parents, Before ...2, Lwas angry wilh her because she was late. Iwas angry with her for .. 3. Jane 1s a very good cook. Her sister is very good at... too, 4. Jimmy says that doing nothing is better than working, His sister wonders why he prefers doing nothing to ... 5. She dicin't go for a wall. ‘She went to the cinema. Instead of... 6. She left home and soon aller she remembered what he wanted, Soon aller... 7. Peter didn't intend to buy that house. He had no intention of ... 8. Liza read (he poem many times and so she learnt it by heart. By ... 9. Thomas recognied the girl but he didn’t greet her. In spite of ... 10. 1 didn't know her. However, I slopped her to ask her that question. Without 12, Translate the following sentences into English using the Gerund: 1. Nuare nfel o scuzii ed a intirdat, 2. Multumese ci m-at ajutal sf glisese acest hotel, 3. Asteplam cu nerabdare s2-I reinilnim pe vechtul nostru pricten. 4. Faptul cf ii glle numele ei este surprinzator. 5. I-am cerut scuze lui Alex pentru ca l-am facut 4 ma aslepte. 6. Birbatul acela era acural ca furat poeta batrinsi 7. Artrehni sh profit de faplul ca lucredt in acest laborator, 8. Ei au insistat s& ma due acolo in seara aceea. 8. Ma intereseazi sf aflu adevarul despre cele intimplate in pAdure, 10. Se gindeste si participe tolugi ia acest concurs, 11, Nu te invinulese ¢& ma lll toate delalile. 12. I-al cerut scuze pentna cA al inlrerupt-o? 13. Al oblecta $i mergem la un restaurant deseara? 14. Cine rispunde de ‘spalatul vaselor astiiz? 18, Cind m-a vazul, Mike s-a oprit din sapat $i a venit spre mine. 16. V-ati obisnult s4 vai seulal{ alll de devreme? 17. Neare nicl un moliv serios si se plings de noi. 18. Et ghau imbundtayt ‘cunostingele muneind asiduu in fiecare 2i, 19. Vremea rca m-a impiedicat ‘s& merg la el in ziua aceea, 20. Nu in(eleg de ce a evitat si rispunda ta aceasta intrebare. 21. Mai bine all continua s& lucra(! il Ump mat este Tumind, 22. Els-a electrocutat atingind din gregeala un fir de pe perete. 23, Sotja lui a incercat si se lase de fumnat de cileva orf dar nu a reusit s& 0 faca pind acum. 24. Nu are rost sf cheltuim aga de mul({ ban! pe astlel de lucruri, 25, Balatul s-a plins cd nu are timp suficienl s4 invete pentry examen. 26, Merita si incercim 4 cumparim bilete peniru acest spectaccl. 27. Nu-mi place sa vorbese despre astlel de lucruni. 28. Vii deranjeaz sf sunal} mai tiraiu? 29, Cind am vazut-o cum era imbricata, ‘nam putut si nu zimbese, 30, Ea contcava pe faptul ¢4 ela mal ajutat-o giallddata. 13, Use the Infinitive or the Gerund of the verbs in brackets: 1. We don't wish ((o reveal) our plans to you yet. 2. Has she finished (o read) the article yet? 3. Would you mind (to open) that window? 4. Our friend plans (to spend) a few weeks abroad. 5. When Alice was litle, she enjoyed (lo watch) cartoons. 6. They demanded (lo see) our report immediately. 7. We avoided (to mention) his name that evening. 8. She hopes (to visit) Paris soon. 9. The boy aémitted (to know! the name of that man. 10. His aunt always tends (to exaggerate) things, 11. Did Albert forget (to tell you the news? 12. You seem (to understand) me now. 13. He doesn't advise (to go) there today. 14. They would appreciate {to receive} our reply this week. 15. The boys wanted (to exalain) to us what had happened. 16. They didn't expect (to meet) us there, 17, She denied Go live) in that house. 18. Did they offer (to help) you? 19. You should postpone (to visit) your friend. 20. We can't stand (to hear} Uhis man's complaints again, 14, Translate the following sentences into English usingeither the Gerund or the infinitive: 1. Incele din urma am renuntat si-1 mai sun la telefon in ziau aceea. 2. Isl aminteste c& nu a stins lumina, 3, Sintei amabil si semnali aici? 4. Doctonul a recomandat sf nu mai munceased atit de mult. 5. Mia promis si nu intirde mai mull dezece minute, 6. Vrei si-mi amintegtt 3% 0 sun pe Jane ta amiaz’? 7. Ea preferd si se ulte la televizor decil s& sssculle radiou, 8. Uneer! elevii evita si se uite 1a profesor cing nu: dorese si rspunda lao intrebare. 9. Am plecat la plimbare dupa ce am terminal de scris tema, 10. N-a trebuil si folosese cheia findea uga era deschisA 11. Acoperigul easel noastre irebuie reparat, 12. Incearea si-{i amintegtt tol ce s-a discutat acolo. 13. Mi-am cerut scuze c& am sculat-o Ta ora aceea. 14, Fapiul c& nu (ha seris ine’ mA face s& cred c& {1a plerdut adresa, 15, Cind fetijele au incetat s& mas cinte, m-am oprit sa vid ce s-a inlimplat. 16. Cred ea doar pairin{ui met au dreptul sient pund astfel de intreb&ri, 17. Nu-mi adue aminte cA cineva s4 fi avut vreo obiectiune la organizarea unet petreceri. 18. N-am mal suportat si ascult aceeagt ‘gluma pentru a cincea oara. 19, Bunicul a fost surprins si ne vada pe toll in copacul din spatele casei. 20. Asleptim cu neribdare sA mergem in excursie la munte, 21, Ma temeam sa nu-l trezese si de aceea am insislat ca sora mea 84 nu spuna ninuc cit (imp eram inca in camera. 22. Tu te-at bavat pe venirea el aici dar cred cd ea nu a reusit sa prinda ullimul tren. "Nu putea Pupiva suferi ca oamenil si-i spund cd ts-aficut nedreptatea asta. In curind... el se ridied gl se depirti spre sal ca si le spuna altor ‘oameni mai cu inima ci I-a parisit pe Busuioc.” (loan Slaviel, Pidureanca) "Anumira pina la doudzec! 91 patru era ceva peste purerile mele." (Mihail Sadoveanu, Cele mal vecht amintirh“SI satul, vizind ef acest om nu se dé la muned nicl in ruptul capului, ‘holds si spinzure pentru a nu mai da pildi de lenevire g{ allora." (lon Creanga. Povestea unui om leneg “Atunel, tn acele ert} al arftat legllor c& esti gata at slujl, punindu-te in, ‘cunosiin{é $f unele lucruri tainice ale Agarenilor.” (Mihall Sadoveanu, Zodia Cancerulug “CA, vers, mintea ¢ insetata de priceperea lucrurilor, de pAtrunderea lainetor, $1 osinda de a infringe aceasta sete, de a (ri fara potolirea ei, Inseamna esinda de a te intoarce la una din formele trecuie, de care natura n-a fost multumita, inseamna osinda de a ucide in Une tocmat Insugirea cu adevarat gi cu deosebire omeneasci.” (Al. Bratescu-Voinesli, Cele maf vecht amintird 10 THE PARTICIPLE‘There are two participles in English: the Present Parliciple (ending in -tng) and the Past Participle (ending in -ed, in the case of regular verbs, or having a specia! form. in the case of trregular verbs, ¢.g. seen. gone, wrilien, etc.) 10.1, THE PRESENT PARTICIPLE 30.1.1, USE ‘This verbal form holds a particular place mn the English grammar since it can have features of both verbs and of adjectives or of adverbs. we take into account its verbal characteristics, we must shew that: 1, has tense and voice: Present speaking Perfect: having spoken Active: seeing Passive: beeing seen/having been seen 2. thean be modified by an adverb: ‘The children are playing happily. She is playing now. 3. can have a direct object: ‘Mother is making a cake. 4. It can have an indirect object: ‘You are giving me very good advice. (in cases 2 - 4 the Present Participle is used as part ofthe continuous aspect) ‘When two actions performed by the same subject take place simultane- ‘ously, the second one 1s generally expressed by a Present Participle. So, instead of saying:A boy passed by my gate. He cared a heavy bag. we can say: A boy passed by my gate caryinga heavy bag. ‘When an action is immediately followed by another one, performed by the ‘same subject, the former action usually occurs in the form of the Present Par- ciple: Lopened the door. 1 saw a black cat. Opening the door, I saw a black cat. Much care should be taken in using the Present Participle in such examples ‘since (his is possible only when the two subjects are the same. So, a sentence ke: “Walking through the park, a dog frightened me. 1s ambiguous, because it is not clear who was walking: 1 or the dog? In order to avoid ambiguity, as/while + the Continuous Aspect is to be used: As/While f was walking through the park, a dog frightened me. ‘The Perfect Participls is used when we want to cmphasize thal the action, expressed by the Participle takes place before the action expressed by the next verb: Having writien his composition, the child went to the park. ‘The Present Participle is also used afler the verbs to go and to. come: My friend went fishing yesterday. ‘or to replace sinoe/hecause + subject + verb: ‘Since he knew I was not at home, he went straight to the station. Knowing 1 was not al home, he went straight to the station. As it has been pointed out, the Present Participle may also have the function. of an adjective. In this case it can be used in different degrees of comparison (more tnteresting, the most surprising) or can be turned inte adverbs by adding the suffix -ly: He looked at us smitingly. A distinction must be made between the Present Participle as a modifier and. the Gerund as a modifier: pan Present Participle Gerund a swimming child a swimming-pool {© a child who swims) pool for swimming) awaiting man ‘a waiting-room (=a man who watts} {a room for waiting) As i is noticed, the Present Participle can be changed into an adjeclive clause. The use of the hyphen with the Gerund must also be noted. ‘When having the function of an adjective, the Present Participle can be used. predicatively, too: ‘The news is surprising. ‘When used as an adverb, (he Present Participle has the funetion of an adverbial modifier: When seeing this, he could say nothing else. {adverbial modifier of time} She left the room crying. {adverbial modifier of manner) Even telling the (ruth this time, he cculd not be trusted. (adverbial modifier of concession} Other Participial Constructions: The Accusative with the Participle This construction ts used: a} afler verbs of perception (to see.to hear.to feel.to smetLto notice,to erceive,io watch.etc) expressing an incomplete action: saw him Jocking the door. She smells something burning, bj afler such verbs as: {o.caich, Lo find, lo imagine, lo keep, to leave, to siart: He found me watching TV. Imagine them sleeping theret 2, The Nominative with the Participle tis used with the verbs of perception in the passe: ‘The robber was seen leauing the bank, \ ‘3. The Absolute NominativeJn this construction the Present Participle is used independently from the predicate of the sentence and lis subject 1s not the same as the subject of the sentence: Weather permitting, we shall go for a walk ‘The teacher not being in the classroom, we could discuss that matter. 4. The Absolute Participle ‘The Present Participle that occurs in this construction has no subject: Judging by appearances, he was right. Generally speaking, he has made an important contri- bution to this project. 10.1.2. EXERCISES 1. Use the verbs in brackets in (he right continuous tense: 1. When tt started to rain, we (to walk) in the park. 2. Our friends (te come) here tomorrow. 3. Whal your sister (to do) now? 4, This time tomorrow we (lo have) a test. 5. My brother (lo work in the garden for more than two hours. 6. When mother came home, the children (Jo sleep). 7. This old man always (1o complain) about everything, 8. When we got there, it (to snow) for several hours. 9, My brothers (to play) football since they came back from school. 10. If we were not 80 busy, we (Lo watch) TV now. 2. Work on the model: ‘The boy is very tired, te Is sting on the bench, ‘The boy siti on the bench is very trod. 1. At the gate there was a man. He was talking (0 a litle child, 2. The ‘books were on the Lop shelf, They belonged to my sister. 3. [chose a large Foon, It overlooked the park. 4. We listened lo the birds, They were singing in the trees. 5. Yesterday I saw a dog. It was running aller a cat. 6. Do you see (he photo? It is lying on the floor. 7. Suddenly they heard a noise. Il was coming from the street. 8. They saw a girl. She was picking flowers, 9. At last we found the path. It led to the chalet. 10. My sister told me five words. They ended in the letter “t". © 3, Use the Accusalive + Present Participle according to the model: ‘The gs singing, Tear Uhear her sting. 1. The cake was burning, I smelt ... 2. We are dancing. Tom sees .,. 3. The children were crossing the streel. Mother noticed ... 4. The train was moving. We felt ... §. The tennis-player is serving. We watch ... 6, A stranger was talking to the policeman. She observed ... 7. Something was happening there, They sensed ... 8. The baby is crying, I hear .. 4. Use the Nominative + Present Participle according to the model: noticed a ship which was approaching the shor, Atthip was noticed approacting the shore. 1. I heard that Mary was playing the plano. 2. They noticed a boy who was running in the street, 3. They sec that (he patient is bleeding. 4. We spolted a strange object which was flying in the sky. 5. They see a man who fs lying on the bed, 6, They hear a strange noise which 1s coming from the garden. 7, They noticed a woman who was trying to steal some Jewels, 8, Somebody saw the thief who was killing a policeman. 5. From each pair of sentences make one sentence according to the model: 1 sans walking tv Ue park. was listening to the birds. {was wating i the park listening to the bis 1. The boy was running, He was looking back. 2. The children were sleep- ng, They were dreaming of something nice. 3. Iwas singit. Iwas looking out of the window. 4. The soldiers were marching. They were singing, 5. ‘You were knocking at the door. You were thinking about the sick woman, 6. We were talking. We were admiring the landscape. 7. Father was sitting nan armehatr. He was reading the newspaper. 8. Aman was standing in front of our gate. He was looking at his waich. 9. | was driving my car. [ was whistling an old song. 10. We were translating the text, We were looking the new words up in a dictionary. 6. Join the sentences below according to the model: ee wrote my homework. t went 1 schoo. Hang written my homework, I went lo schoo! \ ee 1, Lopened the box. ! tock some Jewels, 2, The boys had their breakfast. ‘They went fishing. 3. The chitdren said “good night". They went to bed 4. She locked the door. She left the house. 5. I chose a summer dress. 1 ald at the cashier's desk, 6. They borrowed a large sum of money. They bought a big house. 7, We received the telegram. We went to the allway station, 8. Tfound her address. I wrote her a lang letter. 9. Youunderstood te joke. You started to laugh, 10. Mary Mnished! her dress. ‘She put it on, 7. Join: the sentences below according to the model: ‘yrs bungsy, So, J ale some sandoehes Being tung, Late some sandwiches. 1. Tknew the lesson, So. I gave good answers, 2. You missed the bus. So, you took a tax, 5. Paul remembered her nate. So, he called her. 4. We understood the situatzon. So, we went home. 5. {finished my homework, So, I turned on the TY sel. 6. She saw {his film three times. So, she didnt want to go Lu [ie einema again, 7. La'ked to her. found out the truth. 8. We heard a strange noise. So, we switched off the light, 9, The eat drank its milk, So, if left the roorr. 10, You opened the door, $0, you saw us in the garden. 8. Change the adverb clauses to modifying phrases. Work on the models: [Because Lucy was busy, she couldn't wo for a walk, eing busy, Lacy coulda ge fora wal Dceouse he had Year he Tesson, he nswered al the teacher's questions, Seana tear se Ress, 1. Because Peter lives far from schoot, he nuust get up very early. 2. Be- couse Albert had read thal book, he could tel! (he story (0 his sister. 3. Because | am well again, 1 may leave the hospital tuslay. 4. Because you can speak English fluently, you can wosk as a guide for foreign tourists. 5, Because your sister was tired, she went (o bed, 6, Because mother didn't finish cooking the dinner. she asked us to wail, 7. Because father Tepalred the engine of our car. we could continue our trip. 8. Because I know her very well, I expect her 10 apologize for what she did, 9. Because grannie lost her glasses, she couldn't watch TV, 10. Because we didn't write our homework, we got a bad mark, 9, Change the adverb clauses to mucifying phrases, Work on the model: While Albert was plying the plano, he heard somebndy crying. ‘While playa the piano Albert heard somebody erying 1. While Tim was driving, he was dhinking about the camp. 2. while Judith ‘was looking for her birth certificate, she came across an important document. 9, While I was riding my bieycle yesterday, I saw a crowd of people in front of the Town Hall. 4. While the teacher was writing on the blackboard. hhe was explaining the new theorem, 5. While the children were lying in the sun, they fell asleep. 6. While lather was drinking bis coffee, he looked out of the window. 7. While dhe kittens were playing, they saw a litle mouse. 8. ‘Winlle Nick was Coming out of the house, he saw a big dog at the gate, 10.2, THE PAST PARTICIPLE 10.2.1. USE 1, as an adjective: a broken window a forgotien story 2. asa predicalive: ‘The enemy was defeaied. 8. as part of the perfect forms of the verb (aller the verb to have}: I have seen that film, (Present Perfect) You had finished your work by that time. (Past Perfect) They will have arrived. 1 suppose. (Future Perfect) We would have undersiood him, (Past Conditional) AL must have rained. (Perfect Infinitive) 4. as part of the Passive Voice (aller the verb to bd: I was helped by them. ‘You will be advised what to do. 5. as part of the Accusative with the Past Participle construction: I saw his name writien on the wall. 6. as part of the Absolute Participle construction: Our work finished, we could go home, , 7. as an equivalent to an atribute clause: ‘All the people injured were being looked afler by the nurses, (restrictive) Damaged in the war, this bridge was never repairedagain, (non-restristive) 8, a an equivalent to an adverbial clause: Asked about the accident, he could not give us further details. 9, with the verbs to have or {0 get o make up a causative construction: vane had her car cleaned yesterday, 10.2.2, EXERCISES 1. From each pair of sentences make one sentence according to the model: ‘The money 18 on the table. i has been found by my wlster, ‘The moncy found ty my sister is om the lable, 1. The cakes are vey good. They were made by my sister. 2. The compo- sitions are very interesting. They were written by my ciassmates. 3. The toy-horse is very nice, [t was bought by Malthew. 4, The portraits are” very expensive. They were painted by John. 5. These exereises cone tained many tislakes, They were done by my’ cousin. 6, Nick showed me a car. Thad becn bought three days before. 7. We'll apply a new method, It was invented by a friend of mine. 8, The solutions are very good. They are suggested by our teacher, 9. These books are boring. ‘They were read by us. 10. The albums are very expensive. They were printed in our town, 2. Use the Pasi infinitive of the verbs in brackets after the modal verbs: 1, She must (to leave) much earlier. 2, You ought to (to lei) us know about this. 5. They cart (to make) so many mistakes. 4. Jack is very ill now; he should (noi (0 walk] in the rain yesterday. .5 You may (lo seo) this man before, 6. Mary could {Lo catch) the train if she had taken a taxi. 7. Tmust (to meet) this man somewhere, 8, She may (10 lose) your address. 9. You ought to {to say) that from the very beginning. 10. She might (to let us know) about his arrival yesterday. 11. Mary can't (to say} such a thing about me. 12. You should (to help} her with that problem. 13. Aunt Betty can't (to forget) about my birthday. 14, My friend could (lo pass) that difficult exam if he had worked harder. 3. Use the Accusative + Past Participle: 1, During that match, Fred got this leg: to break) 2. They want (their car; to repair) as son as possible. 3. This experiment made (she: (o know} all ‘over (he world. 4. When he tetumed from the seaside, he found (his house; to destroy) 5. I wish (this painting; to restore) 6. The teacher wanted (our test; {0 complete] in (en minutes. 4. Use the Accusalive + Past Participle after causatve have and translate. ihen the sentences into Romantan: 1, Can F have (this document; to photocopy), please? 2. My daughter must have (her eyes: to test) on Friday. 3. Can we have (our car; to repair) by § o'clock? 4, Henry will have (his hair, to cul) this afternoon. 5. We had (our-room; ta decorate) iast week. 6. The Smiths will have (a new house: (0 build) soon. 7. Peter has just had (his new novel; to prin) 8, Paul had (his car; to service) a few days ago. 9. We must have {our chimneys: to ‘sweep) every spring. 10. I have had {my windows; toclean) today, 5, Turn into the Passive Voice: 1, Mother wakes me at 7 o'clock every morning. 2. Fred will meet her at the station, 3. Lite Jane has broken a vase. 4. Jery was carrying our suitease, 5. Twould translate this text iff knew all the words. 6. She went home afler she typed ali the letters. 7, The teacher is asking me a lot of questions. 8. [gave her some flowers, 9. [offered mother five white roses. 10. This girl inakes very good cakes. 6. Work on the model: Miss Beisy Trotseod had « kind heart, She was a kind-hearted woman, 1 That young man had long legs, He was a ... man. 2, His sister had fair hair. She was a ...gil. 3. This man has a genile face, He is a... man. 4. ‘That shirt had long sleeves. It was a... shirt, 5, Thisboy has black eyes. He's a... boy. 6, This man has a bad (temper. He is a... man, 7. That boy had broad shoulders. He was a ... boy, 8. The pourman bad an honest mind, He was a ... man. 9, The child has rosy cheeks. She Is a ... child. 10. That vehicle has six wheels. IL is a... vehicle. 7. Translate the following sentences containing a Past Participle used al- trtbutively into Romanian: , 2. The little boy found in the street was taken (o the police station, 2. The building damaged by the earthquake is now being sepaised. 3. The composition written by my friend was the best of all, 4, The man arrested last night proved to b¢ a murderer, 5, The books printed in our prinung-shop are much appreciated. 6. The cakes made by your mother are always very good. 7. The horse billen by a snake died In several hours. 8. The news broadcast this afternoon is very interesting. 9. The exercise done byyour sister is very difficult. 10. The car parked in front of your gate is mine, 11. The pen bought by my cousin is very good. 12. The ieiter posted. ‘on Monday will get there tomorow. +8. Fill in the blanks with the Past Participle of the verbs in brackets. Trans. late the sentenres into Romanian: 1, Have you ever {to see} such a strange thing before? 2. My friend sald that she had (o buy) tickets for that show. 3. By 7 o'clock we will have (to finish) our homework. 4. This house was (to build) in 1980. 5. All the ‘people { to mention) had to leave the room, 6, America was (lo discover) in 1492, 7, 1 wished they had (to arrive) there before us, 8. But for the fog, ‘we could have (to reach) the village in less than two hours. 9. (lo scare) by ‘the dogs, the boys started to ery. 10. lexplained to my sister thal T would itive her that book after f had {lo read) it. 9. Fillin the blanks with the Present Perfect or the Past Perfect ol the verbs in brackets according to the meaning: 1. Grandfather ... for a long time. (not to dance) 2, If they ... me, I would have finished my work in time. (to help} 3. Our guests just ... (o leave). 4, We ... Allred since he went to London, (not to see} 5. By 5 o'clock yesterday. father... five big fish. (to catch) 6, I didn't know that she... her ‘umbrella, (to Jose) 7. My cousin: ... il since he swam in the river (0 be). 8, Iwished I... about that in advance. (to know) 9, We will go for a wall, only afler the rain ... (Lo stop} 10. Tom was speaking as ifhe ... @ specla- list. (to be) 10. Fill in the blanks with the Present or the Past Participle of the verbs in brackets: 1. John found himself in an ... situation. (lo embarass) 2. Alice tried to hide the ... cup when mother entered the room, {lo break) 3. Much tomy surprise, Icame across an... ear, to abandon} 4. "Let... dogs lie," says an English proverb.(o sleep) 5. in winter, we eat many ... vegetables.(to freeze) 6. The ...child was taken to hospital, (to injure) 7. The ... boy sald he heard a... roas. (to frighten) 8, The girl started to read the ... chapler’ ‘of the book, (to open) 9. The ... puptis couldn't answer such a... problem. (Wo confuse) 10. The ... audience witnessed an ... experiment. (lo amaza) 11. That is certainly ... work. (fo lire) 12 The ... players sat down on the grass for a short rest. {to tire) 11, Correct the following misrelated participles: “1, Running in the street, a car ran over my dog, 2. Scattered all over the meadow, we could see beautifully coloured flowers. 3. Watching TV, an Adea occured to me. 4. Entering the room, the (elephone started ringing, 5. Caught red-handed, the police finally arrested the thief. 6. Looking out of the window, a strange noise reached my ears. 7. Barking furi- ously. the boy took the dog out of te house. 8. Crossing the street, a car hit me. 9. Stiling on a bench in the park, the wind Hew my hat off. 19. Reading a book in the park, a bird sat down on my shoulder. 11. Rain- Ing heavily. we had to postpone our trip. 12, Written on the blackboard. he saw his sister's name. 12, Translate the following sentences into English using the Present or the Past Participle: 1. Privit} cum se joacd plsoll, 2, Fi tebule sa fi gtict acest Iueru de la Dun Inceput, 8. Cind tata a venit acasA nol inva\am de dowd ore. 4 Biifatul care se uild la fotografit este fratele Martel. .5 Nu se poate ca Henry si fi lerminat toate exercitille atit de repede. 6. Pamintul vat din cosmes este impresionant. 7, Ain vazut un avion zburind pe cer. 8. Ma ducea:n la magazin gindindu-ma ce si-t cumpiic mamei de zlua el. 9, Ea nu a mentionat niclodati aga ceva aici. 10, Tebloul ficult de sora taeste foarte frumos, 11, Amintindu-mi numéarul lui de telefon, Iam sunat in dupi-amiava aceea. 12. Deoarece Jane citis¢ zomanul, ea a injeies mult nai bine filmal, 18. Vreau aceste car{{ napoiate in cel mult cinci zile. 14, Mam reparat feri paniofil, 15. TI sa explicat c& toate acesin pronleme var fi discutate la urméitoatea noastra intilnure, 16. Bunica men este o lemeie cu ociti negii, 17. Ag fi derit ca vol $4 niu le fh Cat toate documentee, 18. 14e-am SpUS ca le vol serie dupa ce vol gis! O siujbi. “String patele es: feseile femeile. le cidicd in cdpile ou vitt (ugutat, sf mu le pavrunda ploala... intinae vaca. Arde pamitntul,.. Padurile de porumib s- an uscal, Clatina vintul foiie. Fognese fofle porunbulut.” (Zahara Staneu, Desculd “Va mat poment despre Line, Dumitracke Stoivs, dupa ce vet a dus la (Cami Petrescu, Baleescu) ‘Cum trecea intr-o 21 din primavara keenta, 5-2 oprit si asculte 0 privighetoare, care cinta de rasunia gridina: sl finde tufigut in care ebita era chiar aliituri, s-8 aplecat sa incerce: n-9 putea zai? Cind, c2 si vari? Jos, in tufls, un baietag. Cu degetul aratator de la mina dreaptd peste buvele (uguiale. fi facea Semin sa taci, iar cu cel de lamina stig, lardia privighetoarea. (AL Briteseu-Voinestt, Nicugor) ~~ 935*Ve(i treeut pe lingl casa lul lon Creanga gl vell 0 pagit peste apa sub\ire a Ozanel...” (Geo Bogza, Fabrica $i munid “Ascultindu-, ma gindeam c& tot legenda asta mul-a mal povestit-o un ciobam." (AL Viahut§, Romania plloreasci) *Cul nu Lar fi placut acea seard de vari...? Cine n-ar fi admirat cerul rd denort...? Cine n-ar lasculiat cu plicere intoarcerea vitelor dela paguine cou bilinginitul lor departat?” {B. Sl. Delavrancea, Linigtd 11 THE SEQUENCE OF TENSES:11.1, USE ‘The sequence of tenses in English generally apples to three types of subordinate clauses: direct object clauses. conditional clauses and adverbial clauses of time, And, since the (enses in the conditional clauses are dealt with in the chapter on the Conditional, we shall refer only to the other two types of subordinate clauses mentioned above. Direct Object Clauses Main/Regent Clause Subordinate Clause PRESENT : ‘Any tense required by 1| PRESENT PERFECT |~————— | _the meaning of the clause FUTURE Mary explains/has explained/will explain that she goes / twill go/has gone/went/had gone to London. a) PAST PERFECT (to express am antertr/prior action He said (hat he had seen that film. 11 |PAST TENSE, b) PAST TENSE (o express a simultaneous action} T thoughtthat they were at home. ¢) FUTURE-IN-THE-PAST (lo express a posterior action) ‘They promised :hey would write that exercise again, 243However, there are some exceptions to the rules of sequence of tenses in direct object clauses: a) The verbs to ask, to demand, to msist o order, to recommend. torequire, to luge. etc. in the main clause are followed by the Analytic Subjunelive (in Brilish English) and by the Synthete Subjunetive (in American English): ‘She demands/requires/insists/ele. that you should amive in time, (British English) She demands requires/tnsists/etc, that you arrive in ‘ume, (American English) “Theverb to suggest, which is usually followed by a Subjunclive, may also be followed, in colloquial English, by the Indicative Mood: | suggest that she rings him up later. +) Expressing general (universal) (ruths or lasting (irreversible) truths. Gen- eral truths are considered those statements that are either generally accepted or can be sclenUifically proved: ‘The pupil said that five and five is (en It was proved that water boils at 100°C. Lasting (trreversible truths) are statements whose validity exceeds the moment of speaking: I knew that she és a widow. (her condition of being a widow was irreversible at that moment) ‘The Past Tense forms of the verbs to know, io believe, to realize may be followed by Present Tense since, in themselves, they imply the veridicity of the direct object: ‘You realized that the boy és right. ‘Time Clauses A baste rule is that no Future Tense can occur in a time clause, In its stead, the following tenses are used: Main/Regent Clause Subordinate Clause a) [Future |---| PRESENT TENSE, (for simultaneous actions) Margaret will tell us the truth when she knows tt. ‘The boy will translate the lesson after he has learnt the new words, When in the main/regent clause there is a Past Tense or a Future-in-the- Past, in the time clause there will be used Past Tense (for simultaneous actors): Mary visited us whenever she was free, Tpromised mother I would buy that book when I sawit. or Past Perfect (for antertor/prior actions}: ‘The children went to bed after they had done their lessons. ‘We understood that. hey would come home after they had finished their work. In the other types of subordinate clauses, there will usually occur those tenses that will be logically required, with no constraint: Yesterday 1 bought a book which is very interesting/1 will read this week/I have been looking for since April (attsibutive clauses) Jack played tennis that day as he will never be able to play again, (adverbial clause of manner) Last year Mary spoke English better than her sister does now. (adverbial clause of comparison) My brother finished his work in the morning because he will go to a party this evening, fadvertial clause of reason) 11.2. EXERCISES: 1, Turn the verbs in italies into the Pas{ Tense making all the olher necessary changes: 1, She cartt remember what I told her. 2. Tom believes that you are right. 8. You have said that she knows you. 4. The children hope that Santa Claus will bring (hem many toys. 5. Jane regrets that she can't give us more delails about this accident. 6, 1 woncler what she is going to tell us this me. 7. Fred thinks that all his friends will come to his birthday arty, 8. 1 dont recall what they have said. 9, We can't anticipate what he wall do now. 10. 1 remember that I saw him somewhere. 2452, Select the correct form of the verbs given in brackets: 1. Harris thought he {would buy; will buy} a new house soon, 2. Our Intends asked us why the train (has nol arrived; had not arrived) yet. 3. Fred admits that he stil (has: had) little experierite in this fleld now. 4, She had to promise him that she (will help: would help) them. 8. The engineer claimed that he (agrees: agreed) with the others. 6. John didn't Tememiber what he (told; had told) me the day before. 7. Tdidn't know that she (must; had to] leave at 5 o'clock. 8. We guess father (hasn't heard; hadn't heard) this news yel. 8. Did Jane tell you that she (is going: was going) (o move to a new house? 10. We were sure (hat they (will come: ‘would come) by the evening train, 11. The pupils already knew (hat the teacher (has corrected: had corrected) thelr papers. 12. 1 promised her ‘that I (will lend; would lend} her the book aller I (Gnished; had finished) it, 13, Lam sure that Thomas (will come: would come) here when he (feels; ‘will feel) beiter. 14. I wish I (know: knew) what the boys (are doing: were doing there at the moment. 15. When I (leave; will leave) school next ‘year, | (will learn; will have learnt) here for seven years, 16. When (did you ‘see; have you scen) him last? 17. This time yesterday you (told; were telling me how busy you (are; were) and what your plans for the future (are; were) 18. {explained that she (will be playing/would be playing) the piano ai that time. 3. Supply the correct tense (Present; Past Tense; Present Perfect: Past Per- fect; Futste): A.1, Amold (to be) born in a village and he (lo spend) his childhood there. He (10 move) to Leeds when he te be) fifteen years old and he (to live) there since his sister (to get) married. 2. At present, he (o world in an office but he {lo use) to work at a bank before. 3. Next year he {to go) to London to study at the University, but only after he (to finish) writing the novel he (lo work) at now. 4. I {to write) to him a long letter several days. ago and (to ask} him how many chapters he already {to write). 5. Amold's daughter hopes that her father (to finish) his book by the end of August. 6. losee) her yesterday while she ((o cross) the street. 7. When I (to talk) to her. she (o (ell) me that she (to be) very Ured because she (to type) all the morning, B 1. As soon as she (to see) us, he (lo stop) singing. 2. The tatlor (to promise) me then that my suil (10 be) ready in a week's time, J, Why didn't you explain (o them when you (Lo be) able to give them the money back? 4. 1 wondered where he (to study} and how many years before he (to take) his degree. 5. Before paper (Lo be) invented, people (lo wri) their thoughts upon various other materials. 6, History (Lo be) engraved on stone monuments and our knowledge of what ancient people {io do}, (to be) chiefly taken from the stone tables and buildings which they (lo erec\) 4, Fill in the blanks wilh an appropriate verb in the correct tense: 1, The Chinese are said ta be so clever that they ... gunpowder Jong before it... known in Europe. 2. Galileo Galilet was persecuted because hhe ... that the earth ... around the sun. 3. As soon as she ... the letter, she will read il to us, too, 4, Lasked the old man who ... on the bench, if he ... hungry. 5. When Cristopher Columbus ... America, he thought that the countzy which ... discovered ... India, and he accordingly ... it the name of the West Indies, 6, 1 will not go (o bed until father ... home from the factory. 7. Last year you played tennis much better than your brother ... now. 8. It's high time you ... these questions. 9. I don't know precisely whether I ... on this trp next week. 10. Tom was promised ‘that everything ... ready in due time. 11. When 1 ... young, I... fishing every Sunday. 12. I'll let them know (hat we ... a new car soon. 13. Did you know that Mary ... two sons? 14. Your sister spoke English as if she .. in England for several years. 15. This is the dress which Mary ... ast week and which she.... still now. 16. I wish my brother ... here now to help me. 17. 1 promised the lille child that I... a new toy the next day. 18. When I... to the bookshop two days ago, |... a book which my sister ... now. 19, [would rather you ... them my secret. 20, When ‘the window, I saw that my daughter ... with the doll, while my son afler a cat. 21, 1am sure our friend ... this text afler ahe ... the new words, 22, That morning Jane ... to school only afer she ... a big glass of milk. 23. { no sooner ... his face than 1... his name, too. 24. We ... anything about her since she ... to London. 25. Only then she ... that | s+ Highll 26. This time tomorrow, we ... TV while you ... for your exam 27, Last week I... three icecreams, but this week I... only one. 28. When Bob ... littie, he .., with his toys for hours. 29. You already ... all the exercises? 30. Nothing annoyed me so much as the discovery that my best friend ... tome. 5. Translate into English: . 1. Cind va in{elege ci sinter prieteni, va fl putin cam prea tirziu. 2. Dupa ce au visitat muveul, {urislil s-au urcat in aulocar gi au plecat la holel. 3, Tocmai i-am spus ca lam vazut leri pe fostul nostru profesor de storie. 4, Anta (recut am stat in acest hotel timp de doud splamint, dar apot a trebull sii ma mut in altul, 5. Ce expovi(is ai vialtat pind acum in oragul nostmu? 6. Cred ca I-am aril pe John acum cileva minute pe eind Ineerca sa traverseve strada, 7. Dupi ce a Inchis erestrele $f a inculat ga. a plecat de acasa in mare graba. 8, Cind am auit-o cintind, mi-am dat seama ca se simte mull mai bine, 9, ‘V-al imaginal vreodala cA intr-o 2i-vet fi profesor tn scoala in care, cindva, tu insu al fost elev? 10. Ne-a asigurat c& ne va ajula de indata ce igi va termina temele. 11. Mama ar fi de pirere ca nol $4 nu mergem la cinema dupa amlazd. 12. Astiat diminea\ mi-a spus cl va veri si ta prinzul cu noi gi ulte, e aproape orapatra gf el nu a sosit inci 13. Ml-a spus cf se simle ined tindrd, dar eu cred ci e timpul si tas la pensie. 14. Désl ¢ aproape miezul nopitt, ea ‘exerseaz la plan de mai bine de patru ore. 15, Dupa ce vom planta acestt omni, grddina va ardita ca un adevarat paradis. 16."Tra spus ce-t place cel mal mult? 17, Nu Lam vdzut de eind a plecat din oragul nostru, dar stl c&a.siat in Franta din 1980 pind in 198518, Daca anu! trecut nu vorbea englezesie aproape deloc, el a inva{at pind acum o multime de cuvinte g1 ‘expresi! precum s{ multe probleme de gramatic&. 19. De abla am ajuns in pare c5 a 1 inceput si plow. 20. N-am inteles inc de ce at spus asta atunci, 21. De cind a inceput gcoala nu am primit nicio serisoare de la ea. 22, De cind nu at{ mat fost la plimbare impreund? 23. Ne cumparim ‘maging noua siptimina viltoare findcé cea veche s-a siricat luna trecula. 24, John imprumutA mereu bani de la prietent, dar, din pacate, ulld sit 41 restitule, 25. Ulle, pleacd trenul s{ el nu au sosit Inc! 26. Cind am thtrat in elas’ Nick gi Tom se uilau unul Ja altul si rideau. 27, Daci it stlam adresa, Ul vicilam siplimina (recut. 28. Nici cind ne-a vazut venind copilul nu s-a oprit din plins. 29. Ce fel de.oameni al spus ca sint? 30. It vol da articolul despre care {|-am vorbit de indaté ce-Tvol gas. 31. Ela spus c& nu a fost decit o gluma gi c&, totugl, ig va cere ertare. 32. Mary m-a anuntat c& ¢ bonava sl 8 nu va putea si ne vizileze zilele acestea, aga cum ne promisese. 33, Niciodal nu-l vazusem in acel birow ‘si numal atunet am infeles c& el este directorul, 34, Nu Lam intrebat cind 3-0 intors al nici it timp va sla aici, 35, Elmi-a spus ci e biitrin, dar ct nua auzit niciodatd o voce atit de frumoasiica a ei. 36. Vol vent cui tine de indatd ce imi vot imbrica rochta cea nou. 37. Cind te va vedea din nou, va fi impresionat de eit af crescut in ultima vreme. 38, Ea arta foarte surprins’, ca gl cum nu mai viizuse aga ceva inainte. 39. Nu credea c& va mai tri dupa o operalte atil de grea. 40. Mi-al repetat de citeva ort pind acum c& stil pe cineva care ne va putea ajuta, 6, Translate into English: a) .lar atunei cind vet! lisa mlazdnoaptea, cotind spre apus, cdtre {{nuturtie paduroase ce se ridica in zare, catre patria de demult a bourtlor, atuncl, pe masurd ce va vel! afunda intr-o lume de legende sl de miresme foarte tart ale trecutulu, muntele acela se va ridica tot mai sus, lar numele lul fl vel! auzi tot mai des, ca pe al unel realitit! primordiale cu care toate celelalte intra in relatle.” (Geo Boga, Rardul D)Indata ce-au ajuns acolo, s-au risipit pare-ar fi intrat toll dracit-n ele. Una se urca pe stinci, alta se cobora-n grops, tar alta sirea santurile, rodea coaja de Ja copaci ort se vira prin garduri la varza vecinulul, Nu degeaba e data capra s{ la poarta cerulul in paza Necuratulut: alerga - ‘omul cu limba scoasi cind in jos, cind in sus, cind la dreapta, cind Ja ‘stinga, dar nu era in stare sf le adune gi 88 le {le la im loc.” (Ioan Slavicl, Petrea Prost ©) Dupa ce se tocmiri ca Baiet Sarac sa pazeascd timp de un an de zile hhenghelia st si capete drept simbrie calul pe care $1-1va alege, tar dac& va ierde herghelia, si-s{ dea cApa{ina in mina fermecitoarel, baba bitu Inca o {eapa in pamint, puse caciula voiniculut in (eap8, apot Balet Sérac minca ceva, ca sf nu iasd flamind cu herghelia la pagune.” (loan Slavicl, Baiet Sora) @) .Imparatul Rogu, om dac-ar fi fost, s-ar fi bucurat, dar imparat ce era, elimpary impardtia in doaua. dete o parte Gulut siu, lar cealaltA ginere- su, apot Balet Sdrac se duse de mal aduse si pe maic’-sa cea sirac, $1 dupa ce vent sea, se Gicu, Doamne, o nunta, de care oamenil vor tot povesti cit va fl lumea si doveacul” (loan Slavicl, Balet Sara) ¥ ¢) ,Numi-aduc aminte ce-am Ficut. dac’ am vorbit cu Floarea... Nadejdea 2 viala ei va fi salvatd nu ma pirdsise si eram ineredinjat c& nu Ls-a intimplat nimi grav si ci ¢ doar amefjta de lovitura gt de spaima.” (N. sianu, Drumul spre cer), 1) De vor fi atacatt, vor gli ce si facd cu cel ramagl in urmi; iar de vor fi lasat{ si treac gi numal dupi aceea vor fi atacate chervanele, ei s¢ vor intoarce, sd-i ia din spate pe tilharl.” (Camil Petrescu, Uliuma noapte de dragoste, intiia noaple de rizbot) @) .Tolj aveau de spus cite ceva, ca gi cind ceilal{i n-ar fi glut nimic sau ‘cl n-ar fi fost de fat, § to! spuneau acelag! lucru s{aproape cu accleas! cuvinle.” (L. Rebreanu, Rascoala) by Daca mat intirai mult fptuind cite Kiptutesc in folosul fraflor mes, sdrmanii obijduilJ, apol mi se va atirna teasta in priind ... s! pe Lupul meu se vor inediera ctinil.” (M, Sadoveanus, Nicaari Potcoava) 7. Translate ino Romanian: A. 1.1 felt sure that when he went home, he would not fail to tell his father all he had done at school, and what topes he had of going to the uni- versily where he could continue his studies. 2. The (ailor promised me then that my sull would be ready in a week's lume. 3. The fox told the ‘crow that her voice was Une most beautiful he had ever heard, that no bird of the whole forest had ever charmed him so much, that no bird could pour forth such streams of melody as she could. 4. Once a king condemned his jester to death and asked him to chose what death he would die. And do you guess what (he jester's wish was? He replied that he chose to die of old age. 5. The art of printing has been known in Eu- rope for several centuries. It has conferred untold benefits on the human race, il has enlarged the boundaries of knowledge and has done away with much ignorance and superstition,B. 1. “The aflernoon had been awful, A letter had come from Willie Brent, a terrifying, threatening lelter saying that if she did not meet him that evening in Pulman's Bush, he'd come to the front door and ask the reason why! But now that she frightened those little rals of Kelveys and given Kecia a good scolding, her heart felt lighter.” (Katherine Mansfield, ‘The Voyage) 2. "People, he found, treated hirm as if he were a ghost, as if he were hot made of flesh and blood - or so it seemed - and from then on he had lived alone. His wife left him - due to his yile temper, it was said - and his brothers went to other towns. Later he had thought to look them up, but decided against it: for, even in this isolation only the will to go forward and accept more of it seemed worth while, He fell in a dim indefinite way that to go back and search out the sums and landmarks of his youth, old friends, the smells and sounds that beckoned him tangibly’ from better days, was a sort of death. He argued that it was best to leave them alone, because it seemed somehow probable that after death - whenever it came he would meet all these (hings once again.” (Allan Sillitoe, Uncle Emes 3. Before Jack left the hotel, he had told the waiter that there was the oatswain still fast asleep, and that he must be roused up immediately: and this injunction was obeyed. The boatswain, who had drunk too much the aight before, and, as duck had truely imagined, had opened the window because he was unwell, was wakened up, and hearing how late it was, hastened to dress himself” (Frederick Marryat, Mr. Midshipman Easy) “4. "A Uitte before dark, the boat was sent on shore, from the brig. which ‘was now under way. and Mr. Hicks, as had been agreed. said that he ‘would go into the office and prepare the vouchers - that is, put on his sister's clothes. Miss Hicks immediately rose, and wishing our hero a pleasant voyage, as had been agreed, said that she would retire for the night, as she had a bad headache - she wished her brother good-night, and went into her room {o wait another hour, when our hero, having shoved off to deceive the vice-consul, was (o return, meet her in the garden, and take her off to the brig. Our hero, then, went into the office and assisted the vice-consul, who took off all his own clothes and tied them up in a handkerchief, intending to resume them after he had gone into the cabin." (Frederick Marryal, Mr. Midshipman Easy) ’ 12 DIRECT AND INDIRECT SPEECH12,1, USE In Direct Speech we give the exact words of the speaker, while tn Indirect ‘Speech we explain/report what the speaker has said. Reporting Statements When changing Direct Speech into Indirect Speech. there take place some changes. Generally speaking. words expressing "nearness" in Direct Speech become words expressing “remoteness” in Indirect Speech. Thus, if we refer to word changes, mention must be made of the following ones: Direct Speech Indirect Speech 1 he/she we they my his/aer our their _ this that these those, here’ there now ther today that day tonight ‘that night tomorrow the next day the following day yesterday the day before the previous day ago befere next, thenext the day ater tomorrow in two days’ time the day before yesterday two days before ‘As for the tenses used in Indirect Speech st must be shown that, when the reporting verb Is in the Present Tense or in the Present Perfect, no tense change ‘oceurs in Indirect Specch: 253“ shall buy this book tomorrow,” Jane says. (Direct Speech) dane says that she will buy this book tomorrow. (Indi- rect Speech) ‘But, when the reporting verb is in the Past ‘Tense, the following change of tenses takes place: Direct Speech Indirect Speech PAST TENSE, “Tlive in this house now," the girl explained. ‘The girl explained that she lived in that house then. b) [PAST TENSE PRESENT PERFECT ‘PAST PERFECT "We saw this film yesterday,” the children toki me, ‘The children told me that they had seen that film the day before. “L have not visited New York yet.” the tourist said. ‘The tourist said that he had not visited New York yet. FUTURE-IN-THE-PAST “We shall not be late." my friends promised. My Iriends promised that they would not be late. 0 FUTURE EXCEPTIONS: a) When the subjects of the reporting verb and of the action in the direct object clause are identical, the verb must may remain unchanged: “1 must do all these exercises today." my son complained, My son complained that he must do all those exercises that day. ‘However, even in this case, the more frequent form would be: ‘My son complained that he had to do all those exer- ccises that day. b) Conditional sentences of Type Il remain unchanged, as well as the sub- Junctive after: wish, would rather, ws (high) lime: “5 would write to her if 1 knew her address,” the boy explained. “The boy explained that he would write to her fhe knew her address. ‘She said: 1 wish T were younger.” ‘She said she wished she were younger. “Its high time you understood such things," my uncle told me. My uncle told me that it was high Ume I understood such things. ©) Had belter, might, ought to, used to, could, should needn't do not normally change in Indirect Speech: “You might be right," she said. ‘She said that he might be right. “t would help you if could," Mary told Lucy. Mary told Lucy that che would help her ifshe could. 4) When expressing repeated actions in the past: “We often walked on the beach when we were young.” my grandparents told me. My grandparents told me that they often walked on the beach when they were young. ‘Reporting Questions 1. General (Yes/No) questions will be introduced by if/whether: “Is your mother at home?" aunt Magge wanted to know. ‘Aunt Maggie wanted lo know /whether mother was at home. Whether usually expresses a doubl and a possible choice between two alter- natives: "Will you go to the mountains or will you spend this week-end in town.” my friend asked me. My friend asked me whether { would go io the moun- talns or would spend that week-end in town, 2. Special questions (those questions introduced by interrogative words lke: pewhat, which, where, when, who, whose, whom, how) will maintain, in Indirect. Speech, the interrogative word they begin with: “Where do you live?" the policeman wanted to know. ‘The policeman wanted to know where I lived. “When will the boys come hack?" Mary asked me. Mary asked me when the boys would come back. ‘We must underline that the word order of questions changes to the word. order specific to statements when these questions are turned into the Indirect Reporting Commands Direct Speech Indirect Speech [AFFIRMATIVE COMMANDS: LONG INFINTTIVES “Come in!” she told me. ‘She (old me to come in, NEGATIVE COMMANDS NOT + LONG INFINITIVES “Don't run in the street!" mother advised her son. Mother advised her son not Lo run in the street. ‘The Imperative with lel, when turned ilo the Indirect mally introduced by the verb fo suggest: * Speech is no “Let's hurry now," he said. He suggested thal they should hurry then, Reporting Exclamations Exel andl Eelamalions with What... How .. are reported by using “He said “What a sunny day!" she said. She said that it was a sunny day. 1b) Exclamations such as: "Heavens!", "Ohl", ete, are usually reported by "She ‘gave an exclamation: ” neve of surprise/disgust/etc.” or “She exclatmed with surprise/ Other Changes She sald "Good morning!" ‘She greeted me/wished me @ good morning. She said "Thank you! ‘She thanked me. ‘She said "Merry Christmas!” ‘She wished me a merry Christmas. She said “Liar!” She called him a Har. He sald "Damn!" He swore. 12.2 EXERCISES 1. Turn the following statements into the Indirect Speech: 1. "Sebastian is an educated man," remarks Jane, 2. “Faller Isn't fecking well.” Ann explains to her friend. 3. "When the telephone rang, I was Tookdng out of the window,” Mark says. 4. “I don't think they can help me." Eliza tells me. 8. “The tax! is walling,” John says. 6, “We will spend the winter holiday in a camp." the children explained, 7. "She has known ‘me for a long lime,” Tom lets me know. 8. "My brother arrived here yes~ terday,’ Maurice explains. 9. "Whatever the future may have in store, we will never forget you." the sick woman tes the doctor. 10. "Lamvery fond of English,” says Paul. 2. Filtin the blanks with asked, told or sai: 1. "Write (hese exercises,” the teacher ... us. 2. "Tam very busy,” ... the architect. 3. "Where is the museum?” the (ourist .. me, 4. "What's your ‘ame?’ the policeman ... the litle child, 5, "Don't offer to help them." Tor ener. 6. "Nobody knows this hiding-place,” Nick ... his friend. 7. "When Guill the train arrive?’ the stranger ... her. 8. "Does your father works in tn office?’ the teacher ... me. 9. "How much Is this coat?" the woman .. the shop assistant. 10. "We are going to the cinema now.” Peter .. 3. Tum the following statements into the Indirect Speech: 1. ‘Tam dotng an exercise now.” Tom explained. 2. “My father speaks English well.” Laura (old her friend. 3. “You can help her,” Arnold told 257Mike. 4. "My cousins are in the garden." Lucy said. 5. "Jim wants to know sfyou are free (oday.” Sam told his sister. 6. "Constance Is coming to dinner tonight.’ Stella let her husband know. 7, "You play the piano very well.” | told Margaret. 8. “I like these (oys very much." the litle gir told Santa Claus. 9. "My brother is sleeping," Pamela explained to the guests. 10, "You have a beautiful voice," I assured Nelly. 4, Turn ino the Indirect Speech: 1. "Thave lost my keys," said the little boy. 2, “Our village has not been supplied with pure water yet.” ihe children explained. 3. “Ihave not seen Bill for two months,” said Jack. 4, “It has been very cold this winter.” sald Mrs. Smith. 5. “The rain has just stopped.” my brother remarked. 6. “We have worked ail day long." the children {old me, 7, "I have known this man for (en years.” she sald. 8. "My sister has eaten three cakes,” said lulle Peter, S. "Nobody has come lo help us," the girls complained. 10. “She hasn‘t spoken (o him since thal day," mother told me. 5. Tum into the Indirect Speech: 1. “Hast saw her two days ago," ! explained to the policernan. 2. "My sister went to the cinema on Friday.” Iohn told me. 3. “We met Tom yesterday," Ann and Peter remembered), 4, "Mother made a good cake on my birthday." said Tim. 5. "Twrote a letter to my lawyer the day before yesterday.” Margaret said. 6. "We were going to school yesterday when we saw @ house on fire," the children explained. 7. “The ship staried at once because the wind was blowing in the right direction.” the sailor remem- ‘ered. 8. "I could not lake photographs because the light was getting weak,” my cousin explained. 9, “T met him a5 J was crossing Ue bridge.” Angela told her mother. 10, “He was here (wo days ago,” Sue admitted. 6, Tum into the Indirect Speech: 1, "Weill know the results in a weels.” they assured me. 2. "My friends will bbe here at five o'clock.” sald Paul. 3. "Nobody will believe her," William thoughl. 4. "I hope she will remember to buy bread,” said Thomas. 5. “Mary will come back next week.” June said. 6. “You will feel belter soon,” the doctor assured the patient. 7. “The train will arrive al four o'clock.” Fred let me know. 8. "My sister will hear us,” Mike told his friend, 9, "The play will begin at seven o'clock.” { (old my sister. 10, "Our friends will come to our party.” said Peter. 7. Turn the following statements into the Indirect Speech {all tenses}: 3. "Uack wants to know ifyou will be here tomorrow’ I told Cathy. 2. "My brother has been sleeping for three hours.” said Florric. 3. “They will ever guess why 1 have come here today.” Mike told me. 4. "We wrote these lelters two days ago,” the children said. 5. "Peler didn't mention ‘anything about this matter,” Alice remarked, 6, Til slay a moment or two longer ifyou don’t mind,” Jennny told me. 7. "We have been working in the garden for an hour," the boys said. 8.°I didn't go to school yesterday,” Une boy admitted, 8. Tum into the Indirect Speech: ; up this afternoon?’ I asked Mary. 2. "Shall | park the aaa ine tourists wondered. 3 "Shall | (el ou the truth?" Jane asked me, 4. "Shall | lay the table?" mother wanted to know. 5. “Shall we travel by train?” the children asked me. 6. "Shall | help you with this Jaggage” Une boy asked the gir. 7. “Shall we asic that policeman how 0 get ihere?’ Ton wondered, 8, "Shall we try to convince her to stay a litts Tonger?’ hey wondered. 9, Turn the following general questions into the Indirect Speech: 1 smoke?" Lady Bracknell asked Jack 2, "Did you sée this fin" "Tom asked me Wh your mother come here at § o'clock? 1 fsked Maty. 4, "Does Lee speak French?” John wanted to know, 8. "Can you translate this paragraph? the teacher asked Henry. 6. “Have you ten her recently?” Peter asked Frank. 7. “Are you enjaying yourselves? rover asked my guests. 8. "is your sister ready?” Alice asked John. 9 "Have you gol a large family?” Jane wanted to know. 10, "Must we leave now?" the children inquired 10, Tum the following special questions into the Indirect Speech: "Who Is this child?" my neighbour wanted tc know. 2, “Where docs your father work?" the teacher asked Helen, 9, ‘Which numbers can be divided by 5?” my sister asked me. 4, "What did you see there?" | askes Lacy, 5. "When will these tourists find the palit?” Jack wondered. 6. "Whose pen did you borrow?” I asked my daughter, 7. “How old 1s your friend?" John asked me. 8, "How much ts five and five?" I asked the lit gin, 11. Tum the following affirmative imperative sentences into the Indirect Speech: st on the table," mother told me. 2. "Wait here tll she comes, Jand advised hin. 3. "Come back at 6 o'clock.” my gister told me. 4. "Sit down,” the teacher (old us, 5. "Open all the wwukiows." she told her brother. 6, "Repeat the last word," Tom asked me. 7. “Tum the light of* father told the children. 8, “Take off your coat." advised my wife. to the bakers and buy some bread.” mother told my sister. 10. "Learn this poem by heart." the teacher (old the pupils. 25912. Turn the folowing negative imperative sentences into the indirect ‘Speech: 1. "Don't shut the door,” my brother asked me, 2, "Don't forget to lock the door." mother told Jane. 3. “Don't eat too much,’ advised my little brother. 4. "Don't drive too fast,” mother advised fither. 5. "Don't make mistakes,” the teacher warned us. 6. “Don't leave the door open," June told me. 7. “Don't ring me up al 5 o'clock in the toring,” I asked my friend. 8. “Don't answer the telephone," the thtef warned the clerk. 9, “Don't park the car here,” the policeman told Peter. 10, "Don't sell your car,” Cressida advised Matthew. 13. Tum into the Indirect Speech: 1. "Let's wait for Jane here.” Mike said. 2. "Let's go by bus this time," David suggested. 3. “Let's not go fishing today." Tom said. 4. "Let's invite the Browns to dinner,” mother said. 5. "Let's nol tell him the secret yet," Jack said. 6, "Let's play football this afternoon," my friends suggested. 7. “Let's not discuss these mallers today, James suggested. 8. "Let's pay them a visit tomorrow." she (old me. 14, Tom the following imperative sentences inte the Indirect Speech: 1. "Cash this check for me.” L asked my friend. 2. “Let's not go to school today," Paul lold his sister. 3. "Don't cross the street without looking carefully,” the policeman warned the children. 4. "Buy a newspaper, please.” father asked his daughter. 5, "Don't make so much noise,” the old woman (old the children. 6, "See who is at the wincow," I told my brother. 7. “Let's sing this song again," said the girls. 8, "Don't write your test paper in pencil,” the teacher told us, 9. "Hold Ultie Paul by his hand,” mother advised me. 10, "Don't let the children go swimming by then selves," mother iold father. 11, "Wait until the light tums green,” I reminded my daughter. 12. "Don't use more sugar than necessary.” Mary told her daughter. 15. Turn the following exclamations into the Indirect Speech: 1. "My goodness! I've gol lost!" 2. "What a glorious view!" 3, "What terrible weather!" 4, "What a silly gil you are!” 8. "Heavenst It's cold!” 6. "Damn! I can't find my glasses!" 7. "Hello! Who are you looking for?" 8. “Oh deart Thave broken my leg!" 9. "Lack out! There is a man coming! 10. "Ugh! How T hate going there!” 11. "For goodness sake, stop that noise!” 12. “Good moming? How are you" 16. Turn the following sentences into the Indirect Speech trevision): A 1. "What will you say lo her now?" Dorothy asked me, 2. “Read the snstructions carefully.” the clerk advised me. 3. “I's difficult to say who 48 right,” Paul said (o his sister, 4, "Dont tell them anything about this,” Tadvised Mary. 5. "Will she have enough money to buy that house?" I wondered, 6. "Did you find her in the classroom?" asked Tom, 7." Does your mother know that you are here?" | asked him. 8. “My goodness! ive ost my glovest” 8, Iwill read the book she givesilt to me,” I explained to him. 10, "Where are your frtends going now?" I asked Helen. 11. Let's tell her the secret now,” Dan suggested, 12, "Have you ever been to Egypt?" Roger asked his friend. 13. "How many brothers have you?" Mary asked me. 14. "Good-bye and see you sont" 15, "Can I go (o the cinema with you tomorrow?" Brian asked his sister, 16, "Help me, please!" 17. "Doyou ke my new dress?” Catherine asked heer sister. 18. "Would you mind showing me the way to the bank.” I asked an old lady. 19. "Give my laindest regards to your parents,” I told Julia, 20. "What about going fishing tomorrow?" George asked me. B'What's (he lime?” Peler asked mother. “it will be 7 soon, Have you finished your breakfast, children?” "Yes, we finished if five minutes ago,” Peter answered, "Don't forget {0 take this book to the library today. And hurry to school now!” mother advised her children. Let's Lake a bus,” Mary suggested, “or we shall he late lor schoo}." “ets 17, Tum the following sentences from the Indirect Speech into the Direct Speech: 1. I told him that I was tired. 2. That woman wanted to know what my name was and where I lived. 3. Betsy told Arnold that she was very grateful 1o him. 4, Helen advised me to take 4 taxi to the ratlway station. 5, Mike decided that he would go to London the next day. 6. David said thal his parents were coming that afternoon. 7. The teacher told us to ‘open our notebooks and to do thal exercise. 8. The little child wished me a good moming. 9. Bob explained that he had never seen her there. 10. Mother said that il might rain that aftemoon. 11, Mrs. Robinson wondered whether her sister managed to catch the plane. 12. She advised me nol Lo leave 80 early. 13. She gave an exclamation of surprise and kissed herbrother. 14, Aunt Hester said she would call ca us in a day or two. 15. Tasked the boy if he was not homesick sometimes, 18, Translate the following tex! into English and then turn iLinto the Indirect Speech: “Domnul gef se uild de mat multe ort, cind la Nicdu, cind la bani din Portofel s1 dupii o hunga tHcere intrebit: ‘= Mal era cineva cu tine?aly? Al spus la ~ Ta miment, Am venil pole! pe poteea din dos, drept la dumneavoastra, Domnul gef tace, apot: - “Ta ascultd, mA Niculaita, pared aga le cheama = Aga. | ~Sa 1 la niment, pind nu s-o i pagubagul, c@ te aude spunind Sonne ported ise Scoslh vreunal st rice ciel -a Perdt, fra st pierdul el, Nici m-U, nicl lui tattu sd nu le spul pina ou se araté pigubagul, au? cae ai facut cl -al adus, bravo! Eg bilat cnt. $184 gt ¢-0 st spul eu pagubagulut s& te cinsteasca (rumos Niculdi(d o pomeste spre ust dar cind ¢ in prag, domnul gef, gindindu-se la procesul-verbal ce va trebul si dreseze, il mal intreaba = Cum te cheami pe tine? ~ Gropescu Niculae. = Carte gt? = Stiu...” Ul. AL Britescu-Voinesti, Niculdi{d Minciuna) Selected Bibliography Acxander, LG. Langman English Grammar Practee for Intermediate Students, Longman Group Liauted, 1990 Allen, RU L., The Verb Systers of Present-Day Amerian English, The lagu, 3968 Allen, Stannard, Living English Structure, Longman Group Umited, London, 1070 Aust, JL, How to Bo Things with Wards, Oxford Univeray Press, 1902 ‘Azar, Schrampfer, Betty, Cadeestanding and Using English Grammar, Prentice - al, Ine., Englewood Clif, Now Jersy, 1984 ‘ail, W. J., Conversational English, Longeans, London, 1972 Dantas, Andrei, Elements of Descriptive English Syntax, Universilatea din Tucurestt, Bucurestt 1977 folfet) Daniag, Andre, Rodica Clubue, Exereipit de traducere din roman in engl, Instill de Iovalienfat superior, Pitesti, 1980 folsed), Hrabash, T. A, A Cute to Betfer Gramm, Moscow, 1978 Uidescu, Alice, Gromatiea limba englez, Edicura gUinified glenetelopedicd, Gucurest, 1984 Deny, Thomas, Eliot. The Mist Common Mistakes in English Usage. McGraw ~ Hill Wook Compary New York, 103i Bird, Elena, Aspects of Madaliy i English, Universitatea din Buctney!, 1879 ffTvet) Blundell, Jon, etal, Function in Engtsh. Oxiord University Press, #900 Brackenbury, G., Studies in English fdimy, Macmlan & Ce, Lid, London, 1995 Bruton, J,G., Rwurcises on dhe English Verb. Cambridge, 1965 Aryant! M,, Marguct, A Functional Grammar. D.C, Heath &Co,, Boston, 1950 Dull, W. #2, Thaw, Tense and the Verb, University of California Press, Terkley and Los Auge tes, 1968 Gamap, R Meaning and Necessity, University of Chiongo Press, 1938 Chriiopherson, ® and A ©. Sandeed, an Advanced Engin Gramm, Macmallan Educa lon Lid, Loncton aid Basingstoke, 1974 Close. RA. A Heference Grimmaar lur Students of English, tongsnan,-London, 1975. Conese Alewandana, English Syntax, Volume Tue. Unirrsitates din Bucuregtt, 1962 (ottsen Spoken English, MeCrow 1H Gook Company, 1961 Culteover, B. W.. Sprtax, Academie Press, New York, London. 1975 Curme, G.0., A Grammar of the Engish Language. Paris of Speech and Aceidence, Boston, 1938 Curme. G. 0., Syntax, Boston, 1934 Dik, S.C, Function of Grammar, Amsterdarn, 1976 Dinven, 1, An English Graunuar and Neference Rook, Pann Antwerp, 1987 Eckersicy, MA, and JM, Bekersley. A Comprehensive English Grammar, Vangmans Green & o,, Ltd, Leadon, 1968 Eckersley, CE. and Margivet Macaulay, Brighter English Cramumar. An English Grammar with Exercises, Longman Group Limited, London, 1087 Ehrman, M., The Meaning of the Medals in Present-Day Amertean B Hague, 1665 Fowler, ILW., Modern English Usage, Oxford, 1957 Frank, C:, and Maio Rinvoluer, Griimmar in Action, Pergamon, 1989 ., Frank, Marcella, Modern Rnglish, a Practical Heferonce Guide, Prentice Hal ne.. Fnglewood Cis, New Jeracy, 1072 fish, Mouton, TheFria, CH. C, The Structure of Engfish, London, 1, 1963 Fubrken, 0.6, Standard English Spach, Cambridge, 1035 Ganahinn, MA, NIM. Vasiievekain, English Grammar, Higher Schoo! Publishing House, Moscow, 1064 ‘Galijcanu, Georgiana, Exercitt de gramatict englexl. Timpurile verbal, Editura Albatros, Bucureytt, 1979 ‘Galajeamu, Gcongjana, Ecaterina Comigel, Cramatica limb engkze, Editura didactici perlagogled, Bucuregtl, 1982 ‘Galsjeanu - FamongA, Georgiana, Sinteze de gramaticd engi, Editura Albatros, Bucureyt, 1987 Golding, SR, Common Errors in English, Macmitan, Landon, 1964 Graver, B.D., Advanced English Practice, Oxford University Preas, 1975 Greenbaum, S., el, Studies in Engish Advesbial Usage. Longman, Landon. 1960 Hall B. fed, Montague Orammar, Academe Press, New York, 1976 Hall, Eugene. J, Grammar for Usc, The institute of Modern Languages, Washington, 1974 Hill, A.A. Introduction to Linguistic Structures, New York, 1956 HII LAA Guble fo Covet English, Oxford University Press, 1978 Hornby, A'S, Guide lo Patterns and Usage in English, Oxford Univeralty Press, 1977 Ipviel E., M. Chijoran, M, Ciofa, A Pructieal Guide to English Grammar, Editura didactick 3 pedagogled, Hucuregtt, 1972 Tysh, ., The Structure of Modern English. Moscow, 1908 Sacebs, J... Roscnbavin, Grammar Developmental Edition, Gin & Co. Boston, Mass., 1967 espersen, 0, Essentials of English Grammer, Allen and Unwin, London, 1933 ones, L, Use of English. Cambridge Universty Press, 1985 Joos. Mc, The English Verb; Form and Mcaning, University of Wisconsin Press, 1964 Keyser, S., PM, Pootal, Beginning English Grammar, Harper aod Row, New York, 1876 Krusinga, E,, PA, Eradca, An English Grammar, Groningen, Noordbofl, 1980 E,, A Hanbook of Present-day English, Groningen, 1931 Leech, Gcolire, Jan Svarik, A Communicative Urammar of Engish, Longman Group Line ted, London, 1977 Leech, Geoffcy, et aly, English Grammar, Macmillan, 1983 Leech, Geoffrey, Meaning and Ure English Verb, Longman Group Limited, Landon, 1978 Langendoen, D:7.. Essentials of English Grammay, lt, New York, 1970, Unngendoen, D7, The Study of Syniax, fol, Rinchart, Winston, 1969 Lewin Leon eval, Gramatiea imbifenglae 1, Editura didacticd gf pedngogsed, Bucureyt, 1962 Levitcht, Loon, Gramatke limbil englae, Edtwrea didacticd x! pedagogies, Bucurey|s, 1971 Leviicht, Leon, Limba englcat contemporans. Morfolgia, Ritura dilactics f pedagoaic, Bucuresil, 1970 ‘Levi, Leoo, Sinoninme in gramatica limbul englce, Baitura gllin|ticd, Ducurestt, 1968 Mackearle, M.D, et al, Using Essential English Tenses, Evans Brothers Limited, Landon, 1973, ‘Mariowardt, All, R Quik, A Common Language: British and American Enish, BIC & Volee ‘of America, 1968. Markward, A... Infraduction to the English Language, Oxford University Press, 1969 Mason, O.,, English Grammar and Analysis, Lorton, 1979 Mathews, Pil. Inlectional Morphology. A Theoretical Study Based on Aspects of Latin Verb Conjugation, Carbridge University Press, 1972 ‘MeMordi, Jennifer, Stal, English Idioms and How to Use Them, Oxford University Press, 1978 ‘Miller, Cyril, A Grammar of Modem English far Foreign Students, Longmans, London, 1966 Millington » Ward, J., The Use of Tenses in English, Longman, London, 1870 Montricsi,, Ora Drills in Sentence Patterns for Foreign Studcats, London, MacMillan, 1965 Momkhovskaya, £3, Theoreveal Grammar Uurough Practice, Leningras, 1973 Myera, LM, Guide lo American English, Prentice Hall, Inc., 1963 Nesfield, J.K., Moder English Syatax, St. Mactin's Press Inc.. New York, 1974 Neuman, D.At, English Grama for Proficiency, Nelson Hotive Mayfield, 1980 Nlcoleacs, Ay Tene in engcen beitanded edntemporand, Universitatea din Bucuret;1977 (otfeet Nida, Eugene, Monphology, Ann Arbor, the University of Micgan Preas, Ostman, Ns Modern English, Oxford Unveraty Press, 1865 ne70 Ola, Ay Renae and Aspect of Present-Day American Ells Tokyo, 1969 Paice, ILE A Grammar of Spoken Enis Cumbre, 1950 Palmer, FR, A Linguist Std ofthe English Verb, Lorgprans, London, 1068 Poller, Simeon, Bvetyey English for Foreign Stdents, Mr lane Pinan ard Sons, Ld, 1069 Poller, Sicon, Our Language, Penge, London, 1060 Toutema, If, A Grammar of Late Mader English, Groningen, 1908 - 1920 Praninksas, Jean, Rapid Review of English Grammar, Pence Hall Ine, Englewood Clif, ew Jersey, 1975 ‘Quirk, f, et al, A Grammar of Contemporary English, London and New York, 1972 Quirk, The Uae of English, Longa, London, 1960 Raymond, Murphy. English Grammar ia Use. Self Stuly Reference and Practice Dook for Intermactinte Stunts wily Answers, Carsbrtdge Univerity ress, 1990 ‘Riqualoer, Mart, Granumar Games, Cambridge Univerlly Press, 1991 Roberts, 2, Rogtah Syntax, arooor, Brace & Wolly, New York, 1964 Roberts, Madera Grammar, areourt, Brace & Walt Ine, New York, 1967 Robe, P, Undeatandig Granta, zp Row, New os 1954 Sindubsew, Conaiantin, Exereipi do gramatich englezi, bara 4ln( he Schesrwenth. G., Prescnl-Day tian Syntax, Langan, Green and Go Li, Landon, 1968 Schibabye, Kmud, A Modern English Grammnr, Oxford Universi Press, 1973 Strang, BML, Modern English Structure, Amold, London, 1963 Swan, Michio, Practica inglsh Usage, Oxford University ess, 1982 * ‘Sweok Hl, A Now English Gramm, Oxford, 1981 Serban, Domne, Engish Syntar, Universittes din Bucur, 1982 (ost) $leFnescu, loan, Lectures in English Morphology, Universlaicadin Bucurest, 1978 folset) otis Gran el Mastering Areca Relish McGrew il Book Coral New ‘Thomson, Ad AV. Mattncl, A Pracica English Grane, Oxtord Univers Vress, 197 Ur, Penny Grammar Pracioe Acie. A Practical Guide fr the Teacher, Cambri Une verily Press, 1990 Ward, Millmgton, ohn, The Use of Penscs in English, Longmans, London, 1967 Wills, talon, Dirkf Handbook of Snglsh barcourt Brace Jovanovich, ine, New York, 1975 Wood, Ft, Current Engitsh Usage: A Concise Dilfonary, London, Macinian, 1962 ect EA Remi lah rans fr Porign Stat Marn 8 oe ten “anevon, LW, A Handbook of English Granwner. Longmans, London, 1958saeco Ridin in colectia .Brsuioreca De ENGLEz&" vor apare: Constantin Paidos: Gramatica limbii engleze, vol. I Lucrarea contine o precentare teoreticd a tuturor parlor de vorbire {in afar de verb - tratat in volumul de fal), precum gl a unor probleme de sintax, flecare dintre ele find insolitd de un set de exercitl de diferite grade de dificultate. Prin aprofundarea aspectelor teorelice, cit §! prin exercitille numeroase §1 variate, ca este foarte uUla activitiyil curente din clasd, precum gi pregatiril elvilor pentru performante (eoncursuri, olimptede, admilerca in invédonintul superior). De asemenca, cartca va fide un real folos studenkilor precum si profesorilor de specialitate care urmeari si sus\ind grade didactice. Viorica Dobrovici: Gramatica practicd a limbii engleze. Morfologie. Auloarea, avind 0 Indelungata sl vasld experien(a didactica, Propune o lucrare fundamental pentru tol! cel care dorese si inve\e gramatica limbit engleze sau si-g! perfeclionee cunostin(ele in acest domeniu, Preventarea teoretica, sintelic’. este completald cu un mare numar de exerci(t! aplicative, cartea devenind asifel foarte ull alit elevilor de gimnaziu cit ¢i profesorilor, studentilor ete.

Constantin Paidos English Grammar 1 PDF PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Constantin Paidos English Grammar 1 PDF PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like